As filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 26,
2011
Securities Act Registration
No. 333-176661
Investment Company Act Registration
No. 811-22606
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form N-2
þ
Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933
þ
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2
o
Post-Effective Amendment No.
and/or
þ
Registration Statement Under the Investment Company Act of
1940
þ
Amendment No. 2
BlackRock Utility and
Infrastructure Trust
(Exact Name of Registrant as
Specified in Declaration of Trust)
100 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
(Address of Principal
Executive Offices)
(800) 882-0052
(Registrants Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
John Perlowski, President
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust
55 East
52
nd
Street
New York, New York 10055
(Name and Address of Agent
for Service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Thomas A. DeCapo, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
One Beacon Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02108
|
|
Leonard B. Mackey, Jr., Esq.
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West
52
nd
Street
New York, New York 10019
|
Approximate Date of Proposed Public
Offering:
As soon as practicable after the
effective date of this Registration Statement.
CALCULATION
OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
Title of Securities
|
|
|
Amount Being
|
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Registration
|
|
Being Registered
|
|
|
Registered
|
|
|
|
Price per Unit
|
|
|
|
Offering Price
|
|
|
|
Fee
|
|
Common Shares, $0.001 par value
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,000,000
|
(1)
|
|
|
$
|
116.10
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration
fee.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Previously paid.
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that the Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such dates as the
Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may
determine.
THE
INFORMATION IN THIS PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND
MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN
OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO
BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE
IS NOT PERMITTED.
|
Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus Dated
October 26, 2011
PROSPECTUS
Shares
BlackRock Utility and
Infrastructure Trust
Common Shares
$20.00 per share
Investment Objective.
BlackRock Utility and
Infrastructure Trust (the Trust) is a newly
organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment
company. The Trusts investment objective is to provide
total return through a combination of current income, current
gains and long-term capital appreciation. No assurance can be
given that the Trust will achieve its investment objective, and
investors could lose some or all of their investment.
Investment Strategy.
The Trust seeks to achieve its
investment objective by investing primarily in equity securities
issued by companies that are engaged in the Utilities and
Infrastructure business segments (as defined below) anywhere in
the world and by utilizing an option strategy in an effort to
enhance current gains.
Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least
80% of its total assets in equity securities issued by companies
that are engaged in the Utilities or Infrastructure business
segments. The Trust considers the Utilities business
segment to include products, technologies and services connected
to the management, ownership, operation, construction,
development or financing of facilities used to generate,
transmit or distribute electricity, water, natural resources or
telecommunications and the Infrastructure business
segment to include companies that own or operate infrastructure
assets (as described herein) or that are involved in the
development, construction, distribution or financing of
infrastructure assets.
The Trust may invest in companies of any market capitalization
located anywhere in the world. Although the Trust expects to
invest primarily in companies located in developed countries, it
may invest in companies located in emerging markets. Equity
securities in which the Trust may invest include common stocks,
preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, depository
receipts, exchange-traded funds, equity interests in real estate
investment trusts, Canadian Royalty Trusts and master limited
partnerships (MLPs). The Trust will not invest more
than 25% of the value of its total assets in MLPs. The Trust may
invest up to 20% of its total assets in equity securities issued
by companies that are not engaged in the Utilities or
Infrastructure business segments and debt securities issued by
any issuer, including up to 10% of its total assets in
non-investment grade debt securities, which are commonly known
as junk bonds.
As part of its investment strategy, the Trust currently intends
to employ a strategy of writing (selling) covered call options
on a portion of the common stocks in its portfolio, writing
(selling) covered put options on a portion of the common stocks
in its portfolio and, to a lesser extent, writing (selling)
covered call and put options on indices of securities and
sectors of securities. This option strategy is intended to
generate current gains from option premiums as a means to
enhance distributions payable to the Trusts shareholders.
No Prior History.
The Trusts common shares have
no history of public trading. Shares of closed-end investment
companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset
value, which could be significant. This risk may be greater for
investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short
period after completion of the public offering.
The Trusts common shares are expected to be listed on the
New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance, under
the symbol BUI.
Investing in the Trusts common shares involves certain
risks that are described in the Risks section
beginning on page 28 of this prospectus. Certain of these
risks are summarized in Prospectus Summary
Special Risk Considerations beginning on page 6.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Total(1)
|
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
|
$20.00
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Sales load(2)
|
|
|
$0.90
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Estimated offering expenses
|
|
|
$0.04
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds, after expenses, to the Trust(3)(4)
|
|
|
$19.06
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
(notes on inside front cover)
The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares to
purchasers on or
about ,
2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Morgan Stanley
|
|
Citigroup
|
|
BofA Merrill Lynch
|
|
UBS Investment Bank
|
|
Wells Fargo Securities
|
|
|
Ameriprise
Financial Services, Inc.
|
RBC Capital Markets
|
|
|
|
|
BB&T
Capital Markets
|
Chardan
Capital Markets, LLC
|
J.J.B.
Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
|
Janney
Montgomery Scott
|
|
|
|
|
|
Knight
|
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.
|
Maxim
Group LLC
|
Wedbush
Securities Inc.
|
Wunderlich Securities
|
The date of this prospectus
is .
(notes
from previous page)
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The Trust has granted the
underwriters an option to purchase up
to
additional common shares at the public offering price, less the
sales load, within 45 days of the date of this prospectus
solely to cover overallotments, if any. If such option is
exercised in full, the public offering price, sales load,
estimated offering expenses and proceeds, after expenses, to the
Trust will be $ ,
$ , $
and $ , respectively. See
Underwriters.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
BlackRock Advisors (and not the
Trust) has agreed to pay, from its own assets, a structuring and
syndication fee to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and structuring
fees to Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC, Wells
Fargo Securities, LLC and Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
Because these fees are paid by BlackRock Advisors, they are not
reflected under sales load in the table above. BlackRock
Advisors (and not the Trust) also may pay certain qualifying
underwriters a structuring fee, additional compensation or a
sales incentive fee in connection with the offering. BlackRock
Advisors and certain of its affiliates (and not the Trust) also
may pay commissions to employees of its affiliates that
participate in the marketing of the Trusts common shares.
See Underwriters Additional Compensation to be
Paid by the Advisor.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
BlackRock Advisors has agreed to
pay such organizational and offering expenses of the Trust
(other than the sales load) to the extent that organizational
and offering expenses (other than the sales load) exceed $0.04
per common share. The Trust will pay organizational and offering
expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load) up to $0.04
per common share, which may include a reimbursement of BlackRock
Advisors expenses incurred in connection with this
offering. Any offering cost paid by the Trust will be deducted
from the proceeds of the offering received by the Trust. The
aggregate organizational and offering expenses (other than the
sales load) are estimated to be $
or $ per common share. The
aggregate offering expenses (other than the sales load) to be
incurred by the Trust are estimated to
be or
$ per common share. The aggregate
organizational and offering expenses (other than the sales load)
to be incurred by BlackRock Advisors on behalf of the Trust are
estimated to be $ or
$ per common share.
|
(4)
|
|
The Trust will pay its
organizational costs in full out of its seed capital prior to
completion of this offering.
|
(continued
from previous page)
Investment Advisor and
Sub-Advisors.
The
Trusts investment adviser is BlackRock Advisors, LLC
(BlackRock Advisors or the Advisor) and
the Trusts
sub-advisors
are BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and BlackRock
Investment Management, LLC (collectively, the
Sub-Advisors).
We sometimes refer to the Advisor and the
Sub-Advisors
collectively as the Advisors.
You should read this prospectus, which sets forth information
about the Trust, before deciding whether to invest in the common
shares, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of
Additional Information,
dated ,
2011 (the SAI), containing additional information
about the Trust, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission and, as amended from time to time, is incorporated by
reference in its entirety into this prospectus. You can review
the table of contents for the SAI on page 61 of this
prospectus. You may request a free copy of the SAI by calling
(800) 882-0052
or by writing to the Trust, or obtain a copy (and other
information regarding the Trust) from the Securities and
Exchange Commissions Public Reference Room in
Washington, D.C. Call
(202) 551-8090
for information. The Securities and Exchange Commission charges
a fee for copies. You can get the same information free from the
Securities and Exchange Commissions website
(http://www.sec.gov).
You may also
e-mail
requests for these documents to publicinfo@sec.gov or make a
request in writing to the Securities and Exchange
Commissions Public Reference Section,
100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C.
20549-0102.
The Trust does not post a copy of the SAI on its website because
the Trusts common shares are not continuously offered,
which means the SAI will not be updated after completion of this
offering and the information contained in the SAI will become
outdated. In addition, you may request copies of the
Trusts semi-annual and annual reports or other information
about the Trust or make shareholder inquiries by calling
(800) 882-0052.
The Trusts annual and semi-annual reports, when produced,
will be available at the Trusts website
(http://www.blackrock.com)
free of charge.
You should not construe the contents of this prospectus as
legal, tax or financial advice. You should consult with your own
professional advisors as to the legal, tax, financial or other
matters relevant to the suitability of an investment in the
Trust.
The Trusts common shares do not represent a deposit or
obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank
or other insured depository institution, and are not federally
insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the
Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
You should rely only on the information contained or
incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The Trust has not,
and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to
provide you with different information. If anyone provides you
with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely
on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer
to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or
sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in
this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this
prospectus. Our business, financial condition and prospects may
have changed since that date.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This is only a summary of the information that is described more
fully elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain
all of the information that you should consider before investing
in our common shares. You should review the more detailed
information contained in this prospectus and in the SAI.
|
|
|
The Trust
|
|
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust is a newly organized,
non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with
no operating history. Throughout the prospectus, we refer to
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust simply as the
Trust or as we, us or
our. See The Trust.
|
|
|
|
The Offering
|
|
The Trust is
offering
common shares of beneficial interest at $20.00 per share through
a group of underwriters (the Underwriters) led by
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc.,
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS
Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. The common
shares of beneficial interest are called common
shares in the rest of this prospectus. You must purchase
at least 100 common shares ($2,000) in order to participate in
this offering. The Trust has given the Underwriters an option to
purchase up
to
additional common shares to cover overallotments. BlackRock
Advisors, LLC (BlackRock Advisors or the
Advisor), the Trusts investment advisor, has
agreed to pay organizational expenses and offering costs (other
than sales load) that exceed $0.04 per common share. See
Underwriters.
|
|
|
|
Investment Objective
|
|
The Trusts investment objective is to provide total return
through a combination of current income, current gains and
long-term capital appreciation. No assurance can be given that
the Trust will achieve its investment objective, and investors
could lose some or all of their investment.
|
|
|
|
Investment Policies
|
|
The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing
primarily in equity securities issued by companies that are
engaged in the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments
(as defined below) anywhere in the world and by utilizing an
option strategy in an effort to enhance current gains.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least
80% of its total assets in equity securities issued by companies
that are engaged in the Utilities or Infrastructure business
segments. The Trust considers the Utilities business
segment to include products, technologies and services connected
to the management, ownership operation, construction,
development or financing of facilities used to generate,
transmit or distribute electricity, water, natural resources or
telecommunications and the Infrastructure business
segment to include companies that own or operate infrastructure
assets or that are involved in the development, construction,
distribution or financing of infrastructure assets (as described
herein).
|
|
|
|
|
|
For purposes of the 80% policy above, a company is considered to
be engaged in these business segments if: (i) at least 50%
of its assets, income, sales or profits are committed to or
derived from one or both of the Utilities or Infrastructure
business segments; or (ii) a third party classification has
given the company an industry or sector classification
consistent with the Utilities or Infrastructure business
segments.
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
The Trust may invest in companies of any market capitalization
located anywhere in the world. Although the Trust expects to
invest primarily in companies located in developed countries, it
may invest in companies located in emerging markets. Equity
securities in which the Trust may invest include common stocks,
preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, depository
receipts, exchange-traded funds (ETFs), equity
interests in real estate investment trusts, Canadian Royalty
Trusts and master limited partnerships (MLPs). The
Trust will not invest more than 25% of the value of its total
assets in MLPs. The Trust may invest up to 20% of its total
assets in equity securities issued by companies that are not
engaged in the Utilities or Infrastructure business segments and
debt securities issued by any issuer, including up to 10% of its
total assets in non-investment grade debt securities, which are
commonly known as junk bonds.
|
|
|
|
Companies engaged in the Utilities or Infrastructure business
segments can be generally categorized as engaging in, related to
or involved with:
|
|
|
|
the generation, transmission, sale or distribution
of electric energy;
|
|
|
|
the distribution, purification and treatment of
water;
|
|
|
|
the production, transmission or distribution of
natural resources used to produce energy, such as oil, natural
gas and coal;
|
|
|
|
the provision of communications services, including
cable television, satellite, microwave, radio, telephone and
other communications media (e.g., fixed-base wireless
transmission towers and broadband television cable);
|
|
|
|
the management, ownership or operation of
infrastructure assets; or
|
|
|
|
the construction, development, distribution or
financing of infrastructure assets.
|
|
|
|
The Trust generally considers infrastructure assets
to consist of those assets which provide the underlying
foundation of basic services, facilities and institutions upon
which the growth and development of a community depends,
including physical structures, networks and systems of
transportation, energy, water and sewage, and communication.
|
|
|
|
Categories of infrastructure assets currently include:
|
|
|
|
Assets that are natural or near-natural monopolies
and are regulated in the level of revenue earned or charges
imposed. Examples include certain power and gas transmission,
generation and distribution assets and water and waste-water
distribution and treatment facilities.
|
|
|
|
Assets that depend on a form of user pay system for
their main revenue source. Examples include toll roads, bridges,
tunnels, airports, railways, seaports and parking lots.
|
|
|
|
Assets that provide basic social services to the
community. Examples include schools, hospitals and correction
facilities.
|
|
|
|
Assets that compete in a market for the sale of a
product or service and are therefore exposed to market risks.
Examples include certain solid waste disposal facilities and
certain communication asset
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
classes, including communications towers, satellites and
transmission lines.
|
|
|
|
Other types of infrastructure assets include assets
related to the development and distribution of coal, steel and
iron ore, gold and other precious metals, building materials,
agricultural commodities and food and the gathering, treating,
processing, fractionation, transportation and storage of
hydrocarbon products.
|
|
|
|
Historically, Utilities and Infrastructure companies have
generally paid dividends on their equity securities.
|
|
|
|
Option Writing Strategy
. As part of its
investment strategy, the Trust currently intends to employ a
strategy of writing (selling) covered (as described herein) call
options on a portion of the common stocks in its portfolio,
writing (selling) covered (as described herein) put options on a
portion of the common stocks in its portfolio and, to a lesser
extent, writing (selling) covered call and put options on
indices of securities and sectors of securities. This option
strategy is intended to generate current gains from option
premiums as a means to enhance distributions payable to the
Trusts shareholders.
|
|
|
|
As the Trust writes covered calls over more of its portfolio,
its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more
limited and the Trust will lose money to the extent that it
writes call options that are not covered by securities in its
portfolio and the securities or index on which it writes the
option appreciates above the exercise price of the option by an
amount that exceeds the exercise price of the option. A
substantial portion of the options written by the Trust may be
over-the-counter
options (OTC options).
|
|
|
|
A call option written by the Trust on a security is
covered if the Trust owns the security underlying
the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that
security without additional cash consideration (or, if
additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets
determined to be liquid by the Advisors (in accordance with
procedures established by the Board of Trustees of the Trust
(the Board)) in such amount are segregated by the
Trusts custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other
securities held by the Trust. A call option is also covered if
the Trust holds a call on the same security as the call written
where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to
or less than the exercise price of the call written, or
(ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written,
provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated
assets determined to be liquid by the Advisors as described
above.
|
|
|
|
A put option written by the Trust on a security is
covered if the Trust segregates or earmarks assets
determined to be liquid by the Advisors (in accordance with
procedures established by the Board) equal to the exercise
price. A put option is also covered if the Trust
holds a put on the same security as the put written where the
exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater
than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less
than the exercise price of the put written, provided the
difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated or earmarked
assets determined to be liquid by the Advisors as described
above.
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
An index or sector option is considered covered if
the Trust maintains with its custodian assets determined to be
liquid by the Advisors (in accordance with procedures
established by the Board) in an amount equal to the contract
value of the applicable basket of securities. An index or sector
put option also is covered if the Trust holds a put
on the same basket of securities as the put written where the
exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or more than
the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than
the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference
is maintained by the Trust in segregated assets determined to be
liquid by the Advisors as described above. An index or sector
call option also is covered if the Trust holds a
call on the same basket of securities as the call written where
the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less
than the exercise price of the call written, or
(ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written,
provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated
assets determined to be liquid. Because index and sector options
both refer to options on baskets of securities and generally
have similar characteristics, we refer to these types of options
collectively as index options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Trust generally intends to write covered put and call
options, the notional amount of which will be approximately 30%
to 40% of the Trusts total assets, although this
percentage may vary from time to time with market conditions.
Under current market conditions, the Trust anticipates initially
writing covered put and call options, the notional amount of
which will be approximately 33% of the Trusts total
assets. As the Trust writes covered calls over more of its
portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation
becomes more limited. The number of covered put and call options
on securities the Trust can write is limited by the total assets
the Trust holds, and further limited by the fact that all
options represent 100 share lots of the underlying common
stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with its option writing strategy, the Trust will
not write naked or uncovered put and call options,
other than those that are covered by the segregation
of liquid assets as described above. Furthermore, the
Trusts exchange-listed option transactions will be subject
to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of
trade or other trading facilities on which such options are
traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options
in each class that may be written or purchased by a single
investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of
whether the options are written or purchased on the same or
different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities
or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or
more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Trust may
write or purchase may be affected by options written or
purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Advisor.
An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order
the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these
limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.
|
|
|
|
Other Strategies
. In addition to the option
strategies discussed above, the Trust may engage in strategic
transactions for hedging purposes or to enhance total return.
See The Trusts Investments
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio Composition and Other Information
Strategic Transactions. The Trust may also engage in short
sales of securities. See Investment Restrictions in
the SAI and Other Investment Policies and
Techniques Short Sales in the SAI for
information about the limitations applicable to the Trusts
short sale activities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Trust may lend securities with a value of up to
33
1
/
3
%
of its total assets (including such loans) to financial
institutions that provide cash or securities issued or
guaranteed by the U.S. government as collateral.
|
|
|
|
Under current market conditions, the Trust does not currently
intend to engage in short sales, utilize leverage or issue
preferred shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
No assurance can be given that the Trust will achieve its
investment objective, and investors could lose some or all of
their investment. See The Trusts Investments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For a discussion of risk factors that may affect the
Trusts ability to achieve its investment objective, see
Risks.
|
|
|
|
Investment Advisor and
Sub-Advisors
|
|
BlackRock Advisors will be the Trusts investment advisor
and BlackRock Advisors affiliates, BlackRock Financial
Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC
(collectively, the
Sub-Advisors),
will be the Trusts
sub-advisors.
Throughout the prospectus, we sometimes refer to BlackRock
Advisors and the
Sub-Advisors
collectively as the Advisors. BlackRock Advisors
will receive an annual fee, payable monthly, in a maximum amount
equal to 1.00% of the average daily value of the net assets of
the Trust. BlackRock Advisors will pay an annual
sub-advisory
fee to each
Sub-Advisor
equal to 51% of the management fee received by BlackRock
Advisors with respect to the average daily value of the net
assets of the Trust allocated to such Sub-Advisor. See
Management of the Trust Investment Advisor and
Sub-Advisors.
|
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
Commencing with the Trusts initial dividend, the Trust
intends to distribute quarterly all or a portion of its net
investment income to holders of common shares. We expect to
declare the initial quarterly dividend on the Trusts
common shares approximately 45 days after completion of
this offering and to pay that initial quarterly dividend
approximately 90 to 120 days after completion of this
offering. The Trust intends to pay any capital gains
distributions at least annually.
|
|
|
|
Various factors will affect the level of the Trusts
income, including the asset mix and the Trusts use of
options and hedging. To permit the Trust to maintain a more
stable quarterly distribution, the Trust may from time to time
distribute less than the entire amount of income earned in a
particular period. The undistributed income would be available
to supplement future distributions. As a result, the
distributions paid by the Trust for any particular quarterly
period may be more or less than the amount of income actually
earned by the Trust during that period. Undistributed income
will add to the Trusts net asset value (NAV)
(and indirectly benefits the Advisors by increasing their fees)
and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed income
will reduce the Trusts NAV. See Distributions.
|
|
|
|
Shareholders will automatically have all dividends and
distributions reinvested in common shares of the Trust in
accordance with the
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
Trusts Dividend Reinvestment Plan, unless an election is
made to receive cash by contacting the Plan Administrator (as
defined herein) at 1-866-216-0242. See Dividend
Reinvestment Plan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under normal market conditions, the Advisors will seek to manage
the Trust in a manner such that the Trusts distributions
are reflective of the Trusts current and projected
earnings levels. The distribution level of the Trust is subject
to change based upon a number of factors, including the current
and projected level of the Trusts earnings, and may
fluctuate over time.
|
|
|
|
The Trust reserves the right to change its distribution policy
and the basis for establishing the rate of its quarterly
distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to
common shareholders.
|
|
Listing
|
|
The Trusts common shares are expected to be listed on the
New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), subject to notice of
issuance, under the symbol BUI. See
Description of Shares Common Shares.
|
|
|
|
Custodian And Transfer Agent
|
|
The Bank of New York Mellon will serve as the Trusts
Custodian and Transfer Agent.
|
|
|
|
Market Price Of Shares
|
|
Common shares of closed-end investment companies frequently
trade at a discount from their net asset value, which could be
significant. The Trust cannot assure you that its common shares
will trade at a price higher than or equal to net asset value at
any time. The value of a shareholders investment in the
Trust will be reduced immediately following this offering by the
sales load and the amount of the organizational and offering
expenses paid by the Trust. See Use of Proceeds. In
addition to net asset value, the market price of the
Trusts common shares may be affected by such factors as
dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses),
dividend stability, option premiums, cash flow, market supply
and demand, liquidity, market volatility, general market and
economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the
Trust. See Risks, Description of Shares
and the section of the SAI with the heading Repurchase of
Common Shares. The common shares are designed primarily
for long-term investors and you should not purchase common
shares of the Trust if you intend to sell them shortly after
purchase.
|
|
|
|
Special Risk Considerations
|
|
An investment in common shares of the Trust involves risk. You
should consider carefully the risks discussed below, which are
described in more detail under Risks beginning on
page 28 of this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
No Operating History.
The Trust is a newly
organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment
company with no operating history. As a result, prospective
investors have no track record or history on which to base their
investment decision.
|
|
|
|
Investment and Market Discount Risk.
An
investment in the Trusts common shares is subject to
investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire
amount that you invest. Your investment in common shares
represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the
Trust, a majority of which are traded on a securities exchange
or in the
over-the-counter
markets. The value of these securities, like other market
investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
unpredictably. As with any stock, the price of the Trusts
common shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other
factors. If shares are sold, the price received may be more or
less than the original investment. The value of your investment
in the Trust will be reduced immediately following the initial
offering by the amount of the sales load and the amount of the
organizational and offering expenses paid by the Trust. Common
shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be
treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management
investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their
net asset value, which could be significant. This risk is
separate and distinct from the risk that the Trusts net
asset value could decrease as a result of its investment
activities. At any point in time, including immediately after
the completion of this offering, an investment in the
Trusts common shares may be worth substantially less than
the original amount invested, even after taking into account
distributions paid by the Trust. This risk may be greater for
investors who sell their common shares in a relatively short
period of time after completion of the initial offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock Risk.
The Trust will have
exposure to common stocks. Although common stocks have
historically generated higher average total returns than
fixed-income securities over the long term, common stocks also
have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns
and may significantly under-perform relative to fixed income
securities during certain periods. An adverse event, such as an
unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a
particular common stock held by the Trust. Also, the price of
common stocks is sensitive to general movements in the stock
market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of
common stocks to which the Trust has exposure. Common stock
prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in
investors perceptions of the financial condition of an
issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or
when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur.
In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive
to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and
borrowing costs increase.
|
|
|
|
Concentration Risk.
The Trusts
investments will be concentrated in issuers in the Utilities and
Infrastructure business segments. Because the Trust will be
concentrated in those business segments, it may be subject to
more risks than if it were broadly diversified over numerous
industries and sectors of the economy. General changes in market
sentiment towards Utilities or Infrastructure companies may
adversely affect the Trust, and the performance of Utilities and
Infrastructure issuers may lag behind the broader market as a
whole. Also, the Trusts concentration in the Utilities and
Infrastructure business segments may subject the Trust to a
variety risks associated with those business segments. See
Risks Risks of Investing in Utilities and
Infrastructure Issuers.
|
|
|
|
Risks of Investing in Utilities and Infrastructure
Issuers.
Investments in issuers in the Utilities
and Infrastructure business segments are subject to certain
risks, including the following:
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
Utilities Companies Risk
.
A variety of
factors may adversely affect the business or operations of
Utilities issuers, including: high interest costs in connection
with capital construction and improvement programs; governmental
regulation of rates charged to customers (including the
potential that costs incurred by the utility change more rapidly
than the rate the utility is permitted to charge its customers);
costs associated with compliance with and changes in
environmental and other regulations; effects of economic
slowdowns and surplus capacity; increased competition from other
providers of utility services; inexperience with and potential
losses resulting from a developing deregulatory environment;
costs associated with reduced availability of certain types of
fuel; the effects of energy conservation policies; effects of a
national energy policy; technological innovations; potential
impact of terrorist activities; the impact of natural or
man-made disasters; regulation by various governmental
authorities, including the imposition of special tariffs; and
changes in tax laws, regulatory policies and accounting
standards.
|
|
|
|
Infrastructure Companies
Risk
.
Infrastructure issuers may be
susceptible to a variety of factors that may adversely affect
their business and operations, including high interest costs in
connection with capital construction programs; high leverage;
costs associated with environmental and other regulations;
surplus capacity costs; and reduced investment in public and
private infrastructure projects. A slowdown in new
infrastructure projects in developing or developed markets may
constrain the abilities of Infrastructure issuers to grow in
global markets. Other developments, such as significant changes
in population levels or changes in the urbanization and
industrialization of developing countries, may reduce demand for
products or services provided by Infrastructure issuers.
|
|
|
|
Technological Risk
.
Technological
changes in the way a service or product is delivered may render
existing technologies obsolete. Infrastructure assets have very
few alternative uses should they become obsolete.
|
|
|
|
Developing Industries Risk
.
Some
Utilities and/or Infrastructure companies are focused on
developing new technologies and are strongly influenced by
technological changes. Product development efforts by Utilities
and Infrastructure companies may not result in viable commercial
products. Utilities and Infrastructure companies may bear high
research and development costs, which can limit their ability to
maintain operations during periods of organizational growth or
instability. Some Utilities and Infrastructure issuers may be in
the early stages of operations and may have limited operating
histories and smaller market capitalizations on average than
companies in other sectors.
|
|
|
|
Regional Risk
.
Should an event that
impairs assets occur in a region where a Utilities or
Infrastructure issuer operates, the performance of such
Utilities or Infrastructure company may be adversely affected.
As many infrastructure assets are not
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
moveable, such an event may have enduring effects on the
Utilities or Infrastructure company that are difficult to
mitigate.
|
|
|
|
Strategic Asset Risk
.
Utilities and
Infrastructure companies may control significant strategic
assets. Strategic assets are assets that have a national or
regional profile, and may have monopolistic characteristics.
Given the national or regional profile and/or their
irreplaceable nature, strategic assets may constitute a higher
risk target for terrorist acts or adverse political actions.
|
|
|
|
Environmental Risk
.
Utilities and
Infrastructure companies can have substantial environmental
impacts. Ordinary operations or operational accidents may cause
major environmental damage, which could cause Utilities and
Infrastructure companies significant financial distress.
Community and environmental groups may protest the development
or operation of assets or facilities of Utilities or
Infrastructure companies, and these protests may induce
government action to the detriment of Utilities and
Infrastructure companies.
|
|
|
|
Political and Expropriation
Risk
.
Governments may attempt to influence
the operations, revenue, profitability or contractual
relationships of Utilities and Infrastructure issuers or
expropriate Utilities or Infrastructure companies assets.
The public interest aspect of the products and services provided
by Utilities and Infrastructure companies means political
oversight will remain pervasive.
|
|
|
|
Operational Risk
.
The long-term
profitability of Utilities and Infrastructure companies is
partly dependent on the efficient operation and maintenance of
their assets. Utilities and Infrastructure issuers may be
subject to service interruptions due to environmental disasters,
operational accidents or terrorist activities, which may impair
their ability to maintain payments of dividends or interest to
investors. The destruction or loss of an asset or facility may
have a major adverse impact on a Utilities or Infrastructure
issuer. Failure by the Utilities or Infrastructure issuer to
operate and maintain its assets or facilities appropriately or
to carry appropriate, enforceable insurance could lead to
significant losses.
|
|
|
|
Regulatory Risk
.
Many Utilities and
Infrastructure companies are subject to significant federal,
state and local government regulation, which may include how
facilities are constructed, maintained and operated,
environmental and safety controls and the prices they may charge
for the products and services they provide. Various governmental
authorities have the power to enforce compliance with these
regulations and the permits issued under them, and violators are
subject to administrative, civil and criminal penalties,
including civil fines, injunctions or both. Stricter laws,
regulations or enforcement policies could be enacted in the
future which would likely increase compliance costs and may
adversely affect the operations and financial performance of
Utilities and Infrastructure issuers. Regulators that have the
power to set or modify the prices Utilities and Infrastructure
issuers can charge for their products or services can have a
significant impact
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
on the profitability of such Utilities and Infrastructure
issuers. The returns on regulated assets or services are usually
stable during regulated periods, but may be volatile during any
period that rates are reset by the regulator.
|
|
|
|
Interest Rate Risk
.
Due to the high
costs of developing, constructing, operating and distributing
assets and facilities, many Utilities and Infrastructure
companies are highly leveraged. As such, movements in the level
of interest rates may affect the returns from these assets. The
structure and nature of the debt is therefore an important
element to consider in assessing the interest rate risk posed by
Utilities and Infrastructure issuers. In particular, the type of
facilities, maturity profile, rates being paid, fixed versus
variable components and covenants in place (including how they
impact returns to equity holders) are crucial factors in
assessing the degree of interest rate risk.
|
|
|
|
Inflation Risk
.
Many Utility and
Infrastructure companies may have fixed income streams and,
therefore, be unable to increase their dividends during
inflationary periods. The market value of Utility or
Infrastructure companies may decline in value in times of higher
inflation rates. The prices that a Utility or Infrastructure
company is able to charge users of its assets may not always be
linked to inflation. In this case, changes in the rate of
inflation may affect the forecast profitability of the Utility
or Infrastructure company.
|
|
|
|
For additional discussion of these and other risks associated
with investments in Utilities and Infrastructure issuers see
Risks Risks of Investing in Utilities and
Infrastructure Issuers.
|
|
|
|
Non-U.S.
Securities Risk and Emerging Markets
Risk.
Investing in
non-U.S.
securities involves certain risks not involved in domestic
investments, including, but not limited to: fluctuations in
foreign exchange rates; future foreign economic, financial,
political and social developments; different legal systems; the
possible imposition of exchange controls or other foreign
governmental laws or restrictions, including expropriation;
lower trading volume; much greater price volatility and
illiquidity of certain
non-U.S.
securities markets; different trading and settlement practices;
less governmental supervision; changes in currency exchange
rates; high and volatile rates of inflation; fluctuating
interest rates; less publicly available information; and
different accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping
standards and requirements.
|
|
|
|
Investing in securities of issuers based in underdeveloped
emerging markets entails all of the risks of investing in
securities of
non-U.S.
issuers to a heightened degree. Emerging market
countries generally include every nation in the world
except developed countries, that is the United States, Canada,
Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most countries located in
Western Europe. These heightened risks include: greater risks of
expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization, and less
social, political and economic stability; smaller markets for
such securities and a lower volume of trading, resulting in lack
of liquidity and an increase in price volatility; and certain
national policies that may restrict the Trusts investment
opportunities including restrictions on investing in issuers or
industries deemed sensitive to
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
relevant national interests. See
Non-U.S.
Securities Risk and Emerging Markets Risk.
|
|
|
|
Foreign Currency Risk.
Because the Trust may
invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other
than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates
may affect the value of securities owned by the Trust, the
unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments and gains
on and income from investments. Currencies of certain countries
may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities
denominated in such currencies, which means that the
Trusts net asset value could decline as a result of
changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the
U.S. dollar. These risks often are heightened for investments in
emerging market countries. In addition, the Trust may enter into
foreign currency transactions in an attempt to hedge its
currency exposure or enhance its total return, which may further
expose the Trust to the risks of foreign currency movements and
other risks. The use of foreign currency transactions can result
in the Trust incurring losses as a result of the imposition of
exchange controls, suspension of settlements or the inability of
the Trust to deliver or receive a specified currency.
|
|
|
|
Small and Mid-Capitalization Stock Risk.
The
Trust may invest in companies with small, medium and large
capitalizations. Smaller and medium capitalization company
stocks can be more volatile than, and perform differently from,
larger capitalization company stocks. There may be less trading
in a smaller or medium capitalization companys stock,
which means that buy and sell transactions in that stock could
have a larger impact on the stocks price than is the case
with larger capitalization company stocks. Smaller and medium
capitalization companies may have fewer business lines; changes
in any one line of business, therefore, may have a greater
impact on a smaller or medium capitalization companys
stock price than is the case for a larger capitalization
company. The Trust may need a considerable amount of time to
purchase or sell its positions in these securities. In addition,
smaller or medium capitalization company stocks may not be well
known to the investing public.
|
|
|
|
Liquidity Risk.
In some circumstances,
investments may be relatively illiquid making it difficult to
acquire or dispose of them at the prices quoted on relevant
exchanges or at all. Accordingly, the Trusts ability to
respond to market movements may be impaired and the Trust may
experience adverse price movements upon liquidation of its
investments. Settlement of transactions may be subject to delay
and administrative uncertainties.
|
|
|
|
MLP Risk.
As compared to common stockholders
of a corporation, holders of MLP units have more limited control
and limited rights to vote on matters affecting the partnership.
In addition, there are certain tax risks associated with an
investment in MLP units and conflicts of interest may exist
between common unit holders and the general partner, including
those arising from incentive distribution payments.
|
|
|
|
A change in current tax law, or a change in the business of a
given MLP, could result in an MLP being treated as a corporation
for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which would result in such
MLP being
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
required to pay U.S. federal income tax on its taxable income.
Thus, if any of the MLPs owned by the Trust were treated as
corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the after-tax
return to the Trust with respect to its investment in such MLPs
would be materially reduced, which could cause a decline in the
value of the common stock.
|
|
|
|
To the extent that the Trust invests in the equity securities of
an MLP, the Trust will be a partner in such MLP. Accordingly,
the Trust will be required to include in its taxable income the
Trusts allocable share of the income, gains, losses,
deductions and expenses recognized by each such MLP, regardless
of whether the MLP distributes cash to the Trust. The Trust will
incur a current tax liability on its allocable share of an
MLPs income and gains that is not offset by the MLPs
tax deductions, losses and credits, or its net operating loss
carryforwards, if any. The portion, if any, of a distribution
received by the Trust from an MLP that is offset by the
MLPs tax deductions, losses or credits is essentially
treated as a return of capital. The percentage of an MLPs
income and gains that is offset by tax deductions, losses and
credits will fluctuate over time for various reasons. A
significant slowdown in acquisition activity or capital spending
by MLPs held in the Trusts portfolio could result in a
reduction of accelerated depreciation generated by new
acquisitions, which may result in increased current tax
liability for the Trust.
|
|
|
|
Because of the Trusts investments in equity securities of
MLPs, the Trusts earnings and profits may be calculated
using accounting methods that are different from those used for
calculating taxable income. Because of these differences, the
Trust may make distributions out of its current or accumulated
earnings and profits, which will be treated as dividends, in
years in which the Trusts distributions exceed its taxable
income. In addition, changes in tax laws or regulations, or
future interpretations of such laws or regulations, could
adversely affect the Trust or the MLP investments in which the
Trust invests. See Risks MLP Risk and
Tax Matters.
|
|
|
|
Risks Associated with the Trusts Option
Strategy.
The ability of the Trust to achieve its
investment objective is partially dependent on the successful
implementation of its option strategy. There are several risks
associated with transactions in options on securities used in
connection with the Trusts option strategy. For example,
there are significant differences between the securities and
options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation
between these markets, causing a given transaction not to
achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how
to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and
even a well conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some
degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.
|
|
|
|
As the writer of a call option covered with a security held by
the Trust, the Trust forgoes, during the options life, the
opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the
security covering the call option above the sum of the premium
and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of
loss should the price of the underlying security decline. As the
Trust writes such covered calls over more of its portfolio, its
ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
limited. To the extent the Trust writes call options that are
not fully covered by securities in its portfolio (such as calls
on an index or sector), it will lose money if the portion of the
security or securities underlying the option that is not covered
by securities in the Trusts portfolio appreciate in value
above the exercise price of the option by an amount that exceeds
the premium received on the option. The amount of this loss
could be unlimited. The writer of an option has no control over
the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a
writer of the option.
|
|
|
|
When the Trust writes covered put options, it bears the risk of
loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the
exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is
exercised, the Trust could incur a loss if it is required to
purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater
than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus
the put premium the Trust received when it wrote the option.
While the Trusts potential gain as the writer of a covered
put option is limited to the premium received from the purchaser
of the put option, the Trust risks a loss equal to the entire
exercise price of the option minus the put premium.
|
|
|
|
Risks that may adversely affect the ability of the Trust to
successfully implement its option strategy include the
following: Risks Associated with Options on Securities
Generally, Risks of Writing Options,
Exchange-Listed Option Risks,
Over-the-Counter
Option Risk, Index Option Risk,
Limitations on Option Writing Risk and Tax
Risk. For more information on these risks, please see
Risks Risks Associated with the Trusts
Option Strategy.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.
The
Trust may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities
that are rated below investment grade, which are commonly
referred to as high yield securities or junk
bonds and are regarded as predominantly speculative with
respect to the issuers capacity to pay interest and repay
principal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to
economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession
could disrupt severely the market for such securities and may
have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In
addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could
adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities
to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the
incidence of default for such securities.
|
|
|
|
Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized
by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect
to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than
certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail
secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid
than that for higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could
make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain
securities or could result in lower prices than those used in
calculating the Trusts net asset value. Because of the
substantial risks associated with investments in lower grade
securities, you could lose money on your investment in common
shares of the Trust, both in the short-term and the long-term.
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
Ratings are relative, subjective and not absolute standards of
quality. Securities ratings are based largely on the
issuers historical financial condition and the rating
agencies analysis at the time of rating. Consequently, the
rating assigned to any particular security is not necessarily a
reflection of the issuers current financial condition.
|
|
|
|
Unrated Securities Risk.
Because the Trust may
purchase securities that are not rated by any rating
organization, the Advisors may, after assessing their credit
quality, internally assign ratings to certain of those
securities in categories of those similar to those of rating
organizations. Some unrated securities may not have an active
trading market or may be difficult to value, which means the
Trust might have difficulty selling them promptly at an
acceptable price.
|
|
|
|
Investment Companies and ETFs Risk.
Subject to
the limitations set forth in the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended (the Investment Company Act) or as
otherwise permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the SEC), the Trust may acquire shares in other
investment companies and ETFs, some of which may be investment
companies. The market value of the shares of other investment
companies and ETFs may differ from their NAV. As an investor in
investment companies and ETFs, the Trust would bear its ratable
share of that entitys expenses, including its investment
advisory and administration fees, while continuing to pay its
own advisory and administration fees and other expenses. As a
result, shareholders will be absorbing duplicate levels of fees
with respect to investments in other investment companies and
ETFs.
|
|
|
|
The securities of other investment companies and ETFs in which
the Trust may invest may be leveraged. As a result, the Trust
may be indirectly exposed to leverage through an investment in
such securities. An investment in securities of other investment
companies and ETFs that use leverage may expose the Trust to
higher volatility in the market value of such securities and the
possibility that the Trusts long-term returns on such
securities (and, indirectly, the long-term returns of the
Shares) will be diminished.
|
|
|
|
Strategic Transactions Risk.
Strategic
transactions in which the Trust may engage in an effort to hedge
all or a portion of the portfolio or to seek to enhance total
return, including engaging in transactions, such as options,
futures, swaps, foreign currency transactions, such as forward
foreign currency contracts, currency swaps or options on
currency and currency futures, and other derivatives
transactions (Strategic Transactions) also involve
certain risks and special considerations. Strategic Transactions
have risks, including the imperfect correlation between the
value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the
possible default of the other party to the transaction or
illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the
ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on
the Advisors ability to predict pertinent market
movements, which cannot be assured. Thus, the use of Strategic
Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not
been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio
securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current
market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust
can realize on an investment, or may cause the Trust to hold a
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
security that it might otherwise sell. The use of foreign
currency transactions can result in the Trust incurring losses
as a result of the imposition of exchange controls, suspension
of settlements or the inability of the Trust to deliver or
receive a specified currency. Additionally, amounts paid by the
Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin
accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not
otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes.
|
|
|
|
Counterparty Risk.
The Trust will be subject
to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the
derivative contracts entered into by the Trust. If a
counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its
obligations under a derivative contract due to financial
difficulties, the Trust may experience significant delays in
obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in
bankruptcy or other reorganization proceedings. The Trust may
obtain only a limited recovery, or may obtain no recovery, in
such circumstances.
|
|
|
|
Non-Diversification Risk.
The Trust has
registered as a non-diversified investment company
under the Investment Company Act. For federal income tax
purposes, the Trust, with respect to up to 50% of its total
assets, will be able to invest more than 5% (but not more than
25%, except for investments in United States government
securities and securities of other regulated investment
companies, which are not limited for tax purposes) of the value
of its total assets in the securities of any single issuer or
the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded
partnerships. To the extent the Trust invests a relatively high
percentage of its assets in the securities of a limited number
of issuers, the Trust may be more susceptible than a more widely
diversified investment company to any single corporate,
economic, political or regulatory occurrence. The Trusts
investments will be concentrated in a group of industries that
make up the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments,
which means they may present more risks than if the Trust was
broadly diversified over numerous industries and sectors of the
economy. See Risks Risks of Investing in
Utilities and Infrastructure Issuers.
|
|
|
|
United States Credit Rating Downgrade
Risk.
The events surrounding the recent
negotiations regarding the U.S. federal government debt ceiling
and the resulting agreement could adversely affect the
Trusts ability to achieve its investment objective. On
August 5, 2011, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign
credit rating on the U.S. federal government debt to
AA+ from AAA. The downgrade by S&P
could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets, result
in higher interest rates and higher Treasury yields and increase
the costs of all kinds of debt. These events could have
significant adverse effects on the economy generally. Neither
the Advisor nor the
Sub-Advisors
can predict the effects of these or similar events in the future
on the U.S. economy and securities markets or on the
Trusts portfolio. The Advisors intend to monitor
developments and seek to manage the Trusts portfolio in a
manner consistent with achieving the Trusts investment
objective, but there can be no assurance that it will be
successful in doing so and the Advisors may not timely
anticipate or
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
manage existing, new or additional risks, contingencies or
developments.
|
|
|
|
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk.
The
aftermath of the war in Iraq, instability in Afghanistan,
Pakistan and the Middle East and terrorist attacks in the United
States and around the world may result in market volatility, may
have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial
markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the
United States and worldwide. The Trust does not know how long
the securities markets may be affected by these events and
cannot predict the effects of these events or similar events in
the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets.
|
|
|
|
Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk Allocation
of Investment Opportunities.
BlackRock, Inc.
(BlackRock), BlackRocks affiliates
(Affiliates) and BlackRocks significant
shareholders (Significant Shareholders) are involved
worldwide with a broad spectrum of financial services and asset
management activities and may engage in the ordinary course of
business in activities in which their interests or the interests
of their clients may conflict with those of the Trust.
BlackRock, its Affiliates and Significant Shareholders may
provide investment management services to other funds and
discretionary managed accounts that follow an investment program
similar to that of the Trust. Subject to the requirements of the
Investment Company Act, BlackRock, its Affiliates and
Significant Shareholders intend to engage in such activities and
may receive compensation from third parties for their services.
Neither BlackRock nor its Affiliates or Significant Shareholders
are under any obligation to share any investment opportunity,
idea or strategy with the Trust. As a result, BlackRock, its
Affiliates and Significant Shareholders may compete with the
Trust for appropriate investment opportunities. The results of
the Trusts investment activities, therefore, may differ
from those of an Affiliate, Significant Shareholder or another
account managed by an Affiliate or Significant Shareholder, and
it is possible that the Trust could sustain losses during
periods in which one or more Affiliates or Significant
Shareholders and other accounts achieve profits on their trading
for proprietary or other accounts. BlackRock has adopted
policies and procedures designed to address potential conflicts
of interests. For additional information about potential
conflicts of interest, and the way in which BlackRock addresses
such conflicts, please see Conflicts of Interest and
Management of the Trust Potential Material
Conflicts of Interest in the SAI.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Risks.
For additional risks
relating to investments in the Trust, including Issuer
Risk, Investments in Unseasoned Companies
Risk, Fixed Income Securities Risk,
Securities Lending Risk, Dividend Risk,
Derivatives Risk, Inflation Risk,
Deflation Risk, Risks Associated with Recent
Market Events, Government Intervention in Financial
Markets Risk, Legislation Risk,
Portfolio Turnover Risk, Management
Risk, Not a Complete Investment Program and
Anti-Takeover Provisions Risk please see
Risks beginning on page 28 of this prospectus.
|
16
SUMMARY
OF TRUST EXPENSES
The following table shows estimated Trust expenses as a
percentage of net assets attributable to common shares. The
purpose of the following table and the example below is to help
you understand all fees and expenses that you, as a holder of
common shares, would bear directly or indirectly. The expenses
shown in the table under Estimated Annual Expenses
are based on estimated amounts for the Trusts first full
year of operations and assume that the Trust issues 12,500,000
common shares. If the Trust issues fewer common shares, all
other things being equal, these expenses would increase as a
percentage of net assets attributable to the common shares. See
Management of the Trust and Dividend
Reinvestment Plan. The following table should not be
considered a representation of our future expenses. Actual
expenses may be greater or less than shown. Except where the
context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a
reference to fees or expenses paid by you or
us or that we will pay fees or expenses,
shareholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as
investors in the Trust.
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholder Transaction Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of offering price)
|
|
|
4.50
|
%
|
Offering expenses borne by the Trust (as a percentage of
offering price)(1)(2)
|
|
|
0.20
|
%
|
Dividend reinvestment plan fees
|
|
|
None
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
Net Assets
|
|
|
|
Attributable to
|
|
|
|
Common Shares
|
|
|
Estimated Annual Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
Management fees
|
|
|
1.00
|
%
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
0.18
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total annual expenses
|
|
|
1.18
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The Trust will pay its
organizational costs in full out of its seed capital prior to
completion of this offering. The Trust will pay organizational
and offering expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load)
up to $0.04 per common share, which may include a reimbursement
of BlackRock Advisors expenses incurred in connection with
this offering. BlackRock Advisors has agreed to pay such
organizational and offering expenses of the Trust (other than
the sales load) to the extent that organizational and offering
expenses (other than the sales load) exceed $0.04 per common
share. Assuming the Trust issues 12,500,000 common shares, the
aggregate organizational and offering expenses (other than the
sales load) are estimated to be approximately $1,823,650 or
$0.15 per common share, the aggregate offering expenses (other
than the sales load) to be incurred by the Trust are estimated
to be $500,000 or $0.04 per common share, and the aggregate
organizational and offering expenses (other than the sales load)
to be incurred by BlackRock Advisors on behalf of the Trust are
estimated to be approximately $1,323,650 or $0.11 per common
share. Any offering cost paid by the Trust will be deducted from
the proceeds of the offering received by the Trust.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
BlackRock Advisors (and not the
Trust) has agreed to pay, from its own assets, a structuring and
syndication fee to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and structuring
fees to Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC, Wells
Fargo Securities, LLC and Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
Because these fees are paid by BlackRock Advisors, they are not
reflected under sales load in the table above. BlackRock
Advisors (and not the Trust) also may pay certain qualifying
Underwriters a structuring fee, additional compensation or a
sales incentive fee in connection with the offering. BlackRock
Advisors and certain of its affiliates (and not the Trust) also
may pay commissions to employees of its affiliates that
participate in the marketing of the Trusts common shares.
See Underwriters Additional Compensation to be
Paid by the Advisor.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
You will be charged a $0.02 per
share sold fee (which includes brokerage commissions) if you
direct the Plan Administrator (as defined below) to sell your
common shares held in a dividend reinvestment account.
|
The following example illustrates the expenses (including the
sales load of $45 and offering costs incurred by the Trust of
$2) that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in common shares,
assuming (1) total net annual expenses of 1.18% of net
assets attributable to common shares in years 1 through 10, and
(2) a 5% annual return:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
3 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
10 Years
|
|
|
Total expenses incurred(1)
|
|
$
|
58
|
|
|
$
|
83
|
|
|
$
|
109
|
|
|
$
|
183
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The example should not be
considered a representation of future expenses. The example
assumes that the estimated Other expenses set forth
in the Annual expenses table are accurate and that all dividends
and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual
expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover,
the Trusts actual rate of return may be greater or less
than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.
|
17
THE
TRUST
The Trust is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end
management investment company registered under the Investment
Company Act. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory
trust on August 25, 2011, pursuant to an Agreement and
Declaration of Trust, governed by the laws of the State of
Delaware. The Trust has no operating history. The Trusts
principal office is located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington,
Delaware 19809, and its telephone number is
(800) 882-0052.
USE OF
PROCEEDS
The net proceeds of the offering of common shares will be
approximately $
($ if the Underwriters exercise
the over-allotment option in full) after payment of the
estimated organizational and offering costs. The Trust will
invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with the
Trusts investment objective and policies as stated below.
We currently anticipate that the Trust will be able to invest
all of the net proceeds in accordance with the Trusts
investment objective and policies within approximately three
months after the completion of this offering. Pending such
investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested
in short-term debt securities.
THE
TRUSTS INVESTMENTS
Investment
Objective and Policies
Investment Objective.
The Trusts
investment objective is to provide total return through a
combination of current income, current gains and long-term
capital appreciation. No assurance can be given that the Trust
will achieve its investment objective, and investors could lose
some or all of their investment.
Investment Policies.
The Trust seeks to
achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in
equity securities issued by companies that are engaged in the
Utilities or Infrastructure business segments (as defined below)
anywhere in the world and by utilizing an option strategy in an
effort to enhance current gains.
Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least
80% of its total assets in equity securities issued by companies
that are engaged in the Utilities or Infrastructure business
segments. The Trust considers the Utilities business
segment to include products, technologies and services connected
to the management, ownership operation, construction,
development or financing of facilities used to generate,
transmit or distribute electricity, water, natural resources or
telecommunications and the Infrastructure business
segment to include companies that own or operate infrastructure
assets or that are involved in the development, construction,
distribution or financing of infrastructure assets. See
Portfolio Contents and Other
Information Utilities and Infrastructure
Issuers.
The Trust may invest in companies of any market capitalization
located anywhere in the world. Although the Trust expects to
invest primarily in companies located in developed countries, it
may invest in companies located in emerging markets. Equity
securities in which the Trust may invest include common stocks,
preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, depository
receipts, exchange-traded funds, equity interests in real estate
investment trusts, Canadian Royalty Trusts and MLPs. The Trust
will not invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets
in MLPs.
The Trust may invest up to 20% of its total assets in equity
securities issued by companies that are not engaged in the
Utilities or Infrastructure business segments and debt
securities issued by any issuer, including up to 10% of its
total assets in non-investment grade debt securities, which are
commonly known as junk bonds.
As part of its investment strategy, the Trust currently intends
to employ a strategy of writing (selling) covered call options
on a portion of the common stocks in its portfolio, writing
(selling) covered put options on a portion of the common stocks
in its portfolio and, to a lesser extent, writing (selling)
covered call and put options on indices of securities and
sectors of securities. This option strategy is intended to
generate current gains from option premiums as a means to
enhance distributions payable to the Trusts shareholders.
18
In addition to the option strategies discussed above, the Trust
may engage in Strategic Transactions in an effort to hedge all
or a portion of the portfolio or to seek to enhance total return.
The Trust may lend securities with a value up to
33
1
/
3
%
of its total assets (including such loans) to financial
institutions that provide cash or securities issued or
guaranteed by the U.S. government as collateral.
The Trust may implement various temporary defensive
strategies at times when the Advisor or
Sub-Advisors
determine that conditions in the markets make pursuing the
Trusts basic investment strategy inconsistent with the
best interests of its shareholders. These strategies may include
investing all or a portion of the Trusts assets in
U.S. government obligations and short-term debt securities
that may be either tax-exempt or taxable. See Investment
Policies and Techniques Cash Equivalents and
Short-Term Debt Securities in the SAI.
Under current market conditions, the Trust currently does not
intend to engage in short sales, utilize leverage or issue
preferred shares.
Unless otherwise stated herein or in the SAI, the Trusts
investment objective and policies are non-fundamental policies
and may changed by the Board. In addition, the percentage
limitations applicable to the Trusts portfolio described
in this prospectus apply only at the time of investment, and the
Trust will not be required to sell investments due to subsequent
changes in the value of investments that it owns.
Portfolio
Composition and Other Information
The Trusts portfolio will be composed principally of the
following investments. A more detailed description of the
Trusts investment policies and restrictions and more
detailed information about the Trusts portfolio
investments are contained in the SAI.
Equity Securities.
The Trust intends to invest
primarily in equity securities, including common stocks,
preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, depository
receipts, exchange-traded funds and equity interests in REITs,
Canadian Royalty Trusts and MLPs. Common stock represents an
equity ownership interest in a company. The Trust may hold or
have exposure to common stocks of issuers of any size, including
small and medium capitalization stocks. Because the Trust will
ordinarily have substantial exposure to common stocks,
historical trends would indicate that the Trusts portfolio
and investment returns will be subject at times, and over time,
to higher levels of volatility and market and issuer-specific
risk than if it invested exclusively in debt securities. The
Trust will also employ a strategy, as described below, of
writing covered call options on common stocks.
For more information regarding preferred stocks, convertible
securities, warrants and depository receipts see
Investment Policies and Techniques Equity
Securities in the SAI.
Utilities and Infrastructure Issuers.
Under
normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of
its total assets in equity securities issued by Utilities or
Infrastructure issuers. For purposes of the 80% policy above, a
company is considered to be engaged in these business segments
if: (i) at least 50% of its assets, income, sales or
profits are committed to or derived from one or both of the
Utilities or Infrastructure business segments; or (ii) a
third party classification (such as (a) Standard Industry
Classifications and the North American Industry Classification
System, each of which is published by the Executive Office of
the President, Office of Management and Budget, and
(b) classifications by one or more third party data
providers including, without limitation, Bloomberg L.P., FactSet
Research Systems, Inc and MSCI Barra) has given the company an
industry or sector classification consistent with the Utilities
or Infrastructure business segments.
Companies engaged in the Utilities or Infrastructure business
segments can be generally categorized as engaging in, related to
or involved with:
|
|
|
|
|
the generation, transmission, sale or distribution of electric
energy;
|
|
|
|
the distribution, purification and treatment of water;
|
|
|
|
the production, transmission or distribution of natural
resources used to produce energy, such as oil, natural gas and
coal;
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
the provision of communications services, including cable
television, satellite, microwave, radio, telephone and other
communications media (e.g., fixed-base wireless transmission
towers and broadband television cable);
|
|
|
|
the management, ownership or operation of infrastructure
assets; or
|
|
|
|
the construction, development, distribution or financing of
infrastructure assets.
|
The Trust generally considers infrastructure assets
to consist of those assets which provide the underlying
foundation of basic services, facilities and institutions upon
which the growth and development of a community depends,
including physical structures, networks and systems of
transportation, energy, water and sewage, and communication.
Categories of infrastructure assets currently include:
|
|
|
|
|
Assets that are natural or near-natural monopolies and are
regulated in the level of revenue earned or charges imposed.
Examples include certain power and gas transmission, generation
and distribution assets and water and waste-water distribution
and treatment facilities.
|
|
|
|
Assets that depend on a form of user pay system for their main
revenue source. Examples include toll roads, bridges, tunnels,
airports, railways, seaports and parking lots.
|
|
|
|
Assets that provide basic social services to the community.
Examples include schools, hospitals and correction facilities.
|
|
|
|
Assets that compete in a market for the sale of a product or
service and are therefore exposed to market risks. Examples
include certain solid waste disposal facilities and certain
communication asset classes, including communications towers,
satellites and transmission lines.
|
|
|
|
Other types of infrastructure assets include assets related to
the development and distribution of coal, steel and iron ore,
gold and other precious metals, building materials, agricultural
commodities and food and the gathering, treating, processing,
fractionation, transportation and storage of hydrocarbon
products.
|
Historically, Utilities and Infrastructure companies have
generally paid dividends on their equity securities.
Non-U.S. Securities.
The
Trust may invest in
non-U.S. securities,
which may include securities denominated in U.S. dollars or
in
non-U.S. currencies
or multinational currency units. The Trust may invest in
non-U.S. securities
of so-called emerging market countries.
Non-U.S. securities
markets generally are not as developed or efficient as those in
the United States. Securities of some
non-U.S. issuers
are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable
U.S. issuers. Similarly, volume and liquidity in most
non-U.S. securities
markets are less than in the United States and, at times,
volatility of price can be greater than in the United States.
Because evidences of ownership of such securities usually are
held outside the United States, the Trust would be subject to
additional risks with respect to its investments in
non-U.S. securities,
which include possible adverse political and economic
developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and
adoption of governmental restrictions that might adversely
affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest on the
non-U.S. securities
to investors located outside the country of the issuer, whether
from currency blockage or otherwise.
Since
non-U.S. securities
may be purchased with and payable in foreign currencies, the
value of these assets as measured in U.S. dollars may be
affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates
and exchange control regulations.
Options.
An option on a security is a contract
that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium,
the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the
case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying
the option at a specified exercise or strike price.
The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon
exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon
payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon
delivery of the underlying security. Certain options, known as
American style options may be exercised at any time
during the term of the option. Other options, known as
European style options, may be exercised only on the
expiration date of the option.
20
If an option written by the Trust expires unexercised, the Trust
realizes on the expiration date a capital gain equal to the
premium received by the Trust at the time the option was
written. If an option purchased by the Trust expires
unexercised, the Trust realizes a capital loss equal to the
premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an
exchange-traded option may be closed out by an offsetting
purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type,
underlying security, exercise price and expiration). There can
be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale
transaction can be effected when the Trust desires. The Trust
may sell call or put options it has previously purchased, which
could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the
amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and
other transaction costs paid on the call or put option when
purchased. The Trust will realize a capital gain from a closing
purchase transaction if the cost of the closing transaction is
less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if
it is more, the Trust will realize a capital loss. If the
premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than
the premium paid to purchase the option, the Trust will realize
a capital gain or, if it is less, the Trust will realize a
capital loss. Net gains from the Trusts option strategy
will be short-term capital gains which, for U.S. federal
income tax purposes, will constitute net investment company
taxable income.
Call Options and Covered Call
Writing
.
The Trust will follow a strategy
known as covered call option writing, which is a
strategy designed to generate current gains from option premiums
as a means to enhance distributions payable to the Trusts
shareholders. As the Trust writes covered calls over more of its
portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation
becomes more limited.
A call option written by the Trust on a security is
covered if the Trust owns the security underlying
the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that
security without additional cash consideration (or, if
additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets
determined to be liquid by the Advisors (in accordance with
procedures established by the board of trustees) in such amount
are segregated by the Trusts custodian) upon conversion or
exchange of other securities held by the Trust. A call option is
also covered if the Trust holds a call on the same security as
the call written where the exercise price of the call held is
(i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call
written or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call
written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in
segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Advisors as
described above. The Trust may not sell naked call
options on individual securities, i.e., options representing
more shares of the stock than are held in the Trusts
portfolio.
The standard contract size for a single option is
100 shares of the common stock. There are four items needed
to identify any option: (1) the underlying security,
(2) the expiration month, (3) the strike price and
(4) the type (call or put). For example, ten XYZ Co.
October 40 call options provide the right to purchase
1,000 shares of XYZ Co. on or before October at $40.00 per
share. A call option whose strike price is above the current
price of the underlying stock is called
out-of-the-money.
Most of the options that will be sold by the Trust are expected
to be
out-of-the-money,
allowing for potential appreciation in addition to the proceeds
from the sale of the option. An option whose strike price is
below the current price of the underlying stock is called
in-the-money
and will be sold by the Trust as a defensive measure to protect
against a possible decline in the underlying stock.
The following is a conceptual example of a covered call
transaction, making the following assumptions: (1) a common
stock currently trading at $37.15 per share; (2) a
six-month call option is written with a strike price of $40.00
(i.e., 7.7% higher than the current market price); and
(3) the writer receives $2.45 (or 6.6%) of the common
stocks value as premium income. This example is not meant
to represent the performance of any actual common stock, option
contract or the Trust itself and does not reflect any
transaction costs of entering into or closing out the option
position. Under this scenario, before giving effect to any
change in the price of the stock, the covered-call writer
receives the premium, representing 6.6% of the common
stocks value, regardless of the stocks performance
over the six-month period until option expiration. If the stock
remains unchanged, the option will expire and there would be a
6.6% return for the
6-month
period. If the stock were to decline in price by 6.6%, the
strategy would break-even thus offering no gain or
loss. If the stock were to climb to a price of $40.00 or above,
the option would be exercised and the stock would return 7.7%
coupled with the option premium of 6.6% for a total return of
14.3%. Under this scenario, the investor would not benefit from
any appreciation of the stock above $40.00, and thus be limited
to a 14.3% total return. The premium income from writing the
call option serves to offset some of the unrealized loss on the
stock in the event that the price of the stock declines, but if
the stock were to decline more than
21
6.6% under this scenario, the investors downside
protection is eliminated and the stock could eventually become
worthless.
For conventional listed call options, the options
expiration date can be up to nine months from the date the call
options are first listed for trading. Longer-term call options
can have expiration dates up to three years from the date of
listing. It is anticipated that most options that are written
against Trust stock holdings will be repurchased prior to the
options expiration date, generating a gain or loss in the
options. If the options were not to be repurchased, the option
holder would exercise their rights and buy the stock from the
Trust at the strike price if the stock traded at a higher price
than the strike price. In general, the Trust intends to continue
to hold its common stocks rather than allowing them to be called
away by the option holders.
Put Options
.
Put options are contracts
that give the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the
right to sell to the writer of the option the security
underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time
during the term of the option. Put option strategies may produce
a higher return than covered call writing, but may involve a
higher degree of risk and potential volatility.
The Trust will write (sell) put options on individual securities
only if the put option is covered. A put option
written by the Trust on a security is covered if the
Trust segregates or earmarks assets determined to be liquid by
the Advisors, as described above, equal to the exercise price. A
put option is also covered if the Trust holds a put on the same
security as the put written where the exercise price of the put
held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of
the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of
the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the
Trust in segregated or earmarked assets determined to be liquid
by the Advisors, as described above.
The following is a conceptual example of a put transaction,
making the following assumptions: (1) a common stock
currently trading at $37.15 per share; (2) a six-month put
option written with a strike price of $35.00 (i.e., 94.21% of
the current market price); and (3) the writer receives
$1.10 or 2.96% of the common stocks value as premium
income. This example is not meant to represent the performance
of any actual common stock, option contract or the Trust itself
and does not reflect any transaction costs of entering into or
closing out the option position. Under this scenario, before
giving effect to any change in the price of the stock, the put
writer receives the premium, representing 2.96% of the common
stocks value, regardless of the stocks performance
over the six-month period until the option expires. If the stock
remains unchanged, appreciates in value or declines less than
5.79% in value, the option will expire and there would be a
2.96% return for the six-month period. If the stock were to
decline by 5.79% or more, the Trust would lose an amount equal
to the amount by which the stocks price declined minus the
premium paid to the Trust. The stocks price could lose its
entire value, in which case the Trust would lose $33.90 ($35.00
minus $1.10).
Options on Indices
.
The Trust may sell
call and put options on stock indices or sectors. Because index
and sector options both refer to options on baskets of
securities and generally have similar characteristics, we refer
to these types of options collectively as index
options. Options on an index differ from options on individual
securities because (i) the exercise of an index option
requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase
or sale of securities, (ii) the holder of an index option
has the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the
level of the index upon which the option is based is greater, in
the case of a call, or less, in the case of a put, than the
exercise price of the option and (iii) index options
reflect price-fluctuations in a group of securities or segments
of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a
single security.
As the seller of an index call or put option, the Trust receives
cash (the premium) from the purchaser. The purchaser of an index
call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of
the index over a fixed price (the exercise price) on or before a
certain date in the future (the expiration date). The purchaser
of an index put option has the right to any depreciation in the
value of the index below a fixed price (the exercise price) on
or before a certain date in the future (the expiration date).
The Trust, in effect, agrees to sell the potential appreciation
(in the case of a call) or accept the potential depreciation (in
the case of a put) in the value of the relevant index in
exchange for the premium. If, at or before expiration, the
purchaser exercises the call or put option sold by the Trust,
the Trust will pay the purchaser the difference between the cash
value of the index and the exercise price of the index option.
The premium, the exercise price and the market value of the
index determine the gain or loss realized by the Trust as the
seller of the index call or put option.
22
The Trust may execute a closing purchase transaction with
respect to an index option it has sold and sell another option
(with either a different exercise price or expiration date or
both). The Trusts objective in entering into such a
closing transaction will be to optimize net index option
premiums. The cost of a closing transaction may reduce the net
index option premiums realized from the sale of the index option.
The Trust will cover its obligations when it sells index
options. An index option is considered covered if
the Trust maintains with its custodian assets determined to be
liquid by the Advisors (in accordance with procedures
established by the Board) in an amount equal to the contract
value of the applicable basket of securities. An index or sector
put option also is covered if the Trust holds a put
on the same basket of securities as the put written where the
exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or more than
the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than
the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference
is maintained by the Trust in segregated assets determined to be
liquid by the Advisors as described above. An index or sector
call option also is covered if the Trust holds a
call on the same basket of securities as the call written where
the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less
than the exercise price of the call written, or
(ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written,
provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated
assets determined to be liquid.
Limitation on Option Writing
Strategy
.
Under normal market conditions, the
Trust generally intends to write covered call and put options
with respect to approximately 30% to 40% of its total assets,
although this percentage may vary from time to time with market
conditions. Initially, the Trust anticipates writing covered
call and put options with respect to approximately 33% of its
total assets. As the Trust writes covered calls over more of its
portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation
becomes more limited.
The number of covered call and put options on securities the
Trust can write is limited by the total assets the Trust holds,
and further limited by the fact that all options represent
100 share lots of the underlying common stock. The Trust
will not write naked or uncovered call or put
options, other than those that are covered by the
segregation of liquid assets as described above. Furthermore,
the Trusts exchange-listed option transactions will be
subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges,
boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such
options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number
of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a
single investor or group of investors acting in concert,
regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on
the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other
trading facilities or are held or written in one or more
accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of
options which the Trust may write or purchase may be affected by
options written or purchased by other investment advisory
clients of the Advisors. An exchange, board of trade or other
trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to
be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other
sanctions.
Master Limited Partnerships.
The Trust may
invest up to 25% of the value of its total assets in MLPs. The
MLPs in which the Trust intends to invest will be limited
partnerships (or limited liability companies taxable as
partnerships), the units of which will be listed and traded on a
U.S. securities exchange. In addition, such MLPs will
derive income and gains from the exploration, development,
mining or production, processing, refining, transportation
(including pipeline transporting gas, oil, or products thereof),
or the marketing of any mineral or natural resources. The Trust
may, however, invest in MLP entities in any sector of the
economy.
An MLP is an entity receiving partnership taxation treatment
under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
Code), and whose interests or units are
traded on securities exchanges like shares of corporate stock.
MLPs generally have two classes of owners, the general partner
and limited partners. When investing in an MLP, the Trust
intends to purchase publicly traded common units issued to
limited partners of the MLP. The general partner is typically
owned by one or more of the following: a major energy company,
an investment fund, or the direct management of the MLP. The
general partner may be structured as a private or publicly
traded corporation or other entity. The general partner
typically controls the operations and management of the MLP; has
an ownership stake in the partnership, typically a 2% general
partner equity interest and usually additional common units and
subordinated units; and is eligible to receive an incentive
distribution. Limited partners own the remainder of the
partnership, through ownership of common units, and have a
limited role in the partnerships operations and
management. The limited partners also receive cash distributions.
MLPs are typically structured such that common units and general
partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash
distributions up to an established minimum amount (minimum
quarterly distributions or
23
MQD). Common and general partner interests also
accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent the MQD is not
paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid,
subordinated units receive distributions of up to the MQD;
however, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages.
Distributable cash in excess of the MQD paid to both common and
subordinated units is distributed to both common and
subordinated units generally on a pro rata basis.
The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive
distributions if the general partner operates the business in a
manner that results in distributions paid per common unit
surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner
increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the
general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of
the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement
provides that the general partner can reach a tier where it
receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and
subordinated unit holders. These incentive distributions
encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase
capital expenditures and acquire assets in order to increase the
partnerships cash flow and raise the quarterly cash
distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results
benefit all security holders of the MLP.
To qualify as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, an MLP must receive at least 90% of its income from
qualifying sources such as interest, dividends, real estate
rents, gain from the sale or disposition of real property,
income and gain from mineral or natural resources activities,
income and gain from the transportation or storage of certain
fuels, gain from the sale or disposition of a capital asset held
for the production of income described in the foregoing and, in
certain circumstances, income and gain from commodities or
futures, forwards and options with respect to commodities.
Mineral or natural resources activities include exploration,
development, production, mining, refining, marketing and
transportation (including pipelines), of oil and gas, minerals,
geothermal energy, fertilizer, timber or industrial source
carbon dioxide. Currently, most MLPs operate in the energy,
natural resources or real estate sectors. Due to their
partnership structure, MLPs generally do not pay income taxes.
Thus, unlike investors in corporate securities, direct MLP
investors are generally not subject to double taxation (i.e.
corporate level tax and tax on corporate dividends). For more
information on MLPs, see Investment Policies and
Techniques Master Limited Partnership
Interests in the SAI.
Canadian Royalty Trusts.
A Canadian royalty
trust is a trust whose securities are listed on a Canadian stock
exchange and which controls an underlying company whose business
is the acquisition, exploitation, production and sale of oil and
natural gas. These trusts generally pay out to unitholders the
majority of the cash flow that they receive from the production
and sale of underlying oil and natural gas reserves. The amount
of distributions paid on a Canadian royalty trusts units
will vary from time to time based on production levels,
commodity prices, royalty rates and certain expenses, deductions
and costs, as well as on the distribution payout ratio policy
adopted. As a result of distributing the bulk of their cash flow
to unitholders, the ability of a Canadian royalty trust to
finance internal growth through exploration is limited.
Therefore, Canadian royalty trusts typically grow through
acquisition of additional oil and gas properties or producing
companies with proven reserves of oil and gas, funded through
the issuance of additional equity or, where the trust is able,
additional debt. On October 31, 2006, the Canadian Minister
of Finance announced a Tax Fairness Plan for Canadians. A
principal component of the plan involved changing the taxation
rules governing income trusts. The Minister of Finance announced
a tax rate on trust distributions that would start at 34%
initially, and then drop to 31.5% by 2011. As a result, Canadian
income trusts are now taxed as regular Canadian corporations and
are now subject to double taxation at both the
corporate level and on the income distributed to investors. In
response to this change, most Canadian royalty trusts converted
to corporations and have reduced their dividends.
REITs.
In pursuing its investment strategy,
the Trust may invest in equity interests in REITs. REITs possess
certain risks which differ from an investment in common stocks.
REITs are financial vehicles that pool investors capital
to purchase or finance real estate. REITs may concentrate their
investments in specific geographic areas or in specific property
types, i.e., hotels, shopping malls, residential complexes and
office buildings. The market value of REIT shares and the
ability of the REITs to distribute income may be adversely
affected by several factors, including rising interest rates,
changes in the national, state and local economic climate and
real estate conditions, perceptions of prospective tenants of
the safety, convenience and attractiveness of the properties,
the ability of the owners to provide adequate management,
maintenance and insurance, the cost of complying with the
Americans with Disabilities Act, increased competition from new
properties, the impact of present or future environmental
legislation and compliance with environmental laws, changes in
real estate taxes and other operating expenses,
24
adverse changes in governmental rules and fiscal policies,
adverse changes in zoning laws, and other factors beyond the
control of the issuers of the REITs. In addition, distributions
received by the Trust from REITs may consist of dividends,
capital gains,
and/or
return of capital. As REITs generally pay a higher rate of
dividends (on a pre-tax basis) than operating companies, to the
extent application of the Trusts investment strategy
results in the Trust investing in REIT shares, the percentage of
the Trusts dividend income received from REIT shares will
likely exceed the percentage of the Trusts portfolio which
is comprised of REIT shares. Generally, dividends received by
the Trust from REIT shares and distributed to the Trusts
shareholders will not constitute qualified dividend
income eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to
qualified dividend income; therefore, the tax rate applicable to
that portion of the dividend income attributable to REIT shares
held by the Trust that shareholders of the Trust receive will be
taxed at a higher rate than dividends eligible for the reduced
tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.
Lower Grade Debt Securities.
The Trust may
invest up to 10% of its total assets in debt securities rated
below investment grade (which are commonly referred to as
high yield securities or junk bonds),
such as those rated Ba or lower by Moodys Investors
Service, Inc. (Moodys) and BB or lower by
Standard & Poors Ratings Group, a division of
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (S&P), or by
Fitch Ratings (Fitch), or debt securities comparably
rated by other rating agencies, or in unrated debt securities
determined by the Advisors to be of comparable quality. Debt
securities rated Ba by Moodys are judged to have
speculative elements, their future cannot be considered as well
assured and often the protection of interest and principal
payments may be very moderate. Debt securities rated BB by
S&P or Fitch are regarded as having predominantly
speculative characteristics and, while such obligations have
less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative
grade debt, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to
adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could
lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and
principal payments. Debt securities rated C are regarded as
having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real
investment standing. Debt securities rated D are in default and
the payment of interest
and/or
repayment of principal is in arrears.
Lower grade debt securities, though high yielding, are
characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks
with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market
fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated debt
securities. The secondary market for lower grade debt securities
may be less liquid than that of higher rated debt securities.
Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the
Trust to sell certain debt securities or could result in lower
prices than those used in calculating the Trusts net asset
value.
The prices of debt securities generally are inversely related to
interest rate changes; however, the price volatility caused by
fluctuating interest rates of securities also is inversely
related to the coupon of such securities. Accordingly, lower
grade debt securities may be relatively less sensitive to
interest rate changes than higher quality debt securities of
comparable maturity because of their higher coupon. This higher
coupon is what the investor receives in return for bearing
greater credit risk. The higher credit risk associated with
lower grade debt securities potentially can have a greater
effect on the value of such debt securities than may be the case
with higher quality issues of comparable maturity and may be a
substantial factor in the Trusts relative share price
volatility.
Lower grade debt securities may be particularly susceptible to
economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession
could disrupt severely the market for such debt securities and
may have an adverse impact on the value of such debt securities.
In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could
adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such debt
securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and
increase the incidence of default for such debt securities.
The ratings of Moodys, S&P, Fitch and other rating
agencies represent their opinions as to the quality of the
obligations which they undertake to rate. Ratings are relative
and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating
the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not
evaluate the market value risk of such obligations. Although
these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of
portfolio investments, the Advisors also will independently
evaluate these debt securities and the ability of the issuers of
such debt securities to pay interest and principal. To the
extent that the Trust invests in lower grade debt securities
that have not been rated by a rating agency, the Trusts
ability to achieve its investment objective will be more
dependent on the Advisors credit analysis than would be
the case when the Trust invests in rated debt securities.
25
Strategic Transactions.
In addition to the
option strategy discussed above, the Trust may, but is not
required to, use the Strategic Transactions described below in
an effort to hedge all or a portion of the portfolio or to seek
to enhance total return. These Strategic Transactions are
generally accepted under modern portfolio management and are
regularly used by many mutual funds, closed-end funds and other
institutional investors. Although the Advisors seek to use
Strategic Transactions to further the Trusts investment
objective, no assurance can be given that they will be
successful.
The Trust may purchase and sell futures contracts, options on
futures contracts and forward foreign currency contracts, may
enter into various interest rate, credit and other derivative
transactions and may engage in swaps. The Trust also may
purchase derivative instruments that combine features of these
instruments. Collectively, all of the above are referred to as
Strategic Transactions. The Trust generally seeks to
use Strategic Transactions as a portfolio management or hedging
technique to seek to protect against possible adverse changes in
the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for
the Trusts portfolio, protect the value of the
Trusts portfolio, facilitate the sale of certain
securities for investment purposes, or establish positions in
the derivatives markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing
or selling particular securities. The Trust may use Strategic
Transactions to enhance potential gain, although the Trust will
commit variation margin for Strategic Transactions that involve
futures contracts only in accordance with the rules of the
Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
Strategic Transactions have risks, including the imperfect
correlation between the value of such instruments and the
underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to
the transaction or illiquidity of the derivative instruments.
Furthermore, the ability to successfully use Strategic
Transactions depends on the Advisors ability to predict
pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Thus, the
use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than
if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or
purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices
other than current market values, may limit the amount of
appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment, or may
cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell.
Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or
other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic
Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for
investment purposes. A more complete discussion of Strategic
Transactions and their risks is contained in the Trusts
SAI under the heading Investment Policies and
Techniques Strategic Transactions and Risk
Management.
Other Investment Companies.
The Trust may
invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities of other
open- or closed-end investment companies that invest primarily
in Utilities or Infrastructure securities of the types in which
the Trust may invest directly. The Trust generally expects to
invest in other investment companies either during periods when
it has large amounts of uninvested cash, such as the period
shortly after the Trust receives the proceeds of the offering of
its common shares, or during periods when there is a shortage of
attractive Utilities and Infrastructure securities available in
the market. As a shareholder in an investment company, the Trust
will bear its ratable share of that investment companys
expenses, and will remain subject to payment of the Trusts
advisory and other fees and expenses with respect to assets so
invested. Holders of common shares will therefore be subject to
duplicative expenses to the extent the Trust invests in other
investment companies. The Advisors will take expenses into
account when evaluating the investment merits of an investment
in an investment company relative to available Utilities and
Infrastructure securities investments. In addition, the
securities of other investment companies may be leveraged and
will therefore be subject to leverage risks. As described in
this prospectus in the section entitled Risks, the
net asset value and market value of leveraged shares will be
more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to
fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares.
Investment companies may have investment policies that differ
from those of the Trust. In addition, to the extent the Trust
invests in other investment companies, the Trust will be
dependent upon the investment and research abilities of persons
other than the Advisors. The Trust treats its investments in
such open- or closed-end investment companies as investments in
Utilities and Infrastructure securities.
The Trust may invest in ETFs, which are investment companies
that aim to track or replicate a desired index, such as a
sector, market or global segment. ETFs are typically passively
managed and their shares are traded on a national exchange or
The NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. (NASDAQ). ETFs do not
sell individual shares directly to investors and only issue
their shares in large blocks known as creation
units. The investor purchasing a creation unit may sell
the individual shares on a secondary market. Therefore, the
liquidity of ETFs depends on the adequacy of the secondary
market. There can be no assurance that an ETFs investment
objective will be achieved, as ETFs
26
based on an index may not replicate and maintain exactly the
composition and relative weightings of securities in the index.
ETFs are subject to the risks of investing in the underlying
securities. The Trust, as a holder of the securities of the ETF,
will bear its pro rata portion of the ETFs expenses,
including advisory fees. These expenses are in addition to the
direct expenses of the Trusts own operations.
Securities Lending.
The Trust may lend
portfolio securities with a value not exceeding
33
1
/
3
%
of its total assets or the limit prescribed by applicable law to
banks, brokers and other financial institutions. In return, the
Trust receives collateral in cash or securities issued or
guaranteed by the U.S. government or irrevocable letters of
credit issued by a bank (other than a borrower of the
Trusts portfolio securities or any affiliate of such
borrower), which qualifies as a custodian bank for an investment
company under the Investment Company Act, which collateral will
be maintained at all times in an amount equal to at least 100%
of the current market value of the loaned securities. The
Advisor may instruct the lending agent (as defined below) to
terminate loans and recall securities so that the securities may
be voted by the Trust if required by the Advisors proxy
voting guidelines. See Proxy Voting Policies below.
Such notice shall be provided in advance such that a period of
time equal to no less than the normal settlement period for the
securities in question prior to the record date for the proxy
vote or other corporate entitlement is provided.
The Trust receives the equivalent of any income it would have
received on the loaned securities. Where the Trust receives
securities as collateral, the Trust receives a fee for its loans
from the borrower and does not receive the income on the
collateral. Where the Trust receives cash collateral, it may
invest such collateral and retain the amount earned, net of any
amount rebated to the borrower. As a result, the Trusts
yield may increase. Loans of securities are terminable at any
time and the borrower, after notice, is required to return
borrowed securities within the standard time period for
settlement of securities transactions. The Trust is obligated to
return the collateral to the borrower upon the return of the
loaned securities. The Trust could suffer a loss in the event
the Trust must return the cash collateral and there are losses
on investments made with the cash collateral. In the event the
borrower defaults on any of its obligations with respect to a
securities loan, the Trust could suffer a loss where the value
of the collateral is below the market value of the borrowed
securities plus any other receivables from the borrower along
with any transaction costs to repurchase the securities. The
Trust could also experience delays and costs in gaining access
to the collateral. The Trust may pay reasonable finders,
lending agent, administrative and custodial fees in connection
with its loans.
The Trust has received an exemptive order from the Commission
permitting it to lend portfolio securities to affiliates of the
Trust and to retain an affiliate of the Trust as lending agent.
Pursuant to that order, the Trust has retained an affiliated
entity of the Advisor as the securities lending agent (the
lending agent) for a fee, including a fee based on a
share of the returns on investment of cash collateral. In
connection with securities lending activities, the lending agent
may, upon the advice of the Advisor and on behalf of the Trust,
invest cash collateral received by the Trust for such loans,
among other things, in a private investment company managed by
the lending agent or in registered money market funds advised by
the Advisor or its affiliates. Pursuant to the same order, the
Trust may invest its uninvested cash in registered money market
funds advised by the Advisor or its affiliates, or in a private
investment company managed by the lending agent. If the Trust
acquires shares in either the private investment company or an
affiliated money market fund, shareholders would bear both their
proportionate share of the Trusts expenses and,
indirectly, the expenses of such other entities. However, in
accordance with the exemptive order, the investment adviser to
the private investment company will not charge any advisory fees
with respect to shares purchased by the Trust. Such shares also
will not be subject to a sales load, redemption fee,
distribution fee or service fee, or in the case of the shares of
an affiliated money market fund, the payment of any such sales
load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee will be
offset by the Advisors waiver of a portion of its advisory
fee.
The Trust would continue to accrue the equivalent of the same
interest or other income on loaned securities that it would have
received had the securities not been on loan, and would also
earn income on investments made with any cash collateral for
such loans. Any cash collateral received by the Trust in
connection with such loans may be invested in a broad range of
high quality, U.S. dollar-denominated money market
instruments that meet
Rule 2a-7
restrictions for money market funds.
27
BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, a Sub-Advisor of the
Trust, acts as securities lending agent for the Trust and will
be paid a fee for the provision of these services, including
advisory services with respect to the collateral of the
Trusts securities lending program.
Short-Term Debt Securities; Temporary Defensive Position;
Invest-Up
Period.
During the period in which the net
proceeds of this offering of common shares are being invested or
during periods in which the Advisors determine that they are
temporarily unable to follow the Trusts investment
strategy or that it is impractical to do so, the Trust may
deviate from its investment strategy and invest all or any
portion of its assets in cash, cash equivalents or short-term
debt securities that may be either tax-exempt or taxable. See
Investment Policies and Techniques Cash
Equivalents and Short-Term Debt Securities in the SAI. The
Advisors determination that they are temporarily unable to
follow the Trusts investment strategy or that it is
impractical to do so will generally occur only in situations in
which a market disruption event has occurred and where trading
in the securities selected through application of the
Trusts investment strategy is extremely limited or absent
or in connection with the termination of the Trust.
RISKS
The net asset value of, and dividends paid on, the common shares
will fluctuate with and be affected by, among other things, the
risks more fully described below.
No
Operating History
The Trust is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end
management investment company with no operating history. As a
result, prospective investors have no track record or history on
which to base their investment decision.
Investment
and Market Discount Risk
An investment in the Trusts common shares is subject to
investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire
amount that you invest. Your investment in common shares
represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the
Trust, a majority of which are traded on a securities exchange
or in the
over-the-counter
markets. The value of these securities, like other market
investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and
unpredictably. As with any stock, the price of the Trusts
common shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other
factors. If shares are sold, the price received may be more or
less than the original investment. The value of your investment
in the Trust will be reduced immediately following the initial
offering by the amount of the sales load and the amount of the
organizational and offering expenses paid by the Trust. Common
shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be
treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management
investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their
net asset value, which could be significant. This risk is
separate and distinct from the risk that the Trusts net
asset value could decrease as a result of its investment
activities. At any point in time, including immediately after
the completion of this offering, an investment in the
Trusts common shares may be worth substantially less than
the original amount invested, even after taking into account
distributions paid by the Trust. This risk may be greater for
investors who sell their common shares in a relatively short
period of time after completion of the initial offering.
Common
Stock Risk
The Trust will have exposure to common stocks. Although common
stocks have historically generated higher average total returns
than fixed-income securities over the long term, common stocks
also have experienced significantly more volatility in those
returns and may significantly under-perform relative to fixed
income securities during certain periods. An adverse event, such
as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a
particular common stock held by the Trust. Also, the price of
common stocks is sensitive to general movements in the stock
market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of
common stocks to which the Trust has exposure. Common stock
prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in
investors perceptions of the financial condition of an
issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or
when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur.
In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive
to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and
borrowing costs increase.
28
Concentration
Risk
The Trusts investments will be concentrated in issuers in
the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments. Because the
Trust will be concentrated in those business segments, it may be
subject to more risks than if it were broadly diversified over
numerous industries and sectors of the economy. General changes
in market sentiment towards Utilities or Infrastructure
companies may adversely affect the Trust, and the performance of
Utilities and Infrastructure issuers may lag behind the broader
market as a whole. Also, the Trusts concentration in the
Utilities and Infrastructure business segments may subject the
Trust to a variety risks associated with those business segments.
Risks of
Investing in Utilities and Infrastructure Issuers
Investments in issuers in the Utilities and Infrastructure
business segments are subject to certain risks, including the
following:
Utilities Companies Risk.
A variety of factors
may adversely affect the business or operations of Utilities
issuers, including: high interest costs in connection with
capital construction and improvement programs; governmental
regulation of rates charged to customers (including the
potential that costs incurred by the utility change more rapidly
than the rate the utility is permitted to charge its customers);
costs associated with compliance with and changes in
environmental and other regulations; effects of economic
slowdowns and surplus capacity; increased competition from other
providers of Utilities services; inexperience with and potential
losses resulting from a developing deregulatory environment;
costs associated with reduced availability of certain types of
fuel; the effects of energy conservation policies; effects of a
national energy policy; technological innovations; potential
impact of terrorist activities; the impact of natural or
man-made disasters; regulation by various governmental
authorities, including the imposition of special tariffs; and
changes in tax laws, regulatory policies and accounting
standards.
Infrastructure Companies Risk.
Infrastructure
issuers may be susceptible to a variety of factors that may
adversely affect their business and operations, including high
interest costs in connection with capital construction programs;
high leverage; costs associated with environmental and other
regulations; surplus capacity costs; and reduced investment in
public and private infrastructure projects. A slowdown in new
infrastructure projects in developing or developed markets may
constrain the abilities of Infrastructure issuers to grow in
global markets. Other developments, such as significant changes
in population levels or changes in the urbanization and
industrialization of developing countries, may reduce demand for
products or services provided by Infrastructure issuers.
Technological Risk.
Technological changes in
the way a service or product is delivered may render existing
technologies obsolete. Although this risk may be considered low
with respect to assets of Utilities and Infrastructure companies
given the large fixed costs involved in developing such assets
and the fact that many utility and infrastructure technologies
are well established, any technological change that occurs over
the medium term could threaten the profitability of a Utilities
or infrastructure company. Utility and infrastructure assets
have very few alternative uses should they become obsolete.
Communications utilities may be particularly sensitive to these
risks, as telecommunications products and services also may be
subject to rapid obsolescence resulting from changes in consumer
tastes, intense competition and strong market reactions to
technological development.
Developing Industries Risk.
Some Utilities or
Infrastructure companies are focused on developing new
technologies and are strongly influenced by technological
changes. Product development efforts by Utilities and
Infrastructure companies may not result in viable commercial
products. Utilities and Infrastructure companies may bear high
research and development costs, which can limit their ability to
maintain operations during periods of organizational growth or
instability. Some Utilities and Infrastructure issuers may be in
the early stages of operations and may have limited operating
histories and smaller market capitalizations on average than
companies in other sectors. As a result of these and other
factors, the value of investments in such Utilities and
Infrastructure issuers may be considerably more volatile than
that in more established segments of the economy.
29
Regional Risk.
Should an event that impairs
assets or facilities occur in a region where a Utilities or
Infrastructure issuer operates, the performance of such
Utilities or Infrastructure company may be adversely affected.
As many infrastructure assets are not moveable, such an event
may have enduring effects on the Utilities or Infrastructure
company that are difficult to mitigate.
Strategic Asset Risk.
Utilities and
Infrastructure companies may control significant strategic
assets. Strategic assets are assets that have a national or
regional profile, and may have monopolistic characteristics.
Given the national or regional profile
and/or
their
irreplaceable nature, strategic assets may constitute a higher
risk target for terrorist acts or adverse political actions.
Environmental Risk.
Utilities and
Infrastructure companies can have substantial environmental
impacts. Ordinary operations or operational accidents may cause
major environmental damage, which could cause Utilities and
Infrastructure companies significant financial distress. For
example, an accidental release from wells or gathering pipelines
could subject them to substantial liabilities for environmental
cleanup and restoration costs, claims made by neighboring
landowners and other third parties for personal injury and
property damage, and fines or penalties for related violations
of environmental laws or regulations. Utilities and
Infrastructure companies may not be able to recover these costs
from insurance. Environmental regulations to which Utilities and
Infrastructure companies may be subject include, for example:
(i) the federal Clean Air Act and comparable state laws and
regulations that impose obligations related to air emissions,
(ii) the federal Clean Water Act and comparable state laws
and regulations that impose obligations related to discharges of
pollutants into regulated bodies of water, (iii) the
federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA) and comparable state laws and regulations
that impose requirements for the handling and disposal of waste
from facilities; and (iv) the federal Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980
(CERCLA), also known as Superfund, and
comparable state laws and regulations that regulate the cleanup
of hazardous substances. Failure to comply with these laws and
regulations may trigger a variety of administrative, civil and
criminal enforcement measures, including the assessment of
monetary penalties, the imposition of remedial requirements, and
the issuance of orders enjoining future operations. Certain
environmental statutes, including RCRA, CERCLA, the federal Oil
Pollution Act and analogous state laws and regulations, impose
strict, joint and several liability for costs required to clean
up and restore sites where hazardous substances have been
disposed of or otherwise released. Voluntary initiatives and
mandatory controls have been adopted or are being discussed both
in the United States and worldwide to reduce emissions of
greenhouse gases such as carbon dioxide, a
by-product of burning fossil fuels, and methane, the major
constituent of natural gas, which many scientists and
policymakers believe contribute to global climate change. These
measures and future measures could result in increased costs to
certain companies in which the Trust may invest to operate and
maintain facilities and administer and manage a greenhouse gas
emissions program and may reduce demand for fuels that generate
greenhouse gases and that are managed or produced by companies
in which the Trust may invest. In the wake of a Supreme Court
decision holding that the Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) has some legal authority to deal with climate
change under the Clean Air Act, the EPA and the Department of
Transportation jointly wrote regulations to cut gasoline use and
control greenhouse gas emissions from cars and trucks. These
measures, and other programs addressing greenhouse gas
emissions, could reduce demand for energy or raise prices, which
may adversely affect the total return of certain of the
Trusts investments. Community and environmental groups may
protest the development or operation of assets or facilities of
Utilities and Infrastructure companies, and these protests may
induce government action to the detriment of Utilities and
Infrastructure companies
Political and Expropriation Risk.
Governments
may attempt to influence the operations, revenue, profitability
or contractual relationships of Utilities and Infrastructure
issuers or expropriate their assets. The public interest aspect
of the products and services provided by Utilities and
Infrastructure companies means political oversight will remain
pervasive.
Operational Risk.
The long-term profitability
of Utilities and Infrastructure companies is partly dependent on
the efficient operation and maintenance of their assets and
facilities. Utilities and Infrastructure issuers may be subject
to service interruptions due to environmental disasters,
operational accidents or terrorist activities, which may impair
their ability to maintain payments of dividends or interest to
investors. The
30
destruction or loss of an asset or facility may have a major
adverse impact on a Utilities or Infrastructure issuer. Failure
by the Utilities or Infrastructure issuer to operate and
maintain their assets and facilities appropriately or to carry
appropriate, enforceable insurance could lead to significant
losses.
Regulatory Risk.
Many Utilities and
Infrastructure companies are subject to significant federal,
state and local government regulation, which may include how
facilities are constructed, maintained and operated,
environmental and safety controls and the prices they may charge
for the products and services they provide. Various governmental
authorities have the power to enforce compliance with these
regulations and the permits issued under them, and violators are
subject to administrative, civil and criminal penalties,
including civil fines, injunctions or both. There are
substantial differences among the regulatory practices and
policies of various jurisdictions, and any given regulatory
agency may make major shifts in policy from time to time.
Stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies could be
enacted in the future which would likely increase compliance
costs and may adversely affect the operations and financial
performance of Utilities and Infrastructure issuers. Regulators
that have the power to set or modify the prices Utilities and
Infrastructure issuers can charge for their products or services
can have a significant impact on the profitability of such
Utilities and Infrastructure issuers. The returns on regulated
assets or services are usually stable during regulated periods,
but may be volatile during any period that rates are reset by
the regulator. Utilities and Infrastructure companies may be
adversely affected by additional regulatory requirements enacted
in response to environmental disasters, which may impose
additional costs or limit certain operations by such companies
operating in various sectors. Foreign Utilities and
Infrastructure companies are also subject to regulation,
although such regulations may or may not be comparable to those
in the United States. Foreign Utilities and Infrastructure
companies may be more heavily regulated by their respective
governments than utilities in the United States and, as in the
United States, generally are required to seek government
approval for rate increases. In addition, many foreign Utilities
and Infrastructure companies use fuels that may cause more
pollution than those used in the United States, which may
require such utilities to invest in pollution control equipment
to meet any proposed pollution restrictions. Foreign regulatory
systems vary from country to country and may evolve in ways
different from regulation in the United States.
Interest Rate Risk.
Due to the high costs of
developing, constructing, operating and distributing
infrastructure assets, many Utilities and Infrastructure
companies are highly leveraged. As such, movements in the level
of interest rates may affect the returns from these assets. The
structure and nature of the debt is therefore an important
element to consider in assessing the interest rate risk posed by
Utilities and Infrastructure issuers. In particular, the type of
facilities, maturity profile, rates being paid, fixed versus
variable components and covenants in place (including how they
impact returns to equity holders) are crucial factors in
assessing any the degree of interest rate risk.
Inflation Risk.
Many Utility and
Infrastructure companies may have fixed income streams and,
therefore, be unable to increase their dividends during
inflationary periods. The market value of Utility or
Infrastructure companies may decline in value in times of higher
inflation rates. The prices that a Utility or Infrastructure
company is able to charge users of its assets may not always be
linked to inflation. In this case, changes in the rate of
inflation may affect the forecast profitability of the Utility
or Infrastructure company.
Supply and Demand Risk.
Utilities and
Infrastructure companies may be subject to supply and demand
fluctuations in the markets they serve which will be impacted by
a wide range of factors. A decrease in the production of natural
gas, natural gas liquids, crude oil, coal or other energy
commodities, a decrease in the volume of such commodities
available for transportation, mining, processing, storage or
distribution, or a sustained decline in demand for such
commodities, may adversely impact the financial performance of
Utilities and Infrastructure companies. Factors affecting the
volume of production of energy commodities and the volume of
energy commodities available for transportation, storage,
processing or distribution include depletion of resources;
depressed commodity prices; catastrophic events; labor
relations; increased environmental or other governmental
regulation; equipment malfunctions and maintenance difficulties;
import volumes; international politics; policies of the
Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries; and increased
competition from alternative energy sources. Alternatively, a
decline in demand for energy commodities could result from
factors such as adverse economic conditions (especially in key
energy-consuming countries); increased taxation; weather
conditions; increased environmental or other governmental
regulation; increased
31
fuel economy; increased energy conservation or use of
alternative energy sources; legislation intended to promote the
use of alternative energy sources; or increased commodity prices.
Customer Risk.
The revenue of many Utility and
Infrastructure companies may be impacted by the number of users
who use the products or services produced by the Utility or
Infrastructure company. A significant decrease in the number of
users may negatively impact the profitability of a Utility or
Infrastructure company. Infrastructure companies can have a
narrow customer base. Should these customers or counterparties
fail to pay their contractual obligations, significant revenues
could cease and not be replaceable. This would affect the
profitability of the infrastructure company and the value of any
securities or other instruments it has issued.
Project and Financing Risk.
To the extent the
Trust invests in Utility and Infrastructure companies which are
dependent to a significant extent on new infrastructure
projects, the Trust may be exposed to the risk that the project
will not be completed within budget, within the agreed time
frame or to agreed specifications. From time to time,
infrastructure companies may encounter difficulties in obtaining
financing for construction programs during inflationary periods.
Issuers experiencing difficulties in financing construction
programs may also experience lower profitability, which can
result in reduced income to the Trust.
Weather and Natural Disasters Risk.
Weather
plays a role in the seasonality of some Utilities and
Infrastructure companies cash flows. Although most
Utilities and Infrastructure companies that are subject to
weather risk can reasonably predict seasonal weather demand
based on normal weather patterns, extreme weather conditions
demonstrate that no amount of preparation can protect an
Utilities or Infrastructure company from the unpredictability of
the weather. Natural disaster risks, such as earthquakes, flood,
lightning, hurricanes and wind, are risks facing certain Utility
and Infrastructure companies. The damage done by extreme weather
or natural disasters also may serve to increase many Utilities
and Infrastructure companies insurance premiums.
2012 U.S. Federal Budget Risk.
The
proposed U.S. federal budget for fiscal year 2012 calls for
the elimination of approximately $46 billion in tax
incentives used by certain Utilities and Infrastructure
companies and the imposition of new fees on certain energy
producers. The elimination of such tax incentives and imposition
of such fees could adversely affect Utilities and Infrastructure
companies in which the Trust invests
and/or
the
Utilities and Infrastructure business segments generally.
Non-U.S.
Securities Risk and Emerging Markets Risk
Investing in
non-U.S. securities
involves certain risks not involved in domestic investments,
including, but not limited to: fluctuations in foreign exchange
rates; future foreign economic, financial, political and social
developments; different legal systems; the possible imposition
of exchange controls or other foreign governmental laws or
restrictions, including expropriation; lower trading volume;
much greater price volatility and illiquidity of certain
non-U.S. securities
markets; different trading and settlement practices; less
governmental supervision; changes in currency exchange rates;
high and volatile rates of inflation; fluctuating interest
rates; less publicly available information; and different
accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping standards and
requirements.
Certain countries in which the Trust may invest, especially
emerging market countries, historically have experienced, and
may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high
interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of
external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties and
extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are
also characterized by political uncertainty and instability. The
cost of servicing external debt will generally be adversely
affected by rising international interest rates because many
external debt obligations bear interest at rates that are
adjusted based upon international interest rates. In addition,
with respect to certain foreign countries, there is a risk of:
the possibility of expropriation or nationalization of assets;
confiscatory taxation; difficulty in obtaining or enforcing a
court judgment; restrictions on currency repatriation; economic,
political or social instability; and diplomatic developments
that could affect investments in those countries.
Because the Trust may invest in securities denominated or quoted
in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in
foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of
securities in the Trust and the unrealized
32
appreciation or depreciation of investments. Currencies of
certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the
value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means
that the Trusts net asset value or current income could
decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between
foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. Certain investments
in
non-U.S. securities
also may be subject to foreign withholding taxes. Dividend
income from
non-U.S. corporations
may not be eligible for the reduced U.S. income tax rate
currently available for qualified dividend income. These risks
often are heightened for investments in smaller, emerging
capital markets. In addition, individual foreign economies may
differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in
such respects as: growth of gross domestic product; rates of
inflation; capital reinvestment; resources; self-sufficiency;
and balance of payments position.
Investing in securities of issuers based in underdeveloped
emerging markets entails all of the risks of investing in
securities of
non-U.S. issuers
to a heightened degree. Emerging market countries
generally include every nation in the world except developed
countries, that is the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia,
New Zealand and most countries located in Western Europe. These
heightened risks include: greater risks of expropriation,
confiscatory taxation, nationalization, and less social,
political and economic stability; the smaller size of the market
for such securities and a lower volume of trading, resulting in
lack of liquidity and an increase in price volatility; and
certain national policies that may restrict the Trusts
investment opportunities including restrictions on investing in
issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national
interests.
As a result of these potential risks, the Advisors may determine
that, notwithstanding otherwise favorable investment criteria,
it may not be practicable or appropriate to invest in a
particular country. The Trust may invest in countries in which
foreign investors, including the Advisors, have had no or
limited prior experience.
Foreign
Currency Risk
Because the Trust may invest in securities denominated or quoted
in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in
foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of
securities owned by the Trust, the unrealized appreciation or
depreciation of investments and gains on and income from
investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and
therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such
currencies, which means that the Trusts net asset value
could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates
between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. These risks
often are heightened for investments in emerging market
countries. In addition, the Trust may enter into foreign
currency transactions in an attempt to hedge its currency
exposure or enhance its total return, which may further expose
the Trust to the risks of foreign currency movements and other
risks. The use of foreign currency transactions can result in
the Trust incurring losses as a result of the imposition of
exchange controls, suspension of settlements or the inability of
the Trust to deliver or receive a specified currency.
Small and
Mid-Capitalization Stock Risk
The Trust may invest in companies with small, medium and large
capitalizations. Smaller and medium capitalization company
stocks can be more volatile than, and perform differently from,
larger capitalization company stocks. There may be less trading
in a smaller or medium capitalization companys stock,
which means that buy and sell transactions in that stock could
have a larger impact on the stocks price than is the case
with larger company stocks. Smaller and medium capitalization
companies may have fewer business lines; changes in any one line
of business, therefore, may have a greater impact on a smaller
or medium capitalization companys stock price than is the
case for a larger company. The Trust may need a considerable
amount of time to purchase or sell its positions in these
securities. In addition, smaller or medium capitalization
company stocks may not be well known to the investing public.
Liquidity
Risk
In some circumstances, investments may be relatively illiquid
making it difficult to acquire or dispose of them at the prices
quoted on relevant exchanges or at all. Accordingly, the
Trusts ability to respond to market movements may be
impaired and the Trust may experience adverse price movements
upon liquidation of its investments. Settlement of transactions
may be subject to delay and administrative uncertainties.
33
MLP
Risk
An investment in MLP units involves some risks that differ from
an investment in the common stock of a corporation. As compared
to common stockholders of a corporation, holders of MLP units
have more limited control and limited rights to vote on matters
affecting the partnership. In addition, there are certain tax
risks associated with an investment in MLP units and conflicts
of interest may exist between common unit holders and the
general partner, including those arising from incentive
distribution payments.
Much of the benefit the Trust derives from its investment in
equity securities of MLPs is a result of MLPs generally being
treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. Partnerships do not pay U.S. federal income tax
at the partnership level. Rather, each partner of a partnership,
in computing its U.S. federal income tax liability, will
include its allocable share of the partnerships income,
gains, losses, deductions and expenses. A change in current tax
law, or a change in the business of a given MLP, could result in
an MLP being treated as a corporation for U.S. federal
income tax purposes, which would result in such MLP being
required to pay U.S. federal income tax on its taxable
income. The classification of an MLP as a corporation for
U.S. federal income tax purposes would have the effect of
reducing the amount of cash available for distribution by the
MLP and causing any such distributions received by the Trust to
be taxed as dividend income to the extent of the MLPs
current or accumulated earnings and profits. Thus, if any of the
MLPs owned by the Trust were treated as corporations for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, the after-tax return to
the Trust with respect to its investment in such MLPs would be
materially reduced, which could cause a decline in the value of
the common stock.
To the extent that the Trust invests in the equity securities of
an MLP, the Trust will be a partner in such MLP. Accordingly,
the Trust will be required to include in its taxable income the
Trusts allocable share of the income, gains, losses,
deductions and expenses recognized by each such MLP, regardless
of whether the MLP distributes cash to the Trust. Historically,
MLPs have been able to offset a significant portion of their
income with tax deductions. The Trust will incur a current tax
liability on its allocable share of an MLPs income and
gains that is not offset by the MLPs tax deductions,
losses and credits, or its net operating loss carryforwards, if
any. The portion, if any, of a distribution received by the
Trust from an MLP that is offset by the MLPs tax
deductions, losses or credits is essentially treated as a return
of capital. However, those distributions will reduce the
Trusts adjusted tax basis in the equity securities of the
MLP, which will result in an increase in the amount of gain (or
decrease in the amount of loss) that will be recognized by the
Trust for tax purposes upon the sale of any such equity
securities or upon subsequent distributions in respect of such
equity securities. The percentage of an MLPs income and
gains that is offset by tax deductions, losses and credits will
fluctuate over time for various reasons. A significant slowdown
in acquisition activity or capital spending by MLPs held in the
Trusts portfolio could result in a reduction of
accelerated depreciation generated by new acquisitions, which
may result in increased current tax liability for the Trust.
Because of the Trusts investments in equity securities of
MLPs, the Trusts earnings and profits may be calculated
using accounting methods that are different from those used for
calculating taxable income. Because of these differences, the
Trust may make distributions out of its current or accumulated
earnings and profits, which will be treated as dividends, in
years in which the Trusts distributions exceed its taxable
income. See Tax Matters.
In addition, changes in tax laws or regulations, or future
interpretations of such laws or regulations, could adversely
affect the Trust or the MLP investments in which the Trust
invests.
Risks
Associated with the Trusts Option Strategy
The ability of the Trust to achieve current gains is partially
dependent on the successful implementation of its option
strategy. Risks that may adversely affect the ability of the
Trust to successfully implement its option strategy include the
following:
Risks Associated with Options on Securities
Generally.
There are significant differences
between the securities and options markets that could result in
an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given
transaction not to achieve its objective. A decision as to
whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of
skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be
unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or
unexpected events.
34
Risks of Writing Options.
As the writer of a
covered call option, the Trust forgoes, during the options
life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market
value of the security covering the call option above the sum of
the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained
the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security
decline. As the Trust writes covered calls over more of its
portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation
becomes more limited and the risk of net asset value erosion
increases. If the Trust experiences net asset value erosion,
which itself may have an indirect negative effect on the market
price of the Trusts shares, the Trust will have a reduced
asset base over which to write covered calls, which may
eventually lead to reduced distributions to shareholders. The
writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be
required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option.
Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot
effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its
obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying
security at the exercise price.
When the Trust writes covered put options, it bears the risk of
loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the
exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is
exercised, the Trust could incur a loss if it is required to
purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater
than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus
the put premium the Trust received when it wrote the option.
While the Trusts potential gain as the writer of a covered
put option is limited to the premium received from the purchaser
of the put option, the Trust risks a loss equal to the entire
exercise price of the option minus the put premium.
Exchange-Listed Option Risks.
There can be no
assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Trust seeks
to close out an option position on an options exchange. Reasons
for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange
include the following: (i) there may be insufficient
trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may
be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing
transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or
other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular
classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen
circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange;
(v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing
Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current
trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for
economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future
date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular
class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the
secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of
options) would cease to exist. However, outstanding options on
that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing
Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would
continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. If
the Trust were unable to close out a covered call option that it
had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the
underlying security unless the option expired without exercise.
The hours of trading for options on an exchange may not conform
to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded.
To the extent that the options markets close before the markets
for the underlying securities, significant price and rate
movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot
be reflected in the options markets. Call options are marked to
market daily and their value will be affected by changes in the
value and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks, an
increase in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived
volatility of the stock market and the underlying common stocks
and the remaining time to the options expiration.
Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted
downward before the options expiration as a result of the
occurrence of certain corporate events affecting the underlying
equity security, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits,
merger or other extraordinary distributions or events. A
reduction in the exercise price of an option would reduce the
Trusts capital appreciation potential on the underlying
security.
Over-the-Counter
Option Risk.
The Trust may write (sell) unlisted
over-the-counter
or OTC options to a significant extent. Options
written by the Trust with respect to
non-U.S. securities,
indices or sectors generally will be OTC options. OTC options
differ from exchange-listed options in that they are two-party
contracts, with exercise price, premium and other terms
negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have
as much market liquidity as exchange-listed options. The
counterparties to these transactions typically will be major
international banks, broker-dealers and financial institutions.
The Trust may be required to treat as illiquid securities being
used to cover certain written OTC options. The OTC options
written by the Trust will not be issued, guaranteed or cleared
by the Options Clearing Corporation. In addition, the
Trusts ability to terminate the OTC options may be more
limited than with exchange-traded
35
options. Banks, broker-dealers or other financial institutions
participating in such transactions may fail to settle a
transaction in accordance with the terms of the option as
written. In the event of default or insolvency of the
counterparty, the Trust may be unable to liquidate an OTC option
position.
Index Option Risk.
The Trust may sell index
call and put options from time to time. The purchaser of an
index call option has the right to any appreciation in the value
of the index over the exercise price of the option on or before
the expiration date. The purchaser of an index put option has
the right to any depreciation in the value of the index below
the exercise price of the option on or before the expiration
date. Because the exercise of an index option is settled in
cash, sellers of index call options, such as the Trust, cannot
provide in advance for their potential settlement obligations by
acquiring and holding the underlying securities. The Trust will
lose money if it is required to pay the purchaser of an index
option the difference between the cash value of the index on
which the option was written and the exercise price and such
difference is greater than the premium received by the Trust for
writing the option. The value of index options written by the
Trust, which will be priced daily, will be affected by changes
in the value and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks
in the respective index, changes in the actual or perceived
volatility of the stock market and the remaining time to the
options expiration. The value of the index options also
may be adversely affected if the market for the index options
becomes less liquid or smaller. Distributions paid by the Trust
on its common shares may be derived in part from the net index
option premiums it receives from selling index call and put
options, less the cost of paying settlement amounts to
purchasers of the options that exercise their options. Net index
option premiums can vary widely over the short term and long
term.
Limitation on Option Writing Risk.
The number
of call options the Trust can write is limited by the total
assets the Trust holds and is further limited by the fact that
all options represent 100 share lots of the underlying
common stock. Furthermore, the Trusts options transactions
will be subject to limitations established by each of the
exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which
such options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum
number of options in each class which may be written or
purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in
concert, regardless of whether the options are written or
purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or
other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more
accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of
options which the Trust may write or purchase may be affected by
options written or purchased by other investment advisory
clients of the Advisors. An exchange, board of trade or other
trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to
be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other
sanctions.
Tax Risk.
Income on options on individual
stocks will not be recognized by the Trust for tax purposes
until an option is exercised, lapses or is subject to a
closing transaction (as defined by applicable
regulations) pursuant to which the Trusts obligations with
respect to the option are otherwise terminated. If the option
lapses without exercise or is otherwise subject to a closing
transaction, the premiums received by the Trust from the writing
of such options will generally be characterized as short-term
capital gain. If an option written by the Trust is exercised,
the Trust may recognize taxable gain depending on the exercise
price of the option, the option premium, and the fair market
value of the security underlying the option. The character of
any gain on the sale of the underlying security as short-term or
long-term capital gain will depend on the holding period of the
Trust in the underlying security. In general, distributions
received by shareholders of the Trust that are attributable to
short-term capital gains recognized by the Trust from its option
writing activities will be taxed to such shareholders as
ordinary income and will not be eligible for the reduced tax
rate applicable to qualified dividend income.
Options on indices of securities and sectors of securities will
generally be
marked-to-market
for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the
Trust will generally recognize gain or loss on the last day of
each taxable year equal to the difference between the value of
the option on that date and the adjusted basis of the option.
The adjusted basis of the option will consequently be increased
by such gain or decreased by such loss. Any gain or loss with
respect to options on indices and sectors will be treated as
short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40% of such
gain or loss and long-term capital gain or loss to the extent of
60% of such gain or loss. Because the
mark-to-market
rules may cause the Trust to recognize gain in advance of the
receipt of cash, the Trust may be required to dispose of
investments in order to meet its distribution requirements.
36
Issuer
Risk
Issuer risk is the risk that the value of a security may decline
for a reason directly related to the issuer, such as management
performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the
issuers goods or services. The amount of a dividend may
decline for reasons related to an issuer, such as changes in an
issuers financial condition or a decision by the issuer to
pay a lower dividend.
Investments
in Unseasoned Companies
The Trust may invest in the securities of smaller, less seasoned
companies. These investments may present greater opportunities
for growth, but also involve greater risks than customarily are
associated with investments in securities of more established
companies. Some of the companies in which the Trust may invest
will be
start-up
companies which may have insubstantial operational or earnings
history or may have limited products, markets, financial
resources or management depth. Some may also be emerging
companies at the research and development stage with no products
or technologies to market or approved for marketing. Securities
of emerging companies may lack an active secondary market and
may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than
securities of larger, more established companies or stock market
averages in general. Competitors of certain companies may have
substantially greater financial resources than many of the
companies in which the Trust may invest.
Fixed
Income Securities Risk
The market value of fixed income investments changes in response
to interest rate changes and other factors. During periods of
falling interest rates, the values of outstanding fixed income
securities generally rise. During periods of rising interest
rates, the values of outstanding fixed income securities
generally fall. Moreover, while securities with longer
maturities tend to produce higher yields, the prices of longer
maturity securities are also subject to greater market
fluctuations as a result of changes in interest rates. As the
average maturity or duration of a security lengthens, the risk
that the price of such security will become more volatile
increases. In contrast to maturity which measures only time
until final payment, duration combines consideration of yield,
interest payments, final maturity and call features. Additional
risk associated with fixed income securities includes:
Call Risk.
During periods of falling interest
rates, certain debt obligations with high interest rates may be
prepaid (or called) by the issuer prior to maturity.
Extension Risk.
An issuer may exercise its
right to pay principal on an obligation held by the Trust later
than expected. This may happen when there is a rise in interest
rates. Under these circumstances, the value of the obligation
will decrease.
Credit Risk.
The possibility that an issuer
will be unable to make timely payments of either principal or
interest.
Event Risk.
Securities may suffer declines in
credit quality and market value due to issuer restructurings or
other factors.
Below
Investment Grade Securities Risk
The Trust may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities
that are rated below investment grade, which are commonly
referred to as high yield securities or junk
bonds and are regarded as predominantly speculative with
respect to the issuers capacity to pay interest and repay
principal.
Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to
economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession
could disrupt severely the market for such securities and may
have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In
addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could
adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities
to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the
incidence of default for such securities.
Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized
by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect
to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than
certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail
secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid
than that for higher rated
37
securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times
for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in
lower prices than those used in calculating the Trusts net
asset value. Because of the substantial risks associated with
investments in lower grade securities, you could lose money on
your investment in common shares of the Trust, both in the
short-term and the long-term.
Ratings are relative, subjective and not absolute standards of
quality. Securities ratings are based largely on the
issuers historical financial condition and the rating
agencies analysis at the time of rating. Consequently, the
rating assigned to any particular security is not necessarily a
reflection of the issuers current financial condition.
Unrated
Securities Risk
Because the Trust may purchase securities that are not rated by
any rating organization, the Advisors may, after assessing their
credit quality, internally assign ratings to certain of those
securities in categories of those similar to those of rating
organizations. Some unrated securities may not have an active
trading market or may be difficult to value, which means the
Trust might have difficulty selling them promptly at an
acceptable price.
Securities
Lending Risk
The Trust may lend its portfolio securities to financial
institutions. Securities lending is subject to the risk that
loaned securities may not be available to the Trust on a timely
basis and the Trust may therefore lose the opportunity to sell
the securities at a desirable price. Any loss in the market
price of securities loaned by the Trust that occurs during the
term of the loan would be borne by the Trust and would adversely
affect the Trusts performance. Further, the cash
collateral received by the Trust in connection with such a loan
may be invested in a security that subsequently loses value.
Also, there may be delays in recovery, or no recovery, of
securities loaned or even a loss of rights in the collateral
should the borrower of the securities fail financially while the
loan is outstanding. These events could also trigger adverse tax
consequences for the Trust.
Pursuant to an exemptive order from the Commission, the Trust
has retained an affiliated entity of the Advisor as the lending
Agent. The lending agent may, upon the advice of the Advisor and
on behalf of the Trust, invest cash collateral received by the
Trust for such loans, among other things, in a private
investment company managed by the lending agent or in registered
money market funds advised by the Advisor or its affiliates. If
the Trust acquires shares in either the private investment
company or an affiliated money market fund, shareholders would
bear both their proportionate share of the Trusts expenses
and, indirectly, the expenses of such other entities. However,
in accordance with the exemptive order, the investment adviser
to the private investment company will not charge any advisory
fees with respect to shares purchased by the Trust.
Dividend
Risk
Historically, Utilities and Infrastructure companies have
generally paid dividends on their equity securities. However,
dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are declared at the
discretion of an issuers board of directors. There is no
guarantee that the issuers of the common stocks in which the
Trust invests will declare dividends in the future or that if
declared they will remain at current levels or increase over
time. As described further in Tax Matters,
qualified dividend income received by the Trust and
passed through to shareholders will generally be eligible for
the reduced tax rate applicable to individuals for taxable years
beginning on or before December 31, 2012. There is no
assurance as to what portion of the Trusts distributions
will constitute qualified dividend income.
Derivatives
Risk
Derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends on, or
is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference
rate or index. The Trust typically uses derivatives as a
substitute for taking a position in the underlying asset
and/or
as
part of a strategy designed to reduce exposure to other risks,
such as interest rate or currency risk.
The Trust may also use derivatives for leverage, in which case
their use would involve leveraging risk. Certain derivative
transactions may give rise to a form of leverage. Leverage
associated with derivative transactions may cause the Trust to
liquidate portfolio positions when it may not be advantageous to
do so to satisfy its obligations or
38
to meet earmarking or segregation requirements, pursuant to
applicable SEC rules and regulations, or may cause the Trust to
be more volatile than if the Trust had not been leveraged.
The Trusts use of derivative instruments involves risks
different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated
with investing directly in securities and other traditional
investments. Derivatives are subject to a number of risks
described elsewhere in this section, such as liquidity risk,
interest rate risk, market risk, credit risk and management
risk. They also involve the risk of mispricing or improper
valuation.
Derivatives also involve the risk that changes in the value of a
derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying
asset, rate or index. There are a number of factors which may
prevent a derivative instrument from achieving desired
correlation (or inverse correlation) with an underlying asset,
rate or index, such as the impact of fees, expenses and
transaction costs, the timing of pricing, and disruptions or
illiquidity in the markets for such derivative instrument.
The Trusts investments in a derivative instrument could
lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable
derivative transactions may not be available in all
circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Trust will
engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks
when that would be beneficial. Although the Advisors seek to use
derivatives to further the Trusts investment objective,
there is no assurance that the use of derivatives will achieve
this result.
Inflation
Risk
Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income
from investment will be worth less in the future as inflation
decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real
value of the common shares and distributions on those shares can
decline.
Deflation
Risk
Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy
decline over time, which may have an adverse effect on the
market valuation of companies, their assets and their revenues.
In addition, deflation may have an adverse effect on the
creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more
likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the
Trusts portfolio.
Investment
Companies and ETFs Risk
Subject to the limitations set forth in the Investment Company
Act or as otherwise permitted by the SEC, the Trust may acquire
shares in other investment companies and in ETFs, some of which
may be investment companies. The market value of the shares of
other investment companies and ETFs may differ from their NAV.
As an investor in investment companies and ETFs, the Trust would
bear its ratable share of that entitys expenses, including
its investment advisory and administration fees, while
continuing to pay its own advisory and administration fees and
other expenses. As a result, shareholders will be absorbing
duplicate levels of fees with respect to investments in other
investment companies and ETFs.
The securities of other investment companies and ETFs in which
the Trust may invest may be leveraged. As a result, the Trust
may be indirectly exposed to leverage through an investment in
such securities. An investment in securities of other investment
companies and ETFs that use leverage may expose the Trust to
higher volatility in the market value of such securities and the
possibility that the Trusts long-term returns on such
securities (and, indirectly, the long-term returns of the
Shares) will be diminished.
Strategic
Transactions Risk
The Trust may engage in various Strategic Transactions in an
effort to hedge all or a portion of the portfolio or to seek to
enhance total return. Strategic Transactions involve the use of
derivative instruments. The use of Strategic Transactions to
enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Strategic
Transactions involve risks, including the imperfect correlation
between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets,
the possible default of the other party to the transaction and
illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the
Trusts ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions
depends on the Advisors ability to predict pertinent
market movements,
39
which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic Transactions may
result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may
require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at
inopportune times or for prices other than current market
values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can
realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a
security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, amounts
paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in
margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not
otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes. In
addition, please see the Trusts SAI for a more detailed
description of Strategic Transactions and the various derivative
instruments the Trust may use and the various risks associated
with them.
Counterparty
Risk
The Trust will be subject to credit risk with respect to the
counterparties to the derivative contracts entered into by the
Trust. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to
perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to
financial difficulties, the Trust may experience significant
delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract
in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceedings. The Trust may
obtain only a limited recovery, or may obtain no recovery, in
such circumstances.
Non-Diversification
Risk
The Trust has registered as a non-diversified
investment company under the Investment Company Act. For federal
income tax purposes, the Trust, with respect to up to 50% of its
total assets, will be able to invest more than 5% (but not more
than 25%, except for investments in United States government
securities and securities of other regulated investment
companies, which are not limited for tax purposes) of the value
of its total assets in the securities of any single issuer or
the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded
partnerships. To the extent the Trust invests a relatively high
percentage of its assets in the securities of a limited number
of issuers, the Trust may be more susceptible than a more widely
diversified investment company to any single corporate,
economic, political or regulatory occurrence. The Trusts
investments will be concentrated in a group of industries that
make up the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments,
which means they may present more risks than if the Trust was
broadly diversified over numerous industries and sectors of the
economy. See Risks of Investing in Utilities
and Infrastructure Issuers.
Risks
Associated with Recent Market Events
While U.S. and global markets had experienced extreme
volatility and disruption for an extended period of time, 2010
and the beginning of 2011 witnessed more stabilized economic
activity as expectations for an economic recovery increased.
However, risks to a robust resumption of growth persist. In
2010, several European Union (EU) countries,
including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain, and Portugal, began to
face budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term
effects for the economies of those countries and other EU
countries. There is continued concern about national-level
support for the euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal
and wage policy among European Economic and Monetary Union
member countries. A return to unfavorable economic conditions
could impair the Trusts ability to achieve its investment
objective.
United
States Credit Rating Downgrade Risk
The events surrounding the recent negotiations regarding the
U.S. federal government debt ceiling and the resulting
agreement could adversely affect the Trusts ability to
achieve its investment objective. On August 5, 2011,
S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the
U.S. federal government debt to AA+ from
AAA. The downgrade by S&P could increase
volatility in both stock and bond markets, result in higher
interest rates and higher Treasury yields and increase the costs
of all kinds of debt. These events could have significant
adverse effects on the economy generally and could result in
significant adverse impacts on Utilities and Infrastructure
issuers and the Trust. Neither the Advisor nor the
Sub-Advisors
can predict the effects of these or similar events in the future
on the U.S. economy and securities markets or on the
Trusts portfolio. The Advisors intend to monitor
developments and seek to manage the Trusts portfolio in a
manner consistent with achieving the Trusts investment
objective, but there can be no assurance that it will be
successful in doing so and the Advisors may not timely
anticipate or manage existing, new or additional risks,
contingencies or developments.
40
Market
Disruption and Geopolitical Risk
The aftermath of the war in Iraq, instability in Afghanistan,
Pakistan and the Middle East and terrorist attacks in the United
States and around the world may result in market volatility, may
have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial
markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the
United States and worldwide. The Trust does not know how long
the securities markets may be affected by these events and
cannot predict the effects of these events or similar events in
the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets.
Potential
Conflicts of Interest Risk Allocation of Investment
Opportunities
BlackRock, BlackRocks affiliates (Affiliates)
and BlackRocks significant shareholders (Significant
Shareholders) are involved worldwide with a broad spectrum
of financial services and asset management activities and may
engage in the ordinary course of business in activities in which
their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict
with those of the Trust. BlackRock, its Affiliates and
Significant Shareholders may provide investment management
services to other funds and discretionary managed accounts that
follow an investment program similar to that of the Trust.
Subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act,
BlackRock, its Affiliates and Significant Shareholders intend to
engage in such activities and may receive compensation from
third parties for their services. Neither BlackRock nor its
Affiliates or Significant Shareholders are under any obligation
to share any investment opportunity, idea or strategy with the
Trust. As a result, BlackRock, its Affiliates and Significant
Shareholders may compete with the Trust for appropriate
investment opportunities. The results of the Trusts
investment activities, therefore, may differ from those of an
Affiliate, Significant Shareholder or another account managed by
an Affiliate or Significant Shareholder, and it is possible that
the Trust could sustain losses during periods in which one or
more Affiliates or Significant Shareholders and other accounts
achieve profits on their trading for proprietary or other
accounts. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed
to address potential conflicts of interests. For additional
information about potential conflicts of interest, and the way
in which BlackRock addresses such conflicts, please see
Conflicts of Interest and Management of the
Trust Trust Management Potential
Material Conflicts of Interest in the SAI.
Government
Intervention in Financial Markets Risk
The recent instability in the financial markets discussed above
has led the U.S. government and certain foreign governments
to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support
certain financial institutions and segments of the financial
markets that have experienced extreme volatility, and in some
cases a lack of liquidity, including through direct purchases of
equity and debt securities. Federal, state, and other
governments, their regulatory agencies or self-regulatory
organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the
issuers in which the Trust invests in ways that are
unforeseeable. Legislation or regulation may also change the way
in which the Trust is regulated. Such legislation or regulation
could limit or preclude the Trusts ability to achieve its
investment objective.
Congress has enacted sweeping financial legislation, the
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of
2010 (the Dodd-Frank Act), signed into law by
President Obama on July 21, 2010, regarding the operation
of banks, private fund managers and other financial
institutions, which includes provisions regarding the regulation
of derivatives. Many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be
implemented through regulatory rulemakings and similar processes
over a period of time. The impact of the Dodd-Frank Act, and of
follow-on regulation, on trading strategies and operations is
impossible to predict, and may be adverse. Practices and areas
of operation subject to significant change based on the impact,
direct or indirect, of the Dodd-Frank Act and follow-on
regulation, may change in manners that are unforeseeable, with
uncertain effects. By way of example and not limitation, direct
and indirect changes from the Dodd-Frank Act and follow-on
regulation may occur to a significant degree with regard to,
among other areas, financial consumer protection, bank ownership
of and involvement with private funds, proprietary trading,
registration of investment advisers, and the trading and use of
many derivative instruments, including swaps. There can be no
assurance that such legislation or regulation will not have a
material adverse effect on the Trust. In addition, Congress may
address tax policy, which also could have uncertain direct and
indirect impact on trading and operations, as well as,
potentially, operations and structure of the Trust, and the SEC
has engaged in a general investigation of private funds, which
has resulted in increased regulatory oversight and other
legislation and regulation relating to private fund managers,
private funds and funds of hedge funds.
41
Further, the Dodd-Frank Act created the Financial Stability
Oversight Council (FSOC), an interagency body
charged with identifying and monitoring systemic risks to
financial markets. The FSOC has the authority to require that
non-bank financial companies that are predominantly
engaged in financial activities, such as the Trust, the
Advisor and the
Sub-Advisors,
whose failure it determines would pose systemic risk, be placed
under the supervision of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System (Federal Reserve). The FSOC has the
authority to recommend that the Federal Reserve adopt more
stringent prudential standards and reporting and disclosure
requirements for non-bank financial companies supervised by the
Federal Reserve. Such disclosure requirements may include the
disclosure of the identity of investors in private funds such as
the Trust. The FSOC also has the authority to make
recommendations to the Federal Reserve on various other matters
that may affect the Trust, including requiring financial firms
to submit resolution plans, mandating credit exposure reports,
establishing concentration limits, and limiting short-term debt.
The FSOC may also recommend that other federal financial
regulators impose more stringent regulation upon, or ban
altogether, financial activities of any financial firm that
poses what it determines are significant risks to the financial
system. In the event that the FSOC designates the Trust as a
systemic risk to be placed under the Federal Reserves
supervision, the Trust could face stricter prudential standards,
including risk-based capital requirements, leverage limits,
liquidity requirements, concentration requirements, and overall
risk management requirements, among other restrictions. Such
requirements could hinder the Trusts ability to meet its
investment objective and may place the Trust at a disadvantage
with respect to its competitors.
Additionally, BlackRock is, for purposes of the Bank Holding
Company Act of 1956, as amended, and any rules or regulations
promulgated thereunder from time to time, currently considered a
subsidiary of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.
(PNC), which is subject to regulation and
supervision as a financial holding company by the
Federal Reserve. The Volcker Rule contained in
Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act will limit the ability of
banking entities, which would include BlackRock by virtue of its
relationship with PNC, to sponsor, invest in or serve as
investment manager of certain private investment funds. Pursuant
to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Volcker Rules effective date
will be July 21, 2012. Following the effective date of the
Volcker Rule, banking entities subject to the Volcker Rule, such
as BlackRock, will have at least a two-year period to come into
compliance with the provisions of the Volcker Rule. The Volcker
Rule could have a significant negative impact on BlackRock, the
Advisor and the
Sub-Advisors.
BlackRock may attempt to take certain actions to lessen the
impact of the Volcker Rule, although no assurance can be given
that such actions would not have a significant negative impact
on the Trust. While the U.S. financial regulators have issued
proposed rules implementing the Volcker Rule, the Advisors
cannot predict the extent to which the Volcker Rule will be
subject to modification by rule prior to its effective date, or
the impact any such modifications may have on BlackRock or the
Advisors.
The implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act could also adversely
affect the Advisor, the
Sub-Advisors
and the Trust by increasing transaction
and/or
regulatory compliance costs. In addition, greater regulatory
scrutiny and the implementation of enhanced and new regulatory
requirements may increase the Advisors, the
Sub-Advisors
and the Trusts exposure to potential liabilities, and in
particular liabilities arising from violating any such enhanced
and/or
new
regulatory requirements. Increased regulatory oversight could
also impose administrative burdens on the Advisor, the
Sub-Advisors
and the Trust, including, without limitation, responding to
investigations and implementing new policies and procedures. The
ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act, and any resulting
regulation, is not yet certain and the Advisor, the
Sub-Advisors
and the Trust may be affected by the new legislation and
regulation in ways that are currently unforeseeable.
Legislation
Risk
At any time after the date of this prospectus, legislation may
be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Trust.
Legislation or regulation may change the way in which the Trust
itself is regulated. The Advisors cannot predict the effects of
any new governmental regulation that may be implemented, and
there can be no assurance that any new governmental regulation
will not adversely affect the Trusts ability to achieve
its investment objective.
42
Portfolio
Turnover Risk
The Trusts annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly
from year to year, as well as within a given year. Portfolio
turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the
execution of investment decisions for the Trust. A higher
portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater
brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are
borne by the Trust. High portfolio turnover may result in an
increased realization of net short-term capital gains by the
Trust which, when distributed to common shareholders, will be
taxable as ordinary income. Additionally, in a declining market,
portfolio turnover may create realized capital losses.
Management
Risk
The Trust is subject to management risk because it is an
actively managed investment portfolio. The Advisors and the
individual portfolio managers will apply investment techniques
and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Trust,
but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the
desired results. The Trust may be subject to a relatively high
level of management risk because the Trust may invest in
derivative instruments, which may be highly specialized
instruments that require investment techniques and risk analyses
different from those associated with stocks and bonds.
Not a
Complete Investment Program
The Trust is intended for investors seeking a high level of
total return, through a combination of current income, current
gains and long-term capital appreciation. The Trust is not meant
to provide a vehicle for those who wish to exploit short-term
swings in the stock market and is intended for long-term
investors. An investment in shares of the Trust should not be
considered a complete investment program. Each shareholder
should take into account the Trusts investment objective
as well as the shareholders other investments when
considering an investment in the Trust.
Anti-Takeover
Provisions Risk
The Trusts Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes
provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or
persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the Trust to
open-end status. These provisions could deprive the holders of
common shares of opportunities to sell their common shares at a
premium over the then current market price of the common shares
or at net asset value. See Certain Provisions in the
Agreement and Declaration of Trust.
HOW THE
TRUST MANAGES RISK
Investment
Limitations
The Trust has adopted certain investment limitations designed to
limit investment risk. Some of these limitations are fundamental
and thus may not be changed without the approval of the holders
of a majority of the outstanding common shares. See
Investment Restrictions in the SAI for a complete
list of the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies
of the Trust.
Strategic
Transactions
The Trust may use certain Strategic Transactions in an effort to
hedge all or a portion of the portfolio or to seek to enhance
total return. These strategies include using swaps, financial
futures contracts, options on financial futures or options based
on either an index of long-term securities or on securities
whose prices, in the opinion of the Advisors, correlate with the
prices of the Trusts investments. There can be no
assurance that Strategic Transactions will be used or used
effectively to limit risk, and Strategic Transactions may be
subject to their own risks. Please see the Trusts SAI for
a more detailed description of Strategic Transactions and the
various derivative instruments the Trust may use and the various
risks associated with them.
43
MANAGEMENT
OF THE TRUST
Trustees
and Officers
The Board is responsible for the overall management of the
Trust, including supervision of the duties performed by the
Advisors. There are eleven trustees of the Trust. A majority of
the trustees will not be interested persons (as
defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust. The name
and business address of the trustees and officers of the Trust
and their principal occupations and other affiliations during
the past five years are set forth under Management of the
Trust in the SAI.
Investment
Advisor and
Sub-Advisors
BlackRock Advisors acts as the Trusts investment advisor.
BlackRock Advisors is responsible for the management of the
Trusts portfolio and provides the necessary personnel,
facilities, equipment and certain other services necessary to
the operation of the Trust. BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC act as the Trusts
sub-advisors
and will perform certain of the
day-to-day
investment management of the Trust. BlackRock Advisors, located
at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, BlackRock
Financial Management, Inc., located at 55 East 52nd Street,
New York, New York 10055, BlackRock Investment Management, LLC,
located at 55 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10055,
are wholly owned subsidiaries of BlackRock. BlackRock is one of
the worlds largest publicly-traded investment management
firms. As of September 30, 2011, BlackRocks assets
under management were approximately $3.345 trillion. BlackRock
has over 20 years of experience managing closed-end
products and, as of September 30, 2011 advised a registered
closed-end family of 94 exchange-listed active funds with
approximately $39.6 billion in assets. In addition,
BlackRock advised two non-exchange-listed closed-end funds with
approximately $322.7 million in assets.
BlackRock offers products that span the risk spectrum to meet
clients needs, including active, enhanced and index
strategies across markets and asset classes. Products are
offered in a variety of structures including separate accounts,
mutual funds,
iShares
®
(exchange traded funds), and other pooled investment vehicles.
BlackRock also offers risk management, advisory and enterprise
investment system services to a broad base of institutional
investors through
BlackRock
Solutions
®
.
Headquartered in New York City, as of September 30, 2011,
the firm has approximately 10,200 employees in 27 countries
and a major presence in key global markets, including North and
South America, Europe, Asia, Australia and the Middle East and
Africa.
Portfolio
Managers
BlackRock uses a team approach in managing its portfolios. The
members of the portfolio management team who are primarily
responsible for the
day-to-day
management of the Trusts portfolio are as follows:
Kathleen Anderson
is a Managing Director of BlackRock
since 2008. Prior to joining BlackRock in 2006, she was a
Director of Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P. (MLIM).
Ms. Anderson was a Director with MLIM from 2000 to 2006 and
a Vice President with MLIM from 1994 to 2000. Ms. Anderson
has been a portfolio manager since 1998 and was a research
analyst with MLIM from 1993 to 1998.
Robert Shearer
, CFA, is a Managing Director of BlackRock.
Prior to joining BlackRock in 2006 he was a Managing Director of
Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P. (MLIM). Prior to joining
MLIM, Mr. Shearer was a Vice President with David L.
Babson & Company, Inc., a Vice President and Sector
Manager with Concert Capital Management, Inc. and a Vice
President with Fiduciary Trust Company International.
Kyle G. McClements
, CFA, Managing Director, is a member
of the Fundamental Equity platform within BlackRocks
Portfolio Management Group. He is a senior trader responsible
for executing equity derivatives and options trades.
Mr. McClements service with the firm dates back to
2004, including his years with State Street Research &
Management (SSRM), which merged with BlackRock in 2005. At SSRM,
Mr. McClements was a Vice President and senior derivatives
strategist responsible for equity derivative strategy and
trading in the Quantitative Equity Group at State Street
Research. Prior to joining State Street Research in 2004,
Mr. McClements was a senior trader/analyst at Deutsche
Asset Management, responsible for derivatives, equity program,
technology and energy sector, and foreign exchange trading.
Mr. McClements began his
44
career in 1994 as a derivatives analyst with Donaldson
Lufkin & Jenrette responsible for pricing and
performance analytics for the derivatives trading desk.
Daniel J. Neumann
, CFA, Director and energy analyst, is a
member of BlackRocks Global Resources team. Prior to
joining BlackRock in 2005, Mr. Neumann was a Vice President
and fixed income analyst with State Street Research &
Management. He was responsible for coverage of the electric
utility, natural gas distribution and pipeline sectors. From
1999 to 2004, he was with Bank of America Securities LLC as an
equity research associate focusing on the energy sector. He
began his career with PaineWebber Incorporated in 1997 as an
investment banking analyst.
Christopher M. Accettella
, Director, is a member of the
Fundamental Equity platform within BlackRocks Portfolio
Management Group. He is a trader responsible for executing
equity derivatives and options trades. Prior to joining
BlackRock in 2005, Mr. Accettella was an institutional
sales trader with American Technology Research. From 2001 to
2003, he was with Deutsche Asset Management where he was
responsible for derivatives and program trading. Prior to that,
he was a senior associate in the Pacific Basin Equity Group at
Scudder Investments Singapore Limited. Mr. Accettella began
his investment career in 1997 as a portfolio analyst in the
European Equity group of Scudder Kemper Investments, Inc.
Investment
Philosophy
The portfolio management teams investment philosophy is
centered on offering a stable foundation for investors to
protect and grow their assets. The portfolio management team
believes in the total return potential and relative downside
protection of dividend-paying securities, as they offer the
prospect of a consistent revenue stream to buffer against market
volatility. The portfolio management team also believes that the
potential for downside protection combined with upside
participation typically leads to strong long-term total returns
and preservation of capital.
Investment
Process
As value investors, the portfolio management team considers
various shorter-term valuation metrics, but ultimately seeks to
add value by managing the portfolio for longer-term earnings
strength and consistency. They believe a well-constructed
portfolio is one that offers upside capture in periods of
economic strength and downside protection periods of weakness,
thereby avoiding unnecessary portfolio turnover. The portfolio
management team uses deep sector and industry-level expertise
combined with fundamental
bottom-up
stock and industry analysis in order to narrow down their
universe of large cap value stocks. They focus on analyzing
those stocks that exhibit dividend discipline,
conservative balance sheets, consistent management teams and
those that tend to operate in industries where they have a
sustainable competitive advantage. The combination of these
characteristics tends to promote both earnings stability for
downside protection and earnings strength for future
appreciation. The ultimate goal of the process is to continually
balance reliable dividend income with steady price appreciation
in anticipation of strong total returns in the long term.
Research begins with an active fundamental process focusing on
large cap issuers. The process narrows down the universe to
dividend-paying equities with conservative
debt-to-capital
ratios (<50%). Ideally, these companies will have strong
balance sheets, stable revenues and earnings, and exhibit future
earnings power. These valuations are met with a
bottom-up
examination of structural characteristics of sectors and
industries, which are screened for mid- to long-term
profitability and earnings growth projections.
Research is conducted through
one-on-one
meetings, firm management meetings, and analyst and portfolio
managers fundamental research. The portfolio management
team aims to identify the inflection points in both stocks and
industries in order to capture the greatest potential
appreciation. Company and sector investment ideas are developed
from meetings, conferences, reading and screening various
databases. Once identified, companies are researched to
determine if the stock is at or near a technical inflection
point.
The portfolio managers consider ongoing investment research to
be an integral part of the portfolio management process and thus
place a large emphasis on the research component. The portfolio
management team
45
devotes the majority of its time to portfolio management and
investment research. They also take advantage of
BlackRocks global equity research departments to gain
supplemental insight into industry and company analysis.
Investment
Management Agreements
Pursuant to an investment management agreement between BlackRock
Advisors and the Trust (the Investment Management
Agreement), the Trust has agreed to pay BlackRock Advisors
a management fee at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the average
daily value of the net assets of the Trust.
BlackRock Advisors will pay an annual
sub-advisory
fee to each
Sub-Advisor
equal to 51% of the management fee received by BlackRock
Advisors with respect to the average daily value of the net
assets of the Trust allocated to such Sub-Advisor.
A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the
investment management agreements by the board of trustees will
be available in the Trusts first report to shareholders.
In addition to the fees paid to BlackRock Advisors, the Trust
pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including
compensation of its trustees (other than those who are employees
or officers of the Advisors), custodian, leveraging expenses,
transfer and dividend disbursing agent expenses, legal fees,
rating agency fees, listing fees and expenses, expenses of
independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses
of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports,
notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies
and taxes, if any.
NET ASSET
VALUE
The NAV of the common shares of the Trust will be computed based
upon the value of the Trusts portfolio securities and
other assets. Net asset value per common share will be
determined as of the close of the regular trading session on the
NYSE on each business day on which the NYSE is open for trading.
The Trust calculates net asset value per common share by
subtracting the Trusts liabilities (including accrued
expenses, dividends payable and any borrowings of the Trust)
from the Trusts total assets (the value of the securities
the Trust holds plus cash or other assets, including interest
accrued but not yet received) and dividing the result by the
total number of common shares of the Trust outstanding.
The Trust fair values its financial instruments at market value
using independent broker-dealer quotes or approved pricing
services under policies approved by the Board. Equity securities
that are traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., the
NYSE), separate trading boards of a securities exchange, or
through a market system that provides contemporaneous
transaction pricing information (an Exchange) are
valued via independent pricing services generally at the
Exchange closing price or if an Exchange closing price is not
available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the
time as of which the assets or liabilities are valued. For
equity investments traded on more than one exchange, the last
reported sale price on the exchange where the stock is primarily
traded is used. Equity investments traded on a recognized
exchange for which there were no sales on that day are valued at
the last available bid price. If no bid price is available, the
prior days price will be used, unless it is determined
that such prior days price no longer reflects the fair
value of the security, in which case such asset will be treated
as a Fair Value Asset (as defined herein). Investments in
open-end investment companies are valued at net asset value each
business day. Short-term securities with remaining maturities of
60 days or less may be valued at amortized cost, which
approximates fair value.
Securities and other assets and liabilities denominated in
foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars using
exchange rates determined as of the close of business on the
NYSE. Foreign currency exchange contracts are valued at the mean
between the bid and ask prices and are determined as of the
close of business on the NYSE. Interpolated values are derived
when the settlement date of the contract is an interim date for
which quotations are not available.
Swap agreements are valued utilizing quotes received by the
Trusts pricing service or through broker-dealers, which
are derived using daily swap curves and models that incorporate
a number of market data factors, such as discounted cash flows
and trades and values of the underlying reference instruments.
Exchange-traded options are valued at the mean between the last
bid and ask prices at the close of the options market in which
the options trade.
46
An exchange-traded option for which there is no mean price
available is valued at the last bid (long positions) or ask
(short positions) price. If no bid or ask price is available,
the prior days price will be used, unless it is determined
that the prior days price no longer reflects the fair
value of the option, in which case such asset will be treated as
a Fair Value Asset.
Over-the-counter
(OTC) options are valued by an independent pricing
service using a mathematical model which incorporates a number
of market data factors, such as the trades and prices of the
underlying instruments. Financial futures contracts and options
thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their last
sale price or settle price as of the close of such exchanges.
Other types of derivatives for which quotes may not be available
are valued at fair value.
In the event that application of these methods of valuation
results in a price for an investment which is deemed not to be
representative of the market value of such investment or is not
available, the investment are fair valued (Fair Value
Assets) as determined in good faith under procedures
established by, and under the general supervision and
responsibility of, the Trusts board of trustees. When
determining the price for Fair Value Assets, the Advisor
and/or
the
Sub-Advisors
seek to determine the price that the Trust might reasonably
expect to receive from the current sale of that asset in an
arms-length transaction. Fair value determinations shall
be based upon all available factors that the Advisor
and/or
Sub-Advisors
deem relevant. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is
subsequently reported to the Board or a committee thereof.
Generally, trading in foreign instruments is substantially
completed each day at various times prior to the close of
business on the NYSE. Occasionally, events affecting the values
of such instruments may occur between the foreign market close
and the close of business on the NYSE that may not be reflected
in the computation of the Trusts net assets. If
significant events (for example, a company announcement, market
volatility or a natural disaster) occur during such periods that
are expected to materially affect the value of such instruments,
those instruments may be deemed Fair Value Assets and be valued
at their fair value, as determined in good faith by the
investment adviser using a pricing service
and/or
policies approved by the Board. Each business day, the Trust
uses a pricing service to assist with the valuation of certain
foreign exchange-traded equity securities and foreign
exchange-traded and OTC options (the Systematic Fair Value
Price). Using current market factors, the Systematic Fair
Value Price is designed to value such foreign securities and
foreign options at fair value as of the close of business on the
NYSE, which follows the close of the local markets.
DISTRIBUTIONS
Commencing with the Trusts initial distribution, the Trust
intends to make regular quarterly cash distributions of all or a
portion of its net investment income to common shareholders. We
expect to declare the initial quarterly dividend on the
Trusts common shares within approximately 45 days
after completion of this offering and to pay that initial
quarterly dividend approximately 90 to 120 days after
completion of this offering. The Trust will pay common
shareholders at least annually all or substantially all of its
investment company taxable income. The Trust intends to pay any
capital gains distributions at least annually. The Investment
Company Act generally limits the Trust to one capital gain
distribution per year, subject to certain exceptions.
The Trust may, pursuant to an SEC exemptive order granted to
certain of BlackRocks closed-end funds, adopt a plan to
support a level distribution of income, capital gains
and/or
return of capital (the Level Distribution
Plan). The Level Distribution Plan will be approved
by the Trusts Board of Trustees and be consistent with the
Trusts investment objective and policies. Under the
Level Distribution Plan, the Trust will distribute all
available investment income to its shareholders, consistent with
its investment objective and as required by the Code. If
sufficient investment income is not available on a quarterly
basis, the Trust will distribute long-term capital gains
and/or
return of capital to shareholders in order to maintain a level
distribution. Each quarterly distribution to shareholders is
expected to be at the fixed amount established by the Board,
except for extraordinary distributions and potential
distribution rate increases or decreases to enable the Trusts to
comply with the distribution requirements imposed by the Code.
Shareholders should not draw any conclusions about the
Trusts investment performance from the amount of these
distributions or from the terms of the Level Distribution
Plan. The Trusts total return performance on NAV will be
presented in its financial highlights table, which will be
available in the Trusts shareholder reports, every
six-months. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the
Level Distribution Plan without prior notice if it deems
such actions to be in the best interests of the Trust or its
shareholders. The
47
suspension or termination of the Level Distribution Plan
could have the effect of creating a trading discount (if the
Trusts stock is trading at or above net asset value) or
widening an existing trading discount. The Trust is subject to
risks that could have an adverse impact on its ability to
maintain level distributions. Examples of potential risks
include, but are not limited to, economic downturns impacting
the markets, decreased market volatility, companies suspending
or decreasing corporate dividend distributions and changes in
the Code. Please see Risks for a more complete
description of the Trusts risks.
The tax treatment and characterization of the Trusts
distributions may vary significantly from time to time because
of the varied nature of the Trusts investments. In light
of the Trusts investment policies, the Trust anticipates
that the Investment Company Act will require it to accompany
each quarterly distribution with a statement setting forth the
estimated source (as between net income, capital gains and
return of capital) of the distribution made. The Trust will
indicate the proportion of its capital gains distributions that
constitute long-term and short-term gains annually. The ultimate
tax characterization of the Trusts distributions made in a
calendar or fiscal year cannot finally be determined until after
the end of that fiscal year. As a result, there is a possibility
that the Trust may make total distributions during a calendar or
fiscal year in an amount that exceeds the Trusts net
investment income and net capital gains for the relevant fiscal
year. In such situations, the amount by which the Trusts
total distributions exceed its net investment income and net
capital gains would generally be treated as a tax-free return of
capital reducing the amount of a shareholders tax basis in
such shareholders shares, with any amounts exceeding such
basis treated as gain from the sale of shares.
Various factors will affect the level of the Trusts
income, including the asset mix and the Trusts use of
hedging. To permit the Trust to maintain a more stable quarterly
distribution, the Trust may from time to time distribute less
than the entire amount of income earned in a particular period.
The undistributed income would be available to supplement future
distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Trust
for any particular quarterly period may be more or less than the
amount of income actually earned by the Trust during that
period. Undistributed income will add to the Trusts net
asset value and, correspondingly, distributions from
undistributed income will deduct from the Trusts net asset
value.
Under normal market conditions, the Advisors will seek to manage
the Trust in a manner such that the Trusts distributions
are reflective of the Trusts current and projected
earnings levels. The distribution level of the Trust is subject
to change based upon a number of factors, including the current
and projected level of the Trusts earnings, and may
fluctuate over time.
The Trust reserves the right to change its distribution policy
and the basis for establishing the rate of its quarterly
distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to
common shareholders.
Shareholders will automatically have all dividends and
distributions reinvested in common shares of the Trust issued by
the Trust or purchased in the open market in accordance with the
Trusts dividend reinvestment plan unless an election is
made to receive cash. See Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
DIVIDEND
REINVESTMENT PLAN
Unless the registered owner of common shares elects to receive
cash by contacting the Reinvestment Plan Agent, all dividends
declared for your common shares of the Trust will be
automatically reinvested by The Bank of New York Mellon (the
Reinvestment Plan Agent), agent for shareholders in
administering the Trusts Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the
Reinvestment Plan), in additional common shares of
the Trust. Shareholders who elect not to participate in the
Reinvestment Plan will receive all dividends and other
distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the
shareholder of record (or, if the common shares are held in
street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by The Bank
of New York Mellon, as dividend disbursing agent. You may elect
not to participate in the Reinvestment Plan and to receive all
dividends in cash by contacting The Bank of New York Mellon, as
Reinvestment Plan Agent, at the address set forth below.
Participation in the Reinvestment Plan is completely voluntary
and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by
notice if received and processed by the Reinvestment Plan Agent
prior to the dividend record date. Additionally, the
Reinvestment Plan Agent seeks to process notices received after
the record date but prior to the payable date and such notices
often will become
48
effective by the payable date. Where late notices are not
processed by the applicable payable date, such termination or
resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently
declared dividend or other distribution.
Some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on your
behalf and may re-invest that cash in additional common shares
of the Trust for you. If you wish for all dividends declared on
your common shares of the Trust to be automatically reinvested
pursuant to the Reinvestment Plan, please contact your broker.
The Reinvestment Plan Agent will open an account for each common
shareholder under the Reinvestment Plan in the same name in
which such common shareholders common shares are
registered. Whenever the Trust declares a dividend or other
distribution (together, a dividend) payable in cash,
non-participants in the Reinvestment Plan will receive cash and
participants in the Reinvestment Plan will receive the
equivalent in common shares. The common shares will be acquired
by the Reinvestment Plan Agent for the participants
accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below,
either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but
authorized common shares from the Trust (newly issued
common shares) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding
common shares on the open market (open-market
purchases). If, on the dividend payment date, the net
asset vale per share (NAV) is equal to or less than the market
price per share plus estimated brokerage commissions (such
condition often referred to as a market premium),
the Reinvestment Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in
newly issued common shares on behalf of the participants. The
number of newly issued common shares to be credited to each
participants account will be determined by dividing the
dollar amount of the dividend by the NAV on the dividend payment
date. However, if the NAV is less than 95% of the market price
on the dividend payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend
will be divided by 95% of the market price on the dividend
payment date. If, on the dividend payment date, the NAV is
greater than the market price per share plus estimated brokerage
commissions (such condition often referred to as a market
discount), the Reinvestment Plan Agent will invest the
dividend amount in common shares acquired on behalf of the
participants in open-market purchases. In the event of a market
discount on the dividend payment date, the Reinvestment Plan
Agent will have until the last business day before the next date
on which the common shares trade on an ex-dividend
basis or 30 days after the dividend payment date, whichever
is sooner (the last purchase date), to invest the
dividend amount in common shares acquired in open-market
purchases. It is contemplated that the Trust will pay quarterly
income dividends. If, before the Reinvestment Plan Agent has
completed its open-market purchases, the market price per common
share exceeds the NAV per common share, the average per common
share purchase price paid by the Reinvestment Plan Agent may
exceed the NAV of the common shares, resulting in the
acquisition of fewer common shares than if the dividend had been
paid in newly issued common shares on the dividend payment date.
Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to open-market
purchases, the Reinvestment Plan provides that if the
Reinvestment Plan Agent is unable to invest the full dividend
amount in open-market purchases, or if the market discount
shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the
Reinvestment Plan Agent may cease making open-market purchases
and may invest any uninvested portion in newly issued shares.
Investments in newly issued shares made in this manner would be
made pursuant to the same process described above and the date
of issue for such newly issued shares will substitute for the
dividend payment date.
The Reinvestment Plan agent maintains all shareholders
accounts in the Reinvestment Plan and furnishes written
confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including
information needed by shareholders for tax records. Common
shares in the account of each Reinvestment Plan participant will
be held by the Reinvestment Plan Agent on behalf of the
Reinvestment Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will
include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the
Reinvestment Plan. The Reinvestment Plan Agent will forward all
proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies
for shares held under the Reinvestment Plan in accordance with
the instructions of the participants.
In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees
which hold shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the
Reinvestment Plan Agent will administer the Reinvestment Plan on
the basis of the number of common shares certified from time to
time by the record shareholders name and held for the
account of beneficial owners who participate in the Reinvestment
Plan.
There will be no charges with respect to common shares issued
directly by the Trust as a result of dividends or capital gains
distributions payable either in common shares or in cash. The
Reinvestment Plan Agents fees for the handling of the
reinvestment of dividends will be paid by the Trust. However,
each participant will pay a per share
49
fee incurred in connection with open-market purchases. The
automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve
participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may
be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends. See
Tax Matters.
Participants that request a sale of shares through the
Reinvestment Plan Agent are subject to a $0.02 per share sold
fee. All per share fees include any brokerage commission the
Reinvestment Plan Agent is required to pay.
The Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate the
Reinvestment Plan. There is no direct service charge to
participants with regard to purchases in the Reinvestment Plan;
however, the Trust reserves the right to amend the Reinvestment
Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.
All correspondence concerning the Reinvestment Plan should be
directed to the Reinvestment Plan Agent at BNY Mellon
Shareholder Services, P.O. Box 358035, Pittsburgh, PA
15252-8035; or by calling 1-866-216-0242.
DESCRIPTION
OF SHARES
Common
Shares
The Trust is an unincorporated statutory trust organized under
the laws of Delaware pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of
Trust dated as of August 25, 2011 (the Agreement and
Declaration of Trust). The Trust is authorized to issue an
unlimited number of common shares of beneficial interest, par
value $0.001 per share. Each common share has one vote and, when
issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this
offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable, except that the
trustees shall have the power to cause shareholders to pay
expenses of the Trust by setting off charges due from
shareholders from declared but unpaid dividends or distributions
owed the shareholders
and/or
by
reducing the number of common shares owned by each respective
shareholder. If and whenever Preferred Shares are outstanding,
the holders of common shares will not be entitled to receive any
distributions from the Trust unless all accrued dividends on
Preferred Shares have been paid, unless asset coverage (as
defined in the Investment Company Act) with respect to Preferred
Shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the
distributions and unless certain other requirements imposed by
any rating agencies rating the Preferred Shares have been met.
See Description of Shares Preferred
Shares in the SAI. All common shares are equal as to
dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion,
preemptive or other subscription rights. The Trust will send
annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements,
to all holders of its shares.
The Trust has no present intention to offer preferred shares.
Any additional offering of common shares will be subject to the
requirements of the Investment Company Act, which provides that
shares may not be issued at a price below the then current net
asset value, exclusive of sales load, except in connection with
an offering to existing holders of common shares or with the
consent of a majority of the Trusts outstanding voting
securities.
The Trusts common shares are expected to be listed on the
NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol
BUI. Net asset value will be reduced immediately
following the offering of common shares by the amount of the
sales load and the amount of the offering expenses paid by the
Trust. See Summary of Trust Expenses.
Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Trust do not
continuously offer shares and do not provide daily redemptions.
Rather, if a shareholder determines to buy additional common
shares or sell shares already held, the shareholder may do so by
trading through a broker on the NYSE or otherwise. Shares of
closed-end investment companies frequently trade on an exchange
at prices lower than net asset value. Because the market value
of the common shares may be influenced by such factors as
dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses),
dividend stability, option premiums, cash flow, market supply
and demand, liquidity, market volatility, general market and
economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the
Trust, the Trust cannot assure you that common shares will trade
at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the
future. The common shares are designed primarily for long-term
investors and you should not purchase the common shares if you
intend to sell them soon after purchase. See Repurchase of
Common Shares and Repurchase of Common Shares
in the SAI.
50
Preferred
Shares
The Trust has no current intention of issuing preferred shares.
Under the Investment Company Act, the Trust is not permitted to
issue preferred shares unless immediately after such issuance
the value of the Trusts total assets is at least 200% of
the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares (i.e.,
the liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Trusts
total assets). In addition, the Trust is not permitted to
declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its common
shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the
Trusts total assets is at least 200% of such liquidation
value. If the Trust issues preferred shares, it may be subject
to restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating
agencies that may issue ratings for preferred shares issued by
the Trust. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or
portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than
those imposed on the Trust by the Investment Company Act. It is
not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines would impede
the Advisor from managing the Trusts portfolio in
accordance with the Trusts investment objective and
policies. Please see Description of Shares in the
Trusts SAI for more information.
CERTAIN
PROVISIONS IN THE AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
The Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that
could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities
or persons to acquire control of the Trust or to change the
composition of the Board. This could have the effect of
depriving shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at
a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third
party from seeking to obtain control over the Trust. Such
attempts could have the effect of increasing the expenses of the
Trust and disrupting the normal operation of the Trust. The
Board is divided into three classes, with the terms of one class
expiring at each annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual
meeting, one class of trustees is elected to a three-year term.
This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement
of a majority of the Board. A trustee may be removed from office
for cause only, and only by the action of a majority of the
remaining trustees followed by a vote of the holders of at least
75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the
respective trustee.
In addition, the Trusts Agreement and Declaration of Trust
requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Board followed
by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the
outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the
Trust, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt
or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of
a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the
transaction has been approved by at least 80% of the trustees,
in which case a majority of the outstanding voting
securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of
the Trust shall be required. For purposes of these provisions, a
5% or greater holder of a class or series of shares (a
Principal Shareholder) refers to any person who,
whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together
with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more
of the outstanding shares of all outstanding classes or series
of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust. The 5% holder
transactions subject to these special approval requirements are:
|
|
|
|
|
the merger or consolidation of the Trust or any subsidiary of
the Trust with or into any Principal Shareholder;
|
|
|
|
the issuance of any securities of the Trust to any Principal
Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic
dividend reinvestment plan);
|
|
|
|
the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of
the assets of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder, except
assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of
the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for the purpose of
such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any
series of similar transactions within a twelve-month
period; or
|
|
|
|
the sale, lease or exchange to the Trust or any subsidiary of
the Trust, in exchange for securities of the Trust, of any
assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an
aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets
of the Trust, aggregating for purposes of such computation all
assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar
transactions within a twelve-month period.
|
To convert the Trust to an open-end investment company, the
Trusts Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the
favorable vote of a majority of the Board followed by the
favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding
shares of each affected class or series of shares of the Trust,
voting separately as a class or series, unless such amendment
has been approved by at least 80% of the trustees, in which case
a majority of the
51
outstanding voting securities (as defined in the
Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required. The
foregoing vote would satisfy a separate requirement in the
Investment Company Act that any conversion of the Trust to an
open-end investment company be approved by the shareholders. If
approved in the foregoing manner, we anticipate conversion of
the Trust to an open-end investment company might not occur
until 90 days after the shareholders meeting at which
such conversion was approved and would also require at least
10 days prior notice to all shareholders. Conversion
of the Trust to an open-end investment company would require the
redemption of any outstanding Preferred Shares, which could
eliminate or alter the leveraged capital structure of the Trust
with respect to the common shares. Following any such
conversion, it is also possible that certain of the Trusts
investment policies and strategies would have to be modified to
assure sufficient portfolio liquidity. In the event of
conversion, the common shares would cease to be listed on the
NYSE or other national securities exchanges or market systems.
Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the
company to redeem their shares at any time, except in certain
circumstances as authorized by or under the Investment Company
Act, at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if
any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. The
Trust expects to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but
reserves the right to pay redemption requests in a combination
of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities
were made, investors may incur brokerage costs in converting
such securities to cash. If the Trust were converted to an
open-end fund, it is likely that new shares would be sold at net
asset value plus a sales load. The Board believes, however, that
the closed-end structure is desirable in light of the
Trusts investment objective and policies. Therefore, you
should assume that it is not likely that the Board would vote to
convert the Trust to an open-end fund.
For the purposes of calculating a majority of the
outstanding voting securities under the Trusts
Agreement and Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the
Trust shall vote together as a single class, except to the
extent required by the Investment Company Act or the
Trusts Agreement and Declaration of Trust with respect to
any class or series of shares. If a separate vote is required,
the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series,
voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.
The Board has determined that provisions with respect to the
Board and the shareholder voting requirements described above,
which voting requirements are greater than the minimum
requirements under Delaware law or the Investment Company Act,
are in the best interests of shareholders generally. Reference
should be made to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust on file
with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the full text of
these provisions.
CLOSED-END
FUND STRUCTURE
The Trust is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment
company with no operating history (commonly referred to as a
closed-end fund). Closed-end funds differ from open-end funds
(which are generally referred to as mutual funds) in that
closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a
stock exchange and do not redeem their shares at the request of
the shareholder. This means that if you wish to sell your shares
of a closed-end fund you must trade them on the stock exchange
like any other stock at the prevailing market price at that
time. In a mutual fund, if the shareholder wishes to sell shares
of the fund, the mutual fund will redeem or buy back the shares
at net asset value. Also, mutual funds generally
offer new shares on a continuous basis to new investors, and
closed-end funds generally do not. The continuous inflows and
outflows of assets in a mutual fund can make it difficult to
manage the Trusts investments. By comparison, closed-end
funds are generally able to stay more fully invested in
securities that are consistent with their investment objectives,
and also have greater flexibility to make certain types of
investments, and to use certain investment strategies, such as
financial leverage and investments in illiquid securities.
Shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a discount to
their net asset value. Because of this possibility and the
recognition that any such discount may not be in the interest of
shareholders, the Board might consider from time to time
engaging in open-market repurchases, tender offers for shares or
other programs intended to reduce the discount. We cannot
guarantee or assure, however, that the Board will decide to
engage in any of these actions. Nor is there any guarantee or
assurance that such actions, if undertaken, would result in the
shares trading at a price equal or close to net asset value per
share. See Repurchase of Common Shares and
Repurchase of Common Shares in
52
the SAI. The Board might also consider converting the Trust to
an open-end mutual fund, which would also require a vote of the
shareholders of the Trust.
REPURCHASE
OF COMMON SHARES
Shares of closed-end investment companies often trade at a
discount to their net asset values, and the Trusts common
shares may also trade at a discount to their net asset value,
although it is possible that they may trade at a premium above
net asset value. The market price of the Trusts common
shares will be determined by such factors as relative demand for
and supply of such common shares in the market, the Trusts
net asset value, general market and economic conditions and
other factors beyond the control of the Trust. See Net
Asset Value. Although the Trusts common shareholders
will not have the right to redeem their common shares, the Trust
may take action to repurchase common shares in the open market
or make tender offers for its common shares. This may have the
effect of reducing any market discount from net asset value.
There is no assurance that, if action is undertaken to
repurchase or tender for common shares, such action will result
in the common shares trading at a price which approximates
their net asset value. Although share repurchases and tenders
could have a favorable effect on the market price of the
Trusts common shares, you should be aware that the
acquisition of common shares by the Trust will decrease the
capital of the Trust and, therefore, may have the effect of
increasing the Trusts expense ratio and decreasing the
asset coverage with respect to any Preferred Shares outstanding.
Any share repurchases or tender offers will be made in
accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended, the Investment Company Act and the
principal stock exchange on which the common shares are traded.
For additional information, see Repurchase of Common
Shares in the SAI.
TAX
MATTERS
The following is a description of certain U.S. federal
income tax consequences to a shareholder of acquiring, holding
and disposing of common shares of the Trust. This discussion is
based upon current provisions of the Code, the regulations
promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative
authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing
interpretations by the courts or the IRS, possibly with
retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would
not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position
different from any of the tax aspects set forth below. This
discussion assumes that the Trusts shareholders hold
their common shares as capital assets for U.S. federal
income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). No
attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all
U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns
affecting the Trust and its shareholders (including shareholders
subject to special provisions of the Code). The discussion set
forth herein does not constitute tax advice. Shareholders are
urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax
consequences to them of investing in the Trust.
The Trust intends to elect to be treated as, and to qualify each
year for special tax treatment afforded to, a regulated
investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to
qualify as a regulated investment company, the Trust must, among
other things, satisfy income, asset diversification and
distribution requirements. As long as it so qualifies, the Trust
will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the
extent that it distributes annually its investment company
taxable income (which includes ordinary income and the excess of
net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) and
its net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net
long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). The
Trust intends to distribute at least annually substantially all
of such income and gain. If the Trust retains any investment
company taxable income or net capital gain, it will be subject
to U.S. federal income tax on the retained amount at
regular corporate tax rates. In addition, if the Trust fails to
qualify as a regulated investment company for any taxable year,
it will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on all of its
income and gains at regular corporate tax rates.
Distributions paid to you by the Trust from its investment
company taxable income are generally taxable to you as ordinary
income to the extent of the Trusts current and accumulated
earnings and profits. Certain properly designated distributions
may, however, qualify (provided that holding period and other
requirements are met by both the Trust and the shareholder)
(i) for the dividends received deduction in the case of
corporate shareholders to the extent that the Trusts
income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations
or (ii) in the case of individual shareholders, for taxable
years beginning on or before December 31, 2012, as
qualified dividend income eligible to be taxed at a reduced
maximum rate to the extent that the Trust receives qualified
dividend income. Qualified
53
dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable
domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations. There
can be no assurance as to what portion of the Trusts
distributions will qualify for the dividends received deduction
or for treatment as qualified dividend income or as to whether
the favorable tax treatment for qualified dividend income will
be extended by Congress for taxable years beginning after 2012.
Distributions made to you from an excess of net long-term
capital gain over net short-term capital loss (capital
gain dividends), including capital gain dividends credited
to you but retained by the Trust, are taxable to you as
long-term capital gains if they have been properly reported by
the Trust, regardless of the length of time you have owned Trust
shares. For individuals, long-term capital gains are generally
taxed at a reduced maximum rate.
If, for any calendar year, the Trusts total distributions
exceed both the current taxable years earnings and profits
and accumulated earnings and profits from prior years, the
excess will generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital
up to the amount of a shareholders tax basis in the common
shares, reducing that basis accordingly. Such distributions
exceeding the shareholders basis will be treated as gain
from the sale or exchange of the shares. When you sell your
shares in the Trust, the amount, if any, by which your sales
price exceeds your basis in the shares is gain subject to tax.
Because a return of capital reduces your basis in the shares, it
will increase the amount of your gain or decrease the amount of
your loss when you sell the shares. Generally, after the end of
each year, you will be provided with a written notice reporting
the amount of ordinary dividend income, capital gain dividends
and other distributions (if relevant).
The sale or other disposition of shares of the Trust will
generally result in capital gain or loss to you which will be
long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for
more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale
or exchange of Trust shares held for six months or less will be
treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital
gain dividends received by you (including amounts credited to
you as an undistributed capital gain dividend). Any loss
realized on a sale or exchange of shares of the Trust will be
disallowed if other substantially identical shares are acquired
(whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or
otherwise) within a
61-day
period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days
after the date of disposition of the shares. In such case, the
basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the
disallowed loss. Present law taxes both long-term and short-term
capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary
income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain
will currently be taxed at the U.S. federal income tax
rates applicable to ordinary income, while long-term capital
gain generally will be taxed at a reduced maximum
U.S. federal income tax rate.
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to
shareholders. If the Trust pays you a dividend in January that
was declared in the previous October, November or December to
shareholders of record on a specified date in one of such
months, then such dividend will be treated for tax purposes as
being paid by the Trust and received by you on December 31 of
the year in which the dividend was declared.
The Trust is required in certain circumstances to withhold, for
U.S. federal backup withholding purposes, on taxable
dividends and certain other payments paid to non-exempt holders
of the Trusts shares who do not furnish the Trust with
their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of
individuals, their social security number) and certain
certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup
withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any
amounts withheld from payments made to you may be refunded or
credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if
any, provided that the required information is furnished to the
IRS. In addition, the Trust may be required to withhold on
distributions to
non-U.S. Shareholders.
The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the
provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as
they directly govern the taxation of the Trust and its
shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by
legislative, judicial or administrative action, and any such
change may be retroactive. A more complete discussion of the tax
rules applicable to the Trust and its shareholders can be found
in the SAI that is incorporated by reference into this
prospectus. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors
regarding the U.S. federal, foreign, state and local tax
consequences of investing in the Trust.
54
UNDERWRITERS
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the
underwriting agreement, dated the date of this prospectus, the
Underwriters named below, for which Morgan Stanley & Co.
LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC and
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are acting as representatives (the
Representatives), have severally agreed to purchase,
and the Trust has agreed to sell to them, the number of the
Trusts common shares indicated below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
Common Shares
|
|
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
UBS Securities LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott &
Stringfellow, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Chardan Capital Markets, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Knight Capital Markets, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Maxim Group LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Wedbush Securities Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Wunderlich Securities, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Underwriters are offering the common shares subject to their
acceptance of the shares from the Trust and subject to prior
sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations
of the several Underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of
the common shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the
approval of legal matters by their counsel and to certain other
conditions. The Underwriters are obligated to take and pay for
all of the common shares offered by this prospectus if any such
shares are taken. However, the Underwriters are not required to
take or pay for the common shares covered by the
Underwriters over-allotment option described below.
The Underwriters initially propose to offer part of the common
shares directly to the public at the initial offering price
listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain
dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of
$ per common share under the
initial offering price. After the initial offering of the common
shares, the offering price and other selling terms may from time
to time be varied by the Representatives. The underwriting
discounts and commissions (sales load) of $0.90 per common share
are equal to 4.5% of the initial offering price. Investors must
pay for any common shares purchased on or
before ,
2011.
The Trust has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable
for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase
up to an aggregate
of
common shares at the initial offering price per common share
listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting
discounts and commissions. The Underwriters may exercise this
option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if
any, made in connection with the offering of the common shares
offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is
exercised, each Underwriter will become obligated, subject to
limited conditions, to purchase approximately the same
percentage of the additional common shares as the number listed
next to the Underwriters name in the preceding table bears
to the total number of common shares listed next to the names of
all Underwriters in the preceding table. If the
Underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in full,
the total price to the public would be
$ , the total Underwriters
discounts and commissions (sales load) would be
$ and the total proceeds to the
Trust would be $ .
55
The following table summarizes the estimated expenses (assuming
the Trust issues common shares) and compensation that the Trust
will pay:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Common Share
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Without
|
|
|
With
|
|
|
Without
|
|
|
With
|
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
|
$20.00
|
|
|
|
$20.00
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Sales load
|
|
|
$0.90
|
|
|
|
$0.90
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Estimated offering expenses
|
|
|
$0.04
|
|
|
|
$0.04
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds, after expenses, to the Trust
|
|
|
$19.06
|
|
|
|
$19.06
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The Trust, the Advisor and the
Sub-Advisors
have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain
liabilities. The fees to certain Underwriters described below
under Additional Compensation to Be Paid by
the Advisor are not reimbursable to the Advisor by the
Trust, and are therefore not reflected in expenses payable by
the Trust in the table above.
Organizational and offering expenses paid by the Trust (other
than sales load) will not exceed $0.04 per common share sold by
the Trust in this offering. If the organizational and offering
expenses referred to in the preceding sentence exceed this
amount, the Advisor will pay the excess. The aggregate offering
expenses (excluding sales load) are estimated to be
$ in total,
$ of which will be borne by the
Trust (or $ if the Underwriters
exercise their over-allotment option in full). See Summary
of Trust Expenses.
The Underwriters have informed the Trust that they do not intend
sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the
total number of common shares offered by them.
In order to meet requirements for listing the common shares on
the NYSE, the Underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100
or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial owners in the
United States. The minimum investment requirement is 100 common
shares ($2,000).
The Trusts common shares are expected to be authorized for
listing on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance. The trading
or ticker symbol is BUI.
The Trust has agreed that, without the prior written consent of
the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not,
during the period ending 180 days after the date of this
prospectus, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise
dispose of, or enter into any transaction which is designed to,
or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition
(whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition
due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Trust or any
affiliate of the Trust or any person in privity with the Trust,
directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation
in the filing) of a registration statement with the SEC in
respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position
or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the
meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, any other common shares or any securities
convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, common
shares; or publicly announce an intention to effect any such
transaction. In the event that either (x) during the last
17 days of the
180-day
period referred to above, the Trust issues an earnings release
or material news or a material event relating to the Trust
occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of such
180-day
period, the Trust announces that it will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of such
180-day
period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply
until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event, as
applicable. This
lock-up
agreement will not apply to the common shares to be sold
pursuant to the underwriting agreement or any common shares
issued pursuant to the Reinvestment Plan.
In order to facilitate the offering of the common shares, the
Underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain
or otherwise affect the price of the common shares. The
Underwriters currently expect to sell more common shares than
they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement,
creating a short position in the common shares for their own
account. A short sale is covered if the short position is no
greater than the number of common shares available for purchase
by the Underwriters under the over-allotment option (exercisable
for 45 days from the date of this prospectus). The
Underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising
the over-allotment option or purchasing common shares in the
open market. In determining the source of common shares to close
out a covered short sale, the Underwriters will consider, among
other things, the open
56
market price of the common shares compared to the price
available under the over-allotment option. The Underwriters may
also sell common shares in excess of the over-allotment option,
creating a naked short position. The Underwriters must close out
any naked short position by purchasing common shares in the open
market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if
the Underwriters are concerned that there may be downward
pressure on the price of the common shares in the open market
after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase
in the offering. As an additional means of facilitating the
offering, the Underwriters may bid for, and purchase, common
shares in the open market to stabilize the price of the common
shares. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may also reclaim
selling concessions allowed to an Underwriter or a dealer for
distributing the common shares in the offering, if the syndicate
repurchases previously distributed common shares in transactions
to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of
the common shares. Any of these activities may raise or maintain
the market price of the common shares above independent market
levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the
common shares. The Underwriters are not required to engage in
these activities, and may end any of these activities at any
time.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public or private
market for the common shares or any other securities of the
Trust. Consequently, the offering price for the common shares
was determined by negotiation among the Trust, the Advisor and
the Representatives. There can be no assurance, however, that
the price at which the common shares trade after this offering
will not be lower than the price at which they are sold by the
Underwriters or that an active trading market in the common
shares will develop and continue after this offering.
The Trust anticipates that the Representatives and certain other
Underwriters may from time to time act as brokers and dealers in
connection with the execution of its portfolio transactions
after they have ceased to act as underwriters and, subject to
certain restrictions, may act as such brokers while they act as
underwriters.
In connection with this offering, certain of the Underwriters or
selected dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically. The
Trust, the Advisor, the
Sub-Advisors
and the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
1933 Act.
Prior to the public offering of common shares, an affiliate of
the Advisor purchased common shares from the Trust in an amount
satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of
the 1940 Act. As of the date of this prospectus, such affiliate
of the Advisor owned 100% of the outstanding common shares. Such
affiliate of the Advisor may be deemed to control the Trust
until such time as it owns less than 25% of the outstanding
common shares, which is expected to occur as of the completion
of the offering of common shares.
The Underwriters and their respective affiliates are full
service financial institutions engaged in various activities,
which may include securities trading, commercial lending,
investment banking, financial advisory, investment management,
principal investment, hedging, derivatives, financing and
brokerage activities. Certain of the Underwriters or their
respective affiliates from time to time have provided in the
past, and may provide in the future, securities trading,
commercial lending, investment banking, financial advisory,
investment management, principal investment, hedging,
derivatives, financing and brokerage activities to the Trust,
certain of its executive officers and affiliates and the
Advisor, the
Sub-Advisors
and their affiliates in the ordinary course of business, for
which they have received, and may receive, customary fees and
expenses.
No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the
United States) that would permit a public offering of the common
shares, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this
prospectus or any other material relating to the Trust or the
common shares in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose
is required. Accordingly, the common shares may not be offered
or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor
any other offering material or advertisements in connection with
the common shares may be distributed or published, in or from
any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with the
applicable rules and regulations of any such country or
jurisdiction.
The principal business address of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
is 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036. The principal
business address of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is 388
Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013. The principal
business address of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner &
Smith Incorporated is One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036.
The principal place of business of UBS Securities LLC is 299
Park Avenue, New York,
57
New York 10171. The principal address of Wells Fargo
Securities, LLC is 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152.
Additional
Compensation to be Paid by the Advisor
The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay Morgan Stanley
& Co. LLC from its own assets, upfront structuring and
syndication fees in the amount of
$ for advice relating to the
structure, design and organization of the Trust, including
without limitation, views from an investor market, distribution
and syndication perspective on (i) marketing issues with
respect to the Trusts investment policies and proposed
investments, (ii) the overall marketing and positioning
thesis for the offering of the Trusts common shares,
(iii) securing participants in the Trusts initial
public offering, (iv) preparation of marketing and
diligence materials for Underwriters, (v) conveying
information and market updates to the Underwriters, and
(vi) coordinating syndicate orders in this offering. The
upfront structuring and syndication fees paid to Morgan Stanley
& Co. LLC will not exceed % of
the total public offering price of the common shares. These
services provided by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC to the
Advisor are unrelated to the Advisors function of advising
the Trust as to its investments in securities or use of
investment strategies and investment techniques.
The Advisor (and not the Trust) also may pay certain qualifying
Underwriters a structuring fee, additional compensation or a
sales incentive fee in connection with this offering. The total
amounts of these payments paid to any qualifying Underwriter,
including those named below, will not exceed 1.5% of the total
price of the common shares sold by that Underwriter in this
offering.
The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay Citigroup
Global Markets Inc. from its own assets, an upfront structuring
fee in the amount of $ for advice
relating to the structure and design of the Trust, which may but
need not necessarily include views from an investor market and
distribution perspective on (i) marketing issues with
respect to the Trusts investment policies and proposed
investments and (ii) the overall marketing and positioning
thesis for the Trusts initial public offering. The upfront
structuring fee paid to Citigroup Global Markets Inc. will not
exceed % of the total public
offering price of the common shares. These services provided by
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. to the Advisor are unrelated to
the Advisors function of advising the Trust as to its
investments in securities or use of investment strategies and
investment techniques.
The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated from its own
assets, an upfront structuring fee in the amount of
$ for advice relating to the
structure and design and the organization of the Trust as well
as services related to the sale and distribution of the
Trusts common shares. The upfront structuring fee paid to
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
will not exceed % of the total
public offering price of the Trusts common shares. These
services provided by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner &
Smith Incorporated to Advisor are unrelated to the
Advisors function of advising the Trust as to its
investments in securities or use of investment strategies and
investment techniques.
The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay UBS Securities
LLC from its own assets, an upfront structuring fee in the
amount of $ for advice relating to
the structure, design and organization of the Trust, and the
distribution of its common shares. The upfront structuring fee
paid to UBS Securities LLC will not
exceed % of the total public
offering price of the Trusts common shares. These services
provided by UBS Securities LLC to the Advisor are unrelated to
the Advisors function of advising the Trust as to its
investments in securities or use of investment strategies and
investment techniques.
The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay Wells Fargo
Securities, LLC from its own assets, an upfront structuring fee
in the amount of $ for advice
relating to the structure and design of the Trust, including
without limitation, services related to the sale and
distribution of the Trusts common shares. The upfront
structuring fee paid to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC will not
exceed % of the total public
offering price of the Trusts common shares. These services
provided by Wells Fargo Securities, LLC to the Advisor are
unrelated to the Advisors function of advising the Trust
as to its investments in securities or use of investment
strategies and investment techniques.
The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay Ameriprise
Financial Services, Inc. from its own assets, an upfront
structuring fee in the amount of $
for advice relating to the structure and design of the Trust and
the
58
organization of the Trust as well as services related to the
sale and distribution of the Trusts common shares. The
upfront structuring fee paid to Ameriprise Financial Services,
Inc. will not exceed % of the total
public offering price of the Trusts common shares. These
services provided by Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. to the
Advisor are unrelated to the Advisors function of advising
the Trust as to its investments in securities or use of
investment strategies and investment techniques.
The Advisor and certain of its affiliates (and not the Trust)
also may pay commissions to employees of its affiliates that
participate in the marketing of the Trusts common shares.
Total underwriting compensation determined in accordance with
FINRA rules is summarized as follows. The sales load the Trust
will pay of $0.90 per share is equal to 4.5% of gross proceeds.
The Trust has agreed to reimburse the Underwriters the expenses
related to the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to
the Underwriters in connection with the review by FINRA of the
terms of the sale of the common shares, the filing fees incident
to the filing of marketing materials with FINRA, and the
transportation and other expenses incurred by the Underwriters
in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of
the common shares, in an amount not to exceed
$ in the aggregate, which amount
will not exceed % of gross
proceeds. The Advisor (and not the Trust) will pay upfront
structuring
and/or
syndication fees to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup
Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner &
Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC, Wells Fargo Securities,
LLC and Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc., as described above,
which will not exceed $ . Total
compensation to the Underwriters will not exceed 9.0% of gross
proceeds.
CUSTODIAN
AND TRANSFER AGENT
The Custodian of the assets of the Trust is The Bank of New York
Mellon. The Custodian performs custodial, trust accounting and
portfolio accounting services. The Bank of New York Mellon will
also serve as the Trusts Transfer Agent with respect to
the common shares.
LEGAL
OPINIONS
Certain legal matters in connection with the common shares will
be passed upon for the Trust by Skadden, Arps, Slate,
Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, and for the
Underwriters by Clifford Chance US LLP, New York, New York.
Clifford Chance US LLP may rely on Skadden, Arps, State, Meagher
& Flom LLP as to matters of Delaware law.
PRIVACY
PRINCIPLES OF THE TRUST
The Trust is committed to maintaining the privacy of its current
and former shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public
personal information. The following information is provided to
help you understand what personal information the Trust
collects, how the Trust protects that information and why, in
certain cases, the Trust may share such information with select
parties.
The Trust obtains or verifies personal non-public information
from and about you from different sources, including the
following: (i) information the Trust receives from you or,
if applicable, your financial intermediary, on applications,
forms or other documents; (ii) information about your
transactions with the Trust, its affiliates or others;
(iii) information the Trust receives from a consumer
reporting agency; and (iv) from visits to the Trusts
or its affiliates websites.
The Trust does not sell or disclose to non-affiliated third
parties any non-public personal information about its current
and former shareholders, except as permitted by law or as is
necessary to respond to regulatory requests or to service
shareholder accounts. These non-affiliated third parties are
required to protect the confidentiality and security of this
information and to use it only for its intended purpose.
The Trust may share information with its affiliates to service
your account or to provide you with information about other
BlackRock products or services that may be of interest to you.
In addition, the Trust restricts access to non-public personal
information about its current and former shareholders to those
BlackRock employees with a legitimate business need for the
information. The Trust maintains physical, electronic and
procedural safeguards
59
that are designed to protect the non-public personal information
of its current and former shareholders, including procedures
relating to the proper storage and disposal of such information.
If you are located in a jurisdiction where specific laws, rules
or regulations require the Trust to provide you with additional
or different privacy-related rights beyond what is set forth
above, then the Trust will comply with those specific laws,
rules or regulations.
60
Shares
BlackRock Utility and
Infrastructure Trust
Common Shares
$20.00 per Share
PROSPECTUS
,
2011
Morgan Stanley
Citigroup
BofA Merrill Lynch
UBS Investment Bank
Wells Fargo
Securities
Ameriprise Financial Services,
Inc.
RBC Capital Markets
BB&T Capital
Markets
Chardan Capital Markets,
LLC
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons,
LLC
Janney Montgomery
Scott
Knight
Ladenburg Thalmann &
Co. Inc.
Maxim Group LLC
Wedbush Securities
Inc.
Wunderlich
Securities
Until ,
2011 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers that buy, sell or trade the common shares, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligations
to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
BUI-PR-1011
The
information in this preliminary statement of additional
information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell
these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This
preliminary statement of additional information is not an offer
to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy
these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is
not permitted.
|
Subject to
completion, dated October 26, 2011
BlackRock Utility and
Infrastructure Trust
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
,
2011
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the
Trust) is a non-diversified, closed-end management
investment company with no operating history. This Statement of
Additional Information relating to common shares does not
constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with
the prospectus relating thereto
dated ,
2011. This Statement of Additional Information
(SAI), which is not a prospectus, does not include
all information that a prospective investor should consider
before purchasing common shares, and investors should obtain and
read the prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of
the prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling
(800) 882-0052.
You may also obtain a copy of the prospectus on the Securities
and Exchange Commissions website
(http://www.sec.gov).
Capitalized terms used but not defined in this SAI have the
meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
A-2
|
|
|
|
|
A-2
|
|
|
|
|
A-3
|
|
|
|
|
A-11
|
|
|
|
|
A-13
|
|
|
|
|
A-17
|
|
|
|
|
A-35
|
|
|
|
|
A-36
|
|
|
|
|
A-42
|
|
|
|
|
A-44
|
|
|
|
|
A-45
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
A-1
|
|
|
|
|
B-1
|
|
|
|
|
C-1
|
|
USE OF
PROCEEDS
Pending investment in securities that meet the Trusts
investment objective and policies, the net proceeds of this
offering will be invested in short-term debt securities of the
type described below under Investment Policies and
Techniques Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Debt
Securities. If necessary to invest fully the net proceeds
of this offering immediately, the Trust may also purchase, as
temporary investments, securities of other open- or closed-end
investment companies that invest primarily in securities of the
type in which the Trust may invest directly. We currently
anticipate that the Trust will be able to invest all of the net
proceeds in accordance with the Trusts investment
objective and policies within approximately three months after
the completion of this offering.
INVESTMENT
RESTRICTIONS
Investment
Restrictions
Except as described below, the Trust, as a fundamental policy,
may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of
the outstanding common shares and Preferred Shares voting
together as a single class, and of the holders of a majority of
the outstanding Preferred Shares voting as a separate class:
(1) invest 25% or more of the value of its total assets in
any one industry (except that the Trust will invest at least 25%
of its total assets in companies operating in the industry or
group of related industries that make up the Utilities and
Infrastructure business segments);
(2) issue senior securities or borrow money other than as
permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the
Investment Company Act) or pledge its assets other
than to secure such issuances or in connection with hedging
transactions, short sales, when-issued and forward commitment
transactions and similar investment strategies;
(3) make loans of money or property to any person, except
through loans of portfolio securities, the purchase of fixed
income securities consistent with the Trusts investment
objective and policies or the entry into repurchase agreements;
(4) underwrite the securities of other issuers, except to
the extent that in connection with the disposition of portfolio
securities or the sale of its own securities the Trust may be
deemed to be an underwriter;
(5) purchase or sell real estate, except that the Trust may
invest in securities of companies that deal in real estate or
are engaged in the real estate business, including REITs and
real estate operating companies, and instruments secured by real
estate or interests therein and the Trust may acquire, hold and
sell real estate acquired through default, liquidation, or other
distributions of an interest in real estate as a result of the
Trusts ownership of such other assets; or
(6) purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts for
any purposes except as, and to the extent, permitted by
applicable law without the Trust becoming subject to
registration with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a
commodity pool.
When used above with respect to particular shares of the Trust,
majority of the outstanding means (i) 67% or
more of the shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more
than 50% of the shares are present or represented by proxy, or
(ii) more than 50% of the shares, whichever is less.
The policies enumerated above are the Trusts only
fundamental policies that require a shareholder vote to change.
The Trusts investment objective and all of its other
investment policies adopted from time to time may be changed by
the Board without shareholder approval.
In addition to the foregoing fundamental investment policies,
the Trust is also subject to the following non-fundamental
restrictions and policies, which may be changed by the Board.
The Trust may not:
(1) make any short sale of securities except in conformity
with applicable laws, rules and regulations and unless after
giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities
sold short does not exceed 15% of the value of the Trusts
total assets and the Trusts aggregate short sales of a
particular class of securities of an
A-2
issuer does not exceed 15% of the then outstanding securities of
that class. The Trust may also make short sales against
the box without respect to such limitations. In this type
of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Trust owns or has
the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no
additional cost the identical security;
(2) purchase securities of open-end or closed-end
investment companies except in compliance with the Investment
Company Act or any regulations promulgated or exemptive relief
obtained thereunder;
(3) under normal market conditions, invest less than 80% of
its total assets in equity securities issued by by companies
that are engaged in the Utilities and Infrastructure business
segments; the Trust will provide shareholders with notice at
least 60 days prior to changing this non-fundamental policy
of the Trust unless such change was previously approved by
shareholders; or
(4) purchase securities of companies for the purpose of
exercising control.
In accordance with the Investment Company Act, the Trust may
invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities of other
investment companies. In addition, under the Investment Company
Act, the Trust may not own more than 3% of the total outstanding
voting stock of any investment company and not more than 5% of
the value of the Trusts total assets may be invested in
securities of any investment company. Pursuant to the Investment
Company Act (or alternatively, pursuant to exemptive orders
received from the Commission), these percentage limitations do
not apply to investments in affiliated money market funds, and
under certain circumstances, do not apply to investments in
affiliated investment companies, including exchange traded funds.
The restrictions and other limitations set forth in the
Trusts prospectus and in this SAI will apply only at the
time of purchase of securities and will not be considered
violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists
immediately after and as a result of the acquisition of
securities. Any investment policy or restriction described in
the prospectus or in this SAI is deemed to be a non-fundamental
policy or restriction of the Trust, unless otherwise stated.
In addition, to comply with U.S. federal income tax
requirements for qualification as a regulated investment
company, the Trusts investments will be limited in a
manner such that at the close of each quarter of each taxable
year, (a) no more than 25% of the value of the Trusts
total assets are invested in the securities (other than
United States government securities or securities of other
regulated investment companies) of (i) a single issuer,
(ii) two or more issuers controlled by the Trust and
engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses or
(iii) the securities of one or more qualified
publicly traded partnerships and (b) with regard to
at least 50% of the Trusts total assets, no more than 5%
of its total assets are invested in the securities (other than
United States government securities or securities of other
regulated investment companies) of a single issuer and such
securities do not represent more than 10 percent of the
voting securities of such issuer. These tax-related limitations
may be changed by the trustees to the extent appropriate in
light of changes to applicable tax requirements.
INVESTMENT
POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
The following information supplements the discussion of the
Trusts investment objective, policies and techniques that
are described in the prospectus.
Cash
Equivalents and Short-Term Debt Securities
For temporary defensive purposes or to keep cash on hand, the
Trust may invest up to 100% of its total assets in cash
equivalents and short-term debt securities. Cash equivalents and
short-term debt investments are defined to include, without
limitation, the following:
(1) U.S. government securities, including bills, notes
and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that
are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by
U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities.
U.S. government securities include securities issued by
(a) the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home
Administration, Export Import Bank of the United States, Small
Business Administration and Government National Mortgage
Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith
and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan
Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and Tennessee Valley
Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the
agency to borrow from the
A-3
U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage
Association, whose securities are supported by the discretionary
authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain
obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the
Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are
supported only by its credit. While the U.S. government
provides financial support to such U.S. government
sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be
given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by
law. The U.S. government, its agencies and
instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their
securities. Consequently, the value of such securities may
fluctuate.
(2) Certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited
in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such certificates
are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of
return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate
of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to
the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon.
Certificates of deposit purchased by the Trust may not be fully
insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
(3) Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of debt
securities. At the time the Trust purchases securities pursuant
to a repurchase agreement, it simultaneously agrees to resell
and redeliver such securities to the seller, who also
simultaneously agrees to buy back the securities at a fixed
price and time. This assures a predetermined yield for the Trust
during its holding period, since the resale price is always
greater than the purchase price and reflects an
agreed-upon
market rate. Such actions afford an opportunity for the Trust to
temporarily invest available cash. The Trust may enter into
repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the
U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities;
certificates of deposit; or bankers acceptances in which
the Trust may invest. Repurchase agreements may be considered
loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying
securities. The risk to the Trust is limited to the ability of
the seller to pay the
agreed-upon
sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the
repurchase agreement provides that the Trust is entitled to sell
the underlying collateral. If the value of the collateral
declines after the agreement is entered into, and if the seller
defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the
underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the
Trust could incur a loss of both principal and interest. The
Advisors monitor the value of the collateral at the time the
action is entered into and on a daily basis during the term of
the repurchase agreement. The Advisors do so in an effort to
determine that the value of the collateral always equals or
exceeds the
agreed-upon
repurchase price to be paid to the Trust. If the seller were to
be subject to a federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of
the Trust to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or
impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.
(4) Commercial paper, which consists of short-term
unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master
demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current
operations. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements
between the Trust and a corporation. There is no secondary
market for such notes. However, they are redeemable by the Trust
at any time. The Advisors will consider the financial condition
of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow and other
liquidity ratios) and will continually monitor the
corporations ability to meet all of its financial
obligations, because the Trusts liquidity might be
impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and
interest on demand. Investments in commercial paper will be
limited to commercial paper rated in the highest categories by a
major rating agency and which mature within one year of the date
of purchase or carry a variable or floating rate of interest.
(5) Money market funds, which are a type of mutual fund
that is required by law to invest in low risk securities. Money
market funds typically invest in government securities,
certificates of deposits, commercial paper of companies, and
other highly liquid and low risk securities.
Equity
Securities
While the Trust will primarily invest in common stocks, it may
also invest in other equity securities, including preferred
stocks, convertible securities, warrants and depository receipts.
Preferred Stock.
Preferred stock has a
preference over common stock in liquidation (and, generally,
dividends as well) but is subordinated to the liabilities of the
issuer in all respects. As a general rule, the market value of
preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no conversion
element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived
credit risk, while the market price of convertible preferred
stock generally also reflects some element of
A-4
conversion value. Because preferred stock is junior to debt
securities and other obligations of the issuer, deterioration in
the credit quality of the issuer will cause greater changes in
the value of a preferred stock than in a more senior debt
security with similar stated yield characteristics. Unlike
interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends
are payable only if declared by the issuers board of
directors. Preferred stock also may be subject to optional or
mandatory redemption provisions.
Convertible Securities.
A convertible security
is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security
that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount
of common stock or other equity security of the same or a
different issuer within a particular period of time at a
specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the
holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the
dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security
matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before
conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar
to nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily
provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields
than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but
lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. The
value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in
interest rates, with investment value declining as interest
rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The
credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an
effect on the convertible securitys investment value.
Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a
corporations capital structure but are usually
subordinated to comparable nonconvertible securities.
Convertible securities may be subject to redemption at the
option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible
securitys governing instrument.
Warrants.
Warrants, which are privileges
issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and
purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a
specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription
rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The
purchase of warrants involves the risk that the Trust could lose
the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to
subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the
warrants expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants
involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrant
added to the subscription price of the related security may
exceed the value of the subscribed securitys market price,
such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying
security.
Depository Receipts.
The Trust may invest in
both sponsored and unsponsored American Depository Receipts
(ADRs), European Depository Receipts
(EDRs), Global Depository Receipts
(GDRs) and other similar global instruments. ADRs
typically are issued by an American bank or trust company and
evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a
non-U.S. corporation.
EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depository
Receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by
non-U.S. banks
and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either
non-U.S. or
domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depository receipts
structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an
international basis. Unsponsored ADR, EDR and GDR programs are
organized independently and without the cooperation of the
issuer of the underlying securities. As a result, available
information concerning the issuer may not be as current as for
sponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, and the prices of unsponsored
ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be more volatile than if such
instruments were sponsored by the issuer. Investments in ADRs,
EDRs and GDRs present additional investment considerations of
non-U.S. securities.
Master
Limited Partnership Interests
Equity securities issued by MLPs currently consist of common
units, subordinated units and preferred units.
MLP Common Units.
MLP common units represent a
limited partnership interest in the MLP. Common units are listed
and traded on U.S. securities exchanges or
over-the-counter,
with their value fluctuating predominantly based on prevailing
market conditions and the success of the MLP. We intend to
purchase common units in market transactions as well as directly
from the MLP or other parties. Unlike owners of common stock of
a corporation, owners of common units have limited voting rights
and have no ability annually to elect directors. MLPs generally
distribute all available cash flow (cash flow from operations
less maintenance capital expenditures) in the form of quarterly
distributions. Common units along with general partner units,
have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up
to the MQD and have arrearage rights. In the event of
liquidation, common units have preference over subordinated
units, but not debt or preferred units, to the remaining assets
of the MLP.
A-5
MLP Subordinated Units.
MLP subordinated units
are typically not listed on an exchange or publicly traded. The
Trust will typically purchase MLP subordinated units through
negotiated transactions directly with affiliates of MLPs and
institutional holders of such units or will purchase newly
issued subordinated units directly from MLPs. Holders of MLP
subordinated units are entitled to receive minimum quarterly
distributions after payments to holders of common units have
been satisfied and prior to incentive distributions to the
general partner. MLP subordinated units do not provide arrearage
rights. Subordinated units typically have limited voting rights
similar to common units. Most MLP subordinated units are
convertible into common units after the passage of a specified
period of time or upon the achievement by the MLP of specified
financial goals.
MLP Preferred Units.
MLP preferred units are
typically not listed on an exchange or publicly traded. The
Trust will typically purchase MLP preferred units through
negotiated transactions directly with MLPs, affiliates of MLPs
and institutional holders of such units. Holders of MLP
preferred units can be entitled to a wide range of voting and
other rights, depending on the structure of each separate
security.
I-Shares.
I-Shares represent an ownership
interest issued by an affiliated party of an MLP. The MLP
affiliate uses the proceeds from the sale of I-Shares to
purchase limited partnership interests in the MLP in the form of
i-units.
I-units
have
similar features as MLP common units in terms of voting rights,
liquidation preference and distributions. However, rather than
receiving cash, the MLP affiliate receives additional
i-units
in
an amount equal to the cash distributions received by MLP common
units. Similarly, holders of I-Shares will receive additional
I-Shares, in the same proportion as the MLP affiliates receipt
of
i-units,
rather than cash distributions. I-Shares themselves have limited
voting rights which are similar to those applicable to MLP
common units. The MLP affiliate issuing the I-Shares is
structured as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.
I-Shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange (the
NYSE).
Structured
Products
The Trust may invest in structured products, including
instruments such as credit-linked securities and structured
notes, which are potentially high-risk derivatives. For example,
a structured product may combine a traditional stock, bond, or
commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the
principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or
interest rate of a structured product is tied (positively or
negatively) to the price of some security, currency or index or
another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a
benchmark). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed
income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a
structured product may be increased or decreased, depending on
changes in the value of the benchmark.
Structured products can be used as an efficient means of
pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency
hedging, duration management, and increased total return.
Structured products may not bear interest or pay dividends. The
value of a structured product or its interest rate may be a
multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and
move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark.
These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political
events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations,
which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a
structured product. Under certain conditions, the redemption
value of a structured product could be zero. Thus, an investment
in a structured product may entail significant market risks that
are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional,
U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal
amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The
purchase of structured products also exposes the Trust to the
credit risk of the issuer of the structured product. These risks
may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of the
Trust.
Structured Notes and Indexed
Securities.
Structured notes are derivative debt
instruments, the interest rate or principal of which is
determined by an unrelated indicator (for example, a currency,
security, commodity or index thereof). The terms of the
instrument may be structured by the purchaser and
the borrower issuing the note. Indexed securities may include
structured notes as well as securities other than debt
securities, the interest rate or principal of which is
determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities may
include a multiplier that multiplies the indexed element by a
specified factor and, therefore, the value of such securities
may be very volatile. The terms of structured notes and indexed
securities may provide that in certain circumstances no
principal is due at maturity, which may result in a loss of
invested capital. Structured notes and indexed securities may be
positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the
unrelated indicator may produce an increase or a decrease in the
A-6
interest rate or the value of the structured note or indexed
security at maturity may be calculated as a specified multiple
of the change in the value of the unrelated indicator.
Therefore, the value of such notes and securities may be very
volatile. Structured notes and indexed securities may entail a
greater degree of market risk than other types of debt
securities because the investor bears the risk of the unrelated
indicator. Structured notes or indexed securities also may be
more volatile, less liquid, and more difficult to accurately
price than less complex securities and instruments or more
traditional debt securities. The Trust currently does not intend
to invest in structured notes that involve leverage.
Certain issuers of structured products may be deemed to be
investment companies as defined in the Investment Company Act.
As a result, the Trusts investments in these structured
products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in
investment companies and may be subject to restrictions
contained in the Investment Company Act.
Strategic
Transactions and Risk Management
Consistent with its investment objective and policies set forth
herein and in its prospectus, and in addition to its option
strategy, the Trust may also enter into certain transactions in
an effort to hedge all or a portion of the portfolio or to seek
to enhance the Trusts total returns. In particular, the
Trust may purchase and sell futures contracts, exchange listed
and
over-the-counter
call and put options on securities, equity and other indices and
futures contracts, forward foreign currency contracts, and may
enter into various derivative transactions (collectively,
Strategic Transactions). Strategic Transactions may
be used to attempt to protect against possible changes in the
market value of the Trusts portfolio resulting from
fluctuations in the securities markets and changes in interest
rates, to protect the Trusts unrealized gains in the value
of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of such
securities for investment purposes and to establish a position
in the securities markets as a temporary substitute for
purchasing particular securities. Any or all of these Strategic
Transactions may be used at any time. There is no particular
strategy that requires use of one technique rather than another.
Use of any Strategic Transaction is a function of market
conditions. The ability of the Trust to manage them successfully
will depend on the Advisors ability to predict pertinent
market movements as well as sufficient correlation among the
instruments, which cannot be assured. The Strategic Transactions
that the Trust may use are described below. Although the Trust
recognizes it is not likely that it will use certain of these
strategies in light of its investment policies, it nevertheless
describes them here because the Trust may seek to use these
strategies in certain circumstances.
Puts on Securities, Indices and Futures
Contracts.
In addition to its option strategy,
the Trust may purchase put options (puts) that
relate to securities (whether or not it holds such securities in
its portfolio), indices or futures contracts. For the same
purposes, the Trust may also sell puts on securities, indices or
futures contracts on such securities if the Trusts
contingent obligations on such puts are secured by segregated
assets consisting of cash or liquid debt securities having a
value not less than the exercise price. In selling puts, there
is a risk that the Trust may be required to buy the underlying
security at a price higher than the current market price.
Forward Foreign Currency Contracts.
The Trust
may enter into forward currency contracts to purchase or sell
foreign currencies for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or
another foreign currency. A forward currency contract involves
an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a
future date, which may be any fixed number of days (term) from
the date of the forward currency contract agreed upon by the
parties, at a price set at the time the forward currency
contract is entered into. Forward currency contracts are traded
directly between currency traders (usually large commercial
banks) and their customers. The Trust may purchase a forward
currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a
security denominated in a foreign currency that the Trust
intends to acquire. The Trust may sell a forward currency
contract to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent of the
proceeds from the anticipated sale of a security or a dividend
or interest payment denominated in a foreign currency. The Trust
may also use forward currency contracts to shift the
Trusts exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes
from one currency to another. For example, if the Trust owns
securities denominated in a foreign currency and the Advisors
believe that currency will decline relative to another currency,
the Trust might enter into a forward currency contract to sell
the appropriate amount of the first foreign currency with
payment to be made in the second currency. The Trust may also
purchase forward currency contracts to enhance income when the
Advisors anticipate that the foreign currency will appreciate in
value but securities denominated in that currency do not present
attractive investment opportunities. The Trust may also use
forward currency contracts to offset against a decline in the
value of existing investments denominated in a foreign currency.
Such a transaction would tend to offset both positive and
negative
A-7
currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in security
values caused by other factors. The Trust could also enter into
a forward currency contract to sell another currency expected to
perform similarly to the currency in which the Trusts
existing investments are denominated. This type of transaction
could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield or efficiency,
but may not offset currency exposure as effectively as a simple
forward currency transaction to sell U.S. dollars. This
type of transaction may result in losses if the currency sold
does not perform similarly to the currency in which the
Trusts existing investments are denominated. The Trust may
also use forward currency contracts in one currency or a basket
of currencies to attempt to offset against fluctuations in the
value of securities denominated in a different currency if the
Advisors anticipate that there will be a correlation between the
two currencies.
The cost to the Trust of engaging in forward currency contracts
varies with factors such as the currency involved, the length of
the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing.
Because forward currency contracts are usually entered into on a
principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. When the
Trust enters into a forward currency contract, it relies on the
counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency
at the maturity of the contract. Failure by the counterparty to
do so would result in the loss of some or all of any expected
benefit of the transaction. Secondary markets generally do not
exist for forward currency contracts, with the result that
closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency
contracts only by negotiating directly with the counterparty.
Thus, there can be no assurance that the Trust will in fact be
able to close out a forward currency contract at a favorable
price prior to maturity. In addition, in the event of insolvency
of the counterparty, the Trust might be unable to close out a
forward currency contract. In either event, the Trust would
continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the
position, and would continue to be required to maintain a
position in securities denominated in the foreign currency or to
maintain cash or liquid assets in a segregated account. The
precise matching of forward currency contract amounts and the
value of the securities involved generally will not be possible
because the value of such securities, measured in the foreign
currency, will change after the forward currency contract has
been established. Thus, the Trust might need to purchase or sell
foreign currencies in the spot (cash) market to the extent such
foreign currencies are not covered by forward currency
contracts. The projection of short-term currency market
movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution
of a short-term strategy is highly uncertain.
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures
Contracts.
In connection with its hedging and
other risk management strategies, the Trust may also enter into
contracts for the purchase or sale for future delivery
(futures contracts) of securities, aggregates of
securities or indices or prices thereof, other financial indices
and U.S. government debt securities or options on the
above. The Trust primarily intends to engage in such
transactions for bona fide risk management and other portfolio
management purposes.
Calls on Securities, Indices and Futures
Contracts.
In addition to its option strategy, in
order to enhance income or reduce fluctuations on net asset
value, the Trust may sell or purchase call options
(calls) on securities and indices based upon the
prices of futures contracts and debt or equity securities that
are traded on U.S. and
non-U.S. securities
exchanges and in the
over-the-counter
markets. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the
right to buy, and obligates the seller to sell, the underlying
security, futures contract or index at the exercise price at any
time or at a specified time during the option period. All such
calls sold by the Trust must be covered as long as
the call is outstanding (i.e., the Trust must own the instrument
subject to the call or other securities or assets acceptable for
applicable segregation and coverage requirements). A call sold
by the Trust exposes the Trust during the term of the option to
possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the
market price of the underlying security, index or futures
contract and may require the Trust to hold an instrument which
it might otherwise have sold. The purchase of a call gives the
Trust the right to buy a security, futures contract or index at
a fixed price. Calls on futures on securities must also be
covered by assets or instruments acceptable under applicable
segregation and coverage requirements.
Interest Rate Transactions.
The Trust may
enter into interest rate swaps and purchase or sell interest
rate caps and floors primarily to preserve a return or spread on
a particular investment or portion of its portfolio as a
duration management technique or to protect against any increase
in the price of securities the Trust anticipates purchasing at a
later date. The Trust intends to use these transactions for risk
management purposes and not as a speculative investment. The
Trust will not sell interest rate caps or floors that it does
not own. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Trust
with another party of their respective commitments to pay or
receive interest, e.g., an
A-8
exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments with
respect to a notional amount of principal. The purchase of an
interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a
specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to
receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from
the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an
interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a
specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to
receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from
the party selling such interest rate floor.
The Trust may enter into interest rate swaps, caps and floors on
either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on
whether it is offsetting volatility with respect to its assets
or liabilities, and will usually enter into interest rate swaps
on a net basis, i.e., the two payment streams are netted out,
with the Trust receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the
net amount of the two payments on the payment dates. Inasmuch as
these Strategic Transactions are entered into for good faith
risk management purposes, the Advisors and the Trust believe
such obligations do not constitute senior securities, and,
accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to its
borrowing restrictions. The Trust will accrue the net amount of
the excess, if any, of the Trusts obligations over its
entitlements with respect to each interest rate swap on a daily
basis and will designate on its books and records with a
custodian an amount of cash or liquid high grade securities
having an aggregate net asset value at all times at least equal
to the accrued excess. The Trust will not enter into any
interest rate swap, cap or floor transaction unless the
unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the other
party thereto is rated in the highest rating category of at
least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization
at the time of entering into such transaction. If there is a
default by the other party to such a transaction, the Trust will
have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to
the transaction. The swap market has grown substantially in
recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking
firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing
standardized swap documentation. Caps and floors are more recent
innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet
been developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps.
Credit Default Swap Agreements and Similar
Instruments.
The Trust may enter into credit
default swap agreements, a type of derivative, for hedging
purposes or to seek to increase its returns. The credit default
swap agreement may have as reference obligations one or more
securities that are not currently held by the Trust. The Trust
enters into credit default agreements to provide a measure of
protection against the default of an issuer (as buyer of
protection)
and/or
gain
credit exposure to an issuer to which it is not otherwise
exposed (as seller of protection). The Trust may either buy or
sell (write) credit default swaps on single-name issuers or
traded indexes. Credit default swaps on single-name issuers are
agreements in which the buyer pays fixed periodic payments to
the seller in consideration for a guarantee from the seller to
make a specific payment should a negative credit event take
place (e.g., bankruptcy, failure to pay, obligation
accelerators, repudiation, moratorium or restructuring). Credit
default swaps on traded indexes are agreements in which the
buyer pays fixed periodic payments to the seller in
consideration for a guarantee from the seller to make a specific
payment should a write-down, principal or interest shortfall or
default of all or individual underlying securities included in
the index occur. As a buyer, if an underlying credit event
occurs, the Trust will either receive from the seller an amount
equal to the notional amount of the swap and deliver the
referenced security or underlying securities comprising of an
index or receive a net settlement of cash equal to the notional
amount of the swap less the recovery value of the security or
underlying securities comprising of an index. As a seller
(writer), if an underlying credit event occurs, the Trust will
either pay the buyer an amount equal to the notional amount of
the swap and take delivery of the referenced security or
underlying securities comprising an index or pay a net
settlement of cash equal to the notional amount of the swap less
the recovery value of the security or underlying securities
comprising of an index.
Credit Linked Securities.
Credit-linked
securities are issued by a limited purpose trust or other
vehicle that, in turn, invests in a basket of derivative
instruments, such as credit default swaps, interest rate swaps,
and other securities, in order to provide exposure to certain
high yield or other fixed income markets. A credit-linked
security is a synthetic obligation between two or more parties
where the payment of principal
and/or
interest is based on the performance of some obligation (a
reference obligation). Like an investment in a bond, investments
in credit-linked securities represent the right to receive
periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and
payment of principal at the end of the term of the security.
However, these payments are conditioned on the issuing
trusts receipt of payments from, and the issuing
trusts potential obligations to, the counterparties to the
derivative instruments and other securities in which the issuing
trust invests. For instance, the issuing trust may sell one or
A-9
more credit default swaps, under which the issuing trust would
receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap
agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with
respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is
based. If a default occurs, the stream of payments may stop and
the issuing trust would be obligated to pay the counterparty the
par (or other agreed upon value) of the referenced debt
obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and
principal that the Trust would receive as an investor in the
Trust. The Trusts investments in these instruments are
indirectly subject to the risks associated with derivative
instruments, including, among others, credit risk, default or
similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk,
leverage risk and management risk.
Total Return Swap Agreements.
Total return
swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make
periodic payments to another party based on the change in market
value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a
specified security, basket of securities or securities indices
during the specified period, in return for periodic payments
based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return
from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may
be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without
owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing
directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may
effectively add leverage to the Trusts portfolio because,
in addition to its total net assets, the Trust would be subject
to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.
Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a
counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the
Trust thereunder. Swap agreements also bear the risk that the
Trust will not be able to meet its obligation to the
counterparty. Generally, the Trust will enter into total return
swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted
against one another with the Trust receiving or paying, as the
case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The net
amount of the excess, if any, of the Trusts obligations
over its entitlements with respect to each total return swap
will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets
having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the
accrued excess will be segregated by the Trust. If the total
return swap transaction is entered into on other than a net
basis, the full amount of the Trusts obligations will be
accrued on a daily basis, and the full amount of the
Trusts obligations will be segregated by the Trust in an
amount equal to or greater than the market value of the
liabilities under the total return swap agreement or the amount
it would have cost the Trust initially to make an equivalent
direct investment, plus or minus any amount the Trust is
obligated to pay or is to receive under the total return swap
agreement.
Credit Derivatives.
The Trust may engage in
credit derivative transactions. There are two broad categories
of credit derivatives: default price risk derivatives and market
spread derivatives. Default price risk derivatives are linked to
the price of reference securities or loans after a default by
the issuer or borrower, respectively. Market spread derivatives
are based on the risk that changes in market factors, such as
credit spreads, can cause a decline in the value of a security,
loan or index. There are three basic transactional forms for
credit derivatives: swaps, options and structured instruments.
The use of credit derivatives is a highly specialized activity
which involves strategies and risks different from those
associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If the
Advisors are incorrect in their forecasts of default risks,
market spreads or other applicable factors, the investment
performance of the Trust would diminish compared with what it
would have been if these techniques were not used. Moreover,
even if the Advisors are correct in their forecasts, there is a
risk that a credit derivative position may correlate imperfectly
with the price of the asset or liability being hedged. There is
no limit on the amount of credit derivative transactions that
may be entered into by the Trust. The Trusts risk of loss
in a credit derivative transaction varies with the form of the
transaction. For example, if the Trust purchases a default
option on a security, and if no default occurs with respect to
the security, the Trusts loss is limited to the premium it
paid for the default option. In contrast, if there is a default
by the grantor of a default option, the Trusts loss will
include both the premium that it paid for the option and the
decline in value of the underlying security that the default
option hedged.
New Products.
The financial markets continue
to evolve and financial products continue to be developed. The
Trust reserves the right to invest in new financial products as
they are developed or become more widely accepted. As with any
new financial product, these products will entail risks,
including risks to which the Trust currently is not subject.
Appendix C contains further information about the
characteristics, risks and possible benefits of Strategic
Transactions and the Trusts other policies and limitations
(which are not fundamental policies) relating to
A-10
investment in futures contracts and options. The principal risks
relating to the use of futures contracts and other Strategic
Transactions are: (a) less than perfect correlation between
the prices of the instrument and the market value of the
securities in the Trusts portfolio; (b) possible lack
of a liquid secondary market for closing out a position in such
instruments; (c) losses resulting from interest rate or
other market movements not anticipated by the Advisor; and
(d) the obligation to meet additional variation margin or
other payment requirements, all of which could result in the
Trust being in a worse position than if such techniques had not
been used.
Certain provisions of the Code may restrict or affect the
ability of the Trust to engage in Strategic Transactions. See
Tax Matters.
OTHER
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
Restricted
and Illiquid Securities
Certain of the Trusts investments may be illiquid.
Illiquid securities are subject to legal or contractual
restrictions on disposition or lack an established secondary
trading market. The sale of restricted and illiquid securities
often requires more time and results in higher brokerage charges
or dealer discounts and other selling expenses than does the
sale of securities eligible for trading on national securities
exchanges or in the
over-the-counter
markets. Restricted securities may sell at a price lower than
similar securities that are not subject to restrictions on
resale.
When-Issued
and Forward Commitment Securities
The Trust may purchase securities on a when-issued
basis and may purchase or sell securities on a forward
commitment basis in order to acquire the security or to
offset against anticipated changes in interest rates and prices.
When such transactions are negotiated, the price, which is
generally expressed in yield terms, is fixed at the time the
commitment is made, but delivery and payment for the securities
take place at a later date. When-issued securities and forward
commitments may be sold prior to the settlement date, but the
Trust will enter into when-issued and forward commitments only
with the intention of actually receiving or delivering the
securities, as the case may be. If the Trust disposes of the
right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition
or disposes of its right to deliver or receive against a forward
commitment, it might incur a gain or loss. At the time the Trust
enters into a transaction on a when-issued or forward commitment
basis, it will designate on its books and records cash or liquid
debt securities equal to at least the value of the when-issued
or forward commitment securities. The value of these assets will
be monitored daily to ensure that their marked to market value
will at all times equal or exceed the corresponding obligations
of the Trust. There is always a risk that the securities may not
be delivered and that the Trust may incur a loss. Settlements in
the ordinary course, which may take substantially more than five
business days, are not treated by the Trust as when-issued or
forward commitment transactions and, accordingly, are not
subject to the foregoing restrictions.
Reverse
Repurchase Agreements
The Trust may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with
respect to its portfolio investments subject to the investment
restrictions set forth herein. Reverse repurchase agreements
involve the sale of securities held by the Trust with an
agreement by the Trust to repurchase the securities at an agreed
upon price, date and interest payment. At the time the Trust
enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may designate on
its books and records liquid instruments having a value not less
than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). If the
Trust establishes and maintains such a segregated account, a
reverse repurchase agreement will not be considered a borrowing
by the Trust; however, under certain circumstances in which the
Trust does not establish and maintain such a segregated account,
such reverse repurchase agreement will be considered a borrowing
for the purpose of the Trusts limitation on borrowings.
The use by the Trust of reverse repurchase agreements involves
many of the same risks of leverage since the proceeds derived
from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in
additional securities. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the
risk that the market value of the securities acquired in
connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline
below the price of the securities the Trust has sold but is
obligated to
A-11
repurchase. Also, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk
that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale
by the Trust in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement
may decline in price.
If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement
files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its
trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to
determine whether to enforce the Trusts obligation to
repurchase the securities, and the Trusts use of the
proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be
restricted pending such decision. Also, the Trust would bear the
risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse
repurchase agreement are less than the value of the securities
subject to such agreement.
Repurchase
Agreements
As temporary investments, the Trust may invest in repurchase
agreements. A repurchase agreement is a contractual agreement
whereby the seller of securities agrees to repurchase the same
security at a specified price on a future date agreed upon by
the parties. The
agreed-upon
repurchase price determines the yield during the Trusts
holding period. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans
collateralized by the underlying security that is the subject of
the repurchase contract. The Trust will only enter into
repurchase agreements with registered securities dealers or
domestic banks that, in the opinion of the Advisors, present
minimal credit risk. The risk to the Trust is limited to the
ability of the issuer to pay the
agreed-upon
repurchase price on the delivery date; however, although the
value of the underlying collateral at the time the transaction
is entered into always equals or exceeds the
agreed-upon
repurchase price, if the value of the collateral declines, there
is a risk of loss of both principal and interest. In the event
of default, the collateral may be sold but the Trust might incur
a loss if the value of the collateral declines, and might incur
disposition costs or experience delays in connection with
liquidating the collateral. In addition, if bankruptcy
proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the
security, realization upon the collateral by the Trust may be
delayed or limited. The Advisors will monitor the value of the
collateral at the time the transaction is entered into and at
all times subsequent during the term of the repurchase agreement
in an effort to determine that such value always equals or
exceeds the
agreed-upon
repurchase price. In the event the value of the collateral
declines below the repurchase price, the Advisors will demand
additional collateral from the issuer to increase the value of
the collateral to at least that of the repurchase price,
including interest.
Short
Sales
While the Trust does not currently intend to engage in short
sales of securities, the Trust is permitted to engage in such
transactions. A short sale is a transaction in which the Trust
sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market
price of that security will decline. The Trust may make short
sales for risk management purposes, to maintain portfolio
flexibility or to seek to enhance total return.
When the Trust makes a short sale, it must borrow the security
sold short and deliver it to the broker-dealer through which it
made the short sale as collateral for its obligation to deliver
the security upon conclusion of the sale. The Trust may have to
pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated
to pay over any payments received on such borrowed securities.
The Trusts obligation to replace the borrowed security
will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker-dealer,
usually cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid
securities. The Trust will also be required to designate on its
books and records similar collateral with its custodian to the
extent, if any, necessary so that the aggregate collateral value
is at all times at least equal to the current market value of
the security sold short. Depending on arrangements made with the
broker-dealer from which it borrowed the security regarding
payment over of any payments received by the Trust on such
security, the Trust may not receive any payments (including
interest) on its collateral deposited with such broker-dealer.
If the price of the security sold short increases between the
time of the short sale and the time the Trust replaces the
borrowed security, the Trust will incur a loss; conversely, if
the price declines, the Trust will realize a gain. Any gain will
be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs
described above. Although the Trusts gain is limited to
the price at which it sold the security short, its potential
loss is theoretically unlimited. There can be no assurance that
the securities necessary to cover a short position will be
available for purchase. Purchasing securities to close out the
short position can itself cause the price of the securities to
rise further, thereby exacerbating the loss.
A-12
The Trust will not make a short sale if, after giving effect to
such sale, the market value of all securities sold short exceeds
15% of the value of its total assets or the Trusts
aggregate short sales of a particular class of securities of an
issuer exceeds 15% of the issuers outstanding securities
of that class. The Trust may also make short sales against
the box without respect to such limitations. In this type
of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Trust owns or has
the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no
additional cost the identical security.
ADDITIONAL
RISK FACTORS
Preferred
Stock Risk
The Trust may invest in preferred stock. Preferred stocks are
unique securities that combine some of the characteristics of
both common stocks and bonds. Preferred stocks generally pay a
fixed rate of return and are sold on the basis of current yield,
like bonds. However, because they are equity securities,
preferred stock provides equity ownership of a company, and the
income is paid in the form of dividends. Preferred stocks
typically have a yield advantage over common stocks as well as
comparably-rated fixed income investments. Preferred stocks are
typically subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a
companys capital structure, in terms of priority to
corporate income, and therefore will be subject to greater
credit risk than those debt instruments. Unlike interest
payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are
payable only if declared by the issuers board of
directors. Preferred stocks also may be subject to optional or
mandatory redemption provisions. Certain of the preferred stocks
in which the Trust may invest may be convertible preferred
stocks, which have risks similar to convertible securities as
described below in Convertible Securities
Risk.
Convertible
Securities Risk
The Trust may invest in convertible securities. A convertible
security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other
security that may be converted into or exchanged for a
prescribed amount of common stock or other equity security of
the same or a different issuer within a particular period of
time at a specified price or formula. Before conversion,
convertible securities have characteristics similar to
nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily provide
a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than
those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower
yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. Similar to
traditional fixed income securities, the market values of
convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates
increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline.
However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a
convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the
convertible security tends to reflect the market price of the
underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying
common stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade
increasingly on a yield basis and thus may not decline in price
to the same extent as the underlying common stock. The credit
standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect
on the convertible securitys investment value. Convertible
securities rank senior to common stock in a corporations
capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable
nonconvertible securities. Convertible securities may be subject
to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established
in the convertible securitys governing instrument.
Short
Sales Risk
The Trust may take short positions in securities that the
Advisors believe may decline in price or in the aggregate may
underperform broad market benchmarks. The Trust may also engage
in derivatives transactions that provide similar short exposure.
In times of unusual or adverse market, economic, regulatory or
political conditions, the Trust may not be able, fully or
partially, to implement a short selling strategy.
Short sales are transactions in which the Trust sells a security
or other instrument (such as an option, forward, futures or
other derivative contract) that it does not own. Short selling
allows the Trust to profit from a decline in market price to the
extent such decline exceeds the transaction costs and the costs
of borrowing the securities. If a security sold short increases
in price, the Trust may have to cover its short position at a
higher price than the short sale price, resulting in a loss. The
Trust may have substantial short positions and must borrow those
securities to make delivery to the buyer. The Trust may not be
able to borrow a security that it needs to deliver or it may not
be able to close out a short position at an acceptable price and
may have to sell related long positions before it had
A-13
intended to do so. Thus, the Trust may not be able to
successfully implement its short sale strategy due to limited
availability of desired securities or for other reasons. Also,
there is the risk that the counterparty to a short sale may fail
to honor its contractual terms, causing a loss to the Trust.
Because losses on short sales arise from increases in the value
of the security sold short, such losses are theoretically
unlimited. By contrast, a loss on a long position arises from
decreases in the value of the security and is limited by the
fact that a securitys value cannot go below zero. The use
of short sales in combination with long positions in the
Trusts portfolio in an attempt to improve performance or
reduce overall portfolio risk may not be successful and may
result in greater losses or lower positive returns than if the
Trust held only long positions. It is possible that the
Trusts long securities positions will decline in value at
the same time that the value of its short securities positions
increase, thereby increasing potential losses to the Trust. In
addition, the Trusts short selling strategies will limit
its ability to fully benefit from increases in the securities
markets.
By investing the proceeds received from selling securities
short, the Trust could be deemed to be employing a form of
leverage, which creates special risks. The use of leverage may
increase the Trusts exposure to long securities positions
and make any change in the Trusts NAV greater than it
would be without the use of leverage. This could result in
increased volatility of returns. There is no guarantee that any
leveraging strategy the Trust employs will be successful during
any period in which it is employed.
The SEC recently proposed certain restrictions on short sales.
If the SECs proposals are adopted, they could restrict the
Trusts ability to engage in short sales in certain
circumstances. In addition, regulatory authorities in the United
States or other countries may adopt bans on short sales of
certain securities, either generally, or with respect to certain
industries or countries, in response to market events.
Restrictions
and/or
bans
on short selling may make it impossible for the Trust to execute
certain investment strategies.
Repurchase
Agreements Risk
Subject to its investment objective and policies, the Trust may
invest in repurchase agreements for investment purposes.
Repurchase agreements typically involve the acquisition by the
Trust of debt securities from a selling financial institution
such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer.
The agreement provides that the Trust will sell the securities
back to the institution at a fixed time in the future. The Trust
does not bear the risk of a decline in the value of the
underlying security unless the seller defaults under its
repurchase obligation. In the event of the bankruptcy or other
default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, the Trust could
experience both delays in liquidating the underlying securities
and losses, including possible decline in the value of the
underlying security during the period in which the Trust seeks
to enforce its rights thereto; possible lack of access to income
on the underlying security during this period; and expenses of
enforcing its rights. While repurchase agreements involve
certain risks not associated with direct investments in debt
securities, the Trust follows procedures approved by the
Trusts Board that are designed to minimize such risks. In
addition, the value of the collateral underlying the repurchase
agreement will be at least equal to the repurchase price,
including any accrued interest earned on the repurchase
agreement. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling
financial institution, the Trust generally will seek to
liquidate such collateral. However, the exercise of the
Trusts right to liquidate such collateral could involve
certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from
any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were
less than the repurchase price, the Trust could suffer a loss.
When-Issued
and Delayed-Delivery Transactions Risk
The Trust may purchase fixed income securities on a when-issued
basis, and may purchase or sell those securities for delayed
delivery. When-issued and delayed-delivery transactions occur
when securities are purchased or sold by the Trust with payment
and delivery taking place in the future to secure an
advantageous yield or price. Securities purchased on a
when-issued or delayed-delivery basis may expose the Trust to
counterparty risk of default, as well as the risk that
securities may experience fluctuations in value prior to their
actual delivery. The Trust will not accrue income with respect
to a when-issued or delayed-delivery security prior to its
stated delivery date. Purchasing securities on a when-issued or
delayed-delivery basis can involve the additional risk that the
price or yield available in the market when the delivery takes
place may not be as favorable as that obtained in the
transaction itself.
A-14
Risk
Factors in Strategic Transactions and Derivatives
In addition to Appendix C, the following contains risk
factors associated with derivatives. Derivatives are volatile
and involve significant risks, including:
The Trusts use of derivatives may reduce its returns
and/or
increase volatility. Volatility is defined as the characteristic
of a security, an index or a market to fluctuate significantly
in price within a short time period. A risk of the Trusts
use of derivatives is that the fluctuations in their values may
not correlate perfectly with the overall securities markets.
Derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the
risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill
its contractual obligation. In addition, some derivatives are
more sensitive to interest rate changes and market price
fluctuations than other securities. The possible lack of a
liquid secondary market for derivatives and the resulting
inability of the Trust to sell or otherwise close a derivatives
position could expose the Trust to losses and could make
derivatives more difficult for the Trust to value accurately.
The Trust could also suffer losses related to its derivative
positions as a result of unanticipated market movements, which
losses are potentially unlimited. Finally, the Advisors may not
be able to predict correctly the direction of securities prices,
interest rates and other economic factors, which could cause the
Trusts derivatives positions to lose value. When a
derivative is used as a hedge against a position that the Trust
holds, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be
substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice
versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also
reduce or eliminate gains. Hedges are sometimes subject to
imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying
security, and there can be no assurance that the Trusts
hedging transactions will be effective. The income from certain
derivatives may be subject to federal income tax. Swap
agreements involve the risk that the party with whom the Trust
has entered into the swap will default on its obligation to pay
the Trust and the risk that the Trust will not be able to meet
its obligations to pay the other party to the agreement. Credit
default swaps involve special risks in addition to those
mentioned above because they are difficult to value, are highly
susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a
return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event
of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation
(as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of
financial difficulty). Forward foreign currency exchange
contracts do not eliminate fluctuations in the value of
non-U.S. Securities
but rather allow the Trust to establish a fixed rate of exchange
for a future point in time. This strategy can have the effect of
reducing returns and minimizing opportunities for gain.
Credit Risk
the risk that the counterparty in
a derivative transaction will be unable to honor its financial
obligation to the Trust, or the risk that the reference entity
in a credit default swap or similar derivative will not be able
to honor its financial obligations.
Leverage Risk
the risk associated with
certain types of investments or trading strategies (such as, for
example, borrowing money to increase the amount of investments)
that relatively small market movements may result in large
changes in the value of an investment. Certain investments or
trading strategies that involve leverage can result in losses
that greatly exceed the amount originally invested.
Liquidity Risk
the risk that certain
securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time
that the seller would like or at the price that the seller
believes the security is currently worth.
Correlation Risk
the risk that changes in the
value of a derivative will not match the changes in the value of
the portfolio holdings that are being hedged or of the
particular market or security to which the Trust seeks exposure.
Index Risk
If the derivative is linked to the
performance of an index, it will be subject to the risks
associated with changes in that index. If the index changes, the
Trust could receive lower interest payments or experience a
reduction in the value of the derivative to below what that
Trust paid. Certain indexed securities, including inverse
securities (which move in an opposite direction to the index),
may create leverage, to the extent that they increase or
decrease in value at a rate that is a multiple of the changes in
the applicable index.
There can be no assurance that, at any specific time, either a
liquid secondary market will exist for a derivative or the Trust
will otherwise be able to sell such instrument at an acceptable
price. It may, therefore, not be possible to close a position in
a derivative without incurring substantial losses, if at all.
Certain transactions in derivatives (such as futures
transactions or sales of put options) involve substantial
leverage risk and may expose the Trust to potential losses that
exceed the amount originally invested by the Trust. When the
Trust engages in such a transaction, the
A-15
Trust will deposit in a segregated account liquid assets with a
value at least equal to the Trusts exposure, on a
mark-to-market
basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to
requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission). Such
segregation will ensure that the Trust has assets available to
satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction, but
will not limit the Trusts exposure to loss.
Risks
Associated with Swaps
Swaps are privately negotiated transactions between the Trust
and a counterparty. All of the rights and obligations of the
Trust are detailed in the swap contract, which binds the Trust
and its counterparty. Because a swap transaction is a
privately-negotiated contract, the Trust remains liable for all
obligations under the contract until the swap contract matures
or is purchased by the swap counterparty. Therefore, even if the
Trust were to sell the swap contract to a third party, the Trust
would remain primarily liable for the obligations under the swap
transaction. The only way for the Trust to eliminate its primary
obligations under the swap agreement is to sell the swap
contract back to the original counterparty. Additionally, the
Trust must identify liquid assets on its books to the extent of
the Trusts obligations to pay the counterparty under the
swap agreement. The Trust will also be exposed to the
performance risk of its counterparty. If the counterparty is
unable to perform its obligations under the swap contract at
maturity of the swap or any interim payment date, the Trust may
not receive the payments due it under the swap agreement.
Total return swaps expose the Trust to the price risk of the
underlying security, index, futures or option contract,
instrument or other economic variable. If the price of the
underlying security, index, futures or option contract,
instrument or other economic variable increases in value during
the term of the swap, the Trust will receive the resulting price
appreciation. However, if the price declines in value during the
term of the swap, the Trust will be required to pay to its
counterparty the amount of the price depreciation. The amount of
the price depreciation paid by the Trust to its counterparty
would be in addition to the financing fee paid by the Trust to
the same counterparty.
Risks
Associated with Options
There are several risks associated with transactions in options
on securities and indexes. For example, there are significant
differences between the securities and options markets that
could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets,
causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. In
addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options,
whether traded
over-the-counter
or on a national securities exchange (Exchange) may
be absent for reasons which include the following: there may be
insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions
may be imposed by an Exchange on opening transactions or closing
transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other
restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes
or series of options or underlying securities; unusual or
unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an
Exchange; the facilities of an Exchange or the Options Clearing
Corporation (OCC) may not at all times be adequate
to handle current trading volume; or one or more Exchanges
could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at
some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a
particular class or series of options), in which event the
secondary market on that Exchange (or in that class or series of
options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that
had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that
Exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with
their terms.
Risks
Associated with Futures
The primary risks associated with the use of futures contracts
and options are: the imperfect correlation between the change in
market value of the instruments held by the Trust and the price
of the futures contract or option; possible lack of a liquid
secondary market for a futures contract and the resulting
inability to close a futures contract when desired; losses
caused by unanticipated market movements, which are potentially
unlimited; the Advisors inability to predict correctly the
direction of securities prices, interest rates, currency
exchange rates and other economic factors; and the possibility
that the counterparty will default in the performance of its
obligations.
Additional
Risk Factors of OTC Transactions; Limitations on the Use of OTC
Derivatives
Certain derivatives traded in OTC markets, including indexed
securities, swaps and OTC options, involve substantial liquidity
risk. The absence of liquidity may make it difficult or
impossible for the Trust to sell such
A-16
instruments promptly at an acceptable price. The absence of
liquidity may also make it more difficult for the Trust to
ascertain a market value for such instruments. The Trust will,
therefore, acquire illiquid OTC instruments (i) if the
agreement pursuant to which the instrument is purchased contains
a formula price at which the instrument may be terminated or
sold, or (ii) for which the Advisors anticipate the Trust
can receive on each business day at least two independent bids
or offers, unless a quotation from only one dealer is available,
in which case that dealers quotation may be used. Because
derivatives traded in OTC markets are not guaranteed by an
exchange or clearing corporation and generally do not require
payment of margin, to the extent that the Trust has unrealized
gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its
counterparties, the Trust is at risk that its counterparties
will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor its obligations.
The Trust will attempt to minimize these risks by engaging in
transactions in derivatives traded in OTC markets only with
financial institutions that have substantial capital or that
have provided the Trust with a third-party guaranty or other
credit enhancement.
MANAGEMENT
OF THE TRUST
Investment
Advisor and
Sub-Advisors
BlackRock Advisors acts as the Trusts investment advisor.
BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment
Management, LLC (collectively, the
Sub-Advisor)
act as the Trusts investment
sub-advisors.
BlackRock Advisors, located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington,
Delaware 19809, BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. located at
55 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10055, and
BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, located at 55 East
52nd Street, New York, New York 10055, are wholly owned
subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. (BlackRock).
BlackRock is one of the worlds largest publicly-traded
investment management firms. As of September 30, 2011,
BlackRocks assets under management were approximately
$3.345 trillion. BlackRock has over 20 years of experience
managing closed-end products and, as of September 30, 2011,
advised a registered closed-end family of 94 exchange-listed
active funds with approximately $39.6 billion in assets. In
addition, BlackRock advised two non-exchange-listed closed-end
funds with approximately $322.7 million in assets.
BlackRock offers products that span the risk spectrum to meet
clients needs, including active, enhanced and index
strategies across markets and asset classes. Products are
offered in a variety of structures including separate accounts,
mutual funds,
iShares
®
(exchange traded funds), and other pooled investment vehicles.
BlackRock also offers risk management, advisory and enterprise
investment system services to a broad base of institutional
investors through
BlackRock
Solutions
®
.
Headquartered in New York City, as of September 30, 2011,
the firm has approximately 10,200 employees in 27 countries
and a major presence in key global markets, including North and
South America, Europe, Asia, Australia and the Middle East and
Africa.
Investment
Management Agreement
Although BlackRock Advisors intends to devote such time and
effort to the business of the Trust as is reasonably necessary
to perform its duties to the Trust, the services of BlackRock
Advisors are not exclusive and BlackRock Advisors provides
similar services to other investment companies and other clients
and may engage in other activities.
The Investment Management Agreement also provides that in the
absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or
reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, BlackRock
Advisors is not liable to the Trust or any of the Trusts
shareholders for any act or omission by BlackRock Advisors in
the supervision or management of its respective investment
activities or for any loss sustained by the Trust or the
Trusts shareholders and provides for indemnification by
the Trust of BlackRock Advisors, its directors, officers,
employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred
by them in connection with their services to the Trust, subject
to certain limitations and conditions.
The Investment Management Agreement was approved by the
Trusts Board, including a majority of the trustees who are
not parties to the agreement or interested persons of any such
party (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act),
at an in-person meeting of the Board held on October 21,
2011. This agreement provides for the Trust to pay a Management
Fee at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the average daily value
of the net assets of the Trust.
A-17
The Investment Management Agreement was approved by the sole
common shareholder of the Trust as of October 24, 2011. The
Investment Management Agreement will continue in effect for a
period of two years from its effective date, and if not sooner
terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of
12 months thereafter, provided that each continuance is
specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the
vote of a majority of the Board or the vote of a majority of the
outstanding voting securities of the Trust (as such term is
defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote
of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the
investment management agreement or interested persons (as such
term is defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such
party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of
voting on such approval. The Investment Management Agreement may
be terminated as a whole at any time by the Trust, without the
payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a majority of the Board
or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust
or by BlackRock Advisors, on 60 days written notice
by either party to the other which can be waived by the
non-terminating party. The Investment Management Agreement will
terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as such
term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules
thereunder).
Sub-Investment
Advisory Agreements
Pursuant to separate
sub-investment
advisory agreements, BlackRock Advisors has appointed BlackRock
Financial Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment Management,
LLC, each an affiliate of BlackRock Advisors, to perform certain
of the
day-to-day
investment management of the Trust. Each
Sub-Advisor
will receive a portion of the management fee paid by the Trust
to BlackRock Advisors. From the management fees, BlackRock
Advisors will pay to each
Sub-Advisor
a fee equal to 51% of the monthly management fees received by
BlackRock Advisors with respect to the average daily net assets
of the Trust allocated to such Sub-Advisor.
The
sub-investment
advisory agreements also provide that, in the absence of willful
misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard
of its obligations thereunder, the Trust will indemnify the
Sub-Advisors
and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents,
associates and control persons for liabilities incurred by them
in connection with their services to the Trust, subject to
certain limitations.
Although the
Sub-Advisors
intend to devote such time and effort to the business of the
Trust as is reasonably necessary to perform their duties to the
Trust, the services of the
Sub-Advisors
are not exclusive and the
Sub-Advisors
provide similar services to other investment companies and other
clients and may engage in other activities.
The
sub-investment
advisory agreements were approved by the Board, including a
majority of the trustees who are not parties to the agreement or
interested persons of any such party (as such term is defined in
the Investment Company Act), at an in-person meeting of the
Board held on October 21, 2011.
Each
sub-investment
advisory agreement was approved by the sole common shareholder
of the Trust as of October 24, 2011. Each
sub-investment
advisory agreement will continue in effect for a period of two
years from its effective date, and if not sooner terminated,
will continue in effect for successive periods of 12 months
thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically
approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a
majority of the Board or the vote of a majority of the
outstanding voting securities of the Trust (as defined in the
Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority
of the trustees who are not parties to such agreement or
interested persons (as such term is defined in the Investment
Company Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting
called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Each
sub-investment
advisory agreement may be terminated as a whole at any time by
the Trust without the payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a
majority of the Board or a majority of the outstanding voting
securities of the Trust, or by BlackRock Advisors or the
applicable
Sub-Advisor,
on 60 days written notice by either party to the
other. Each
sub-investment
advisory agreement will also terminate automatically in the
event of its assignment (as such term is defined in the
Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).
Matters
Considered by the Board
A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the
respective initial and successor investment management and each
sub-investment
advisory agreement by the Board will be available in the
Trusts first report sent to shareholders.
A-18
Trustees
and Officers
The Board consists of eleven individuals, six of whom are
currently not interested persons (as defined in the
Investment Company Act) of the Trust, and an additional three of
whom will not be interested persons of the Trust
once certain underwriters are no longer principal underwriters
of the Trust. The registered investment companies advised by the
Advisors or their affiliates (the BlackRock-Advised
Funds) are organized into one complex of closed-end funds
(the Closed-End Complex), two complexes of open-end
funds (the Equity-Liquidity Complex, and the
Equity-Bond Complex) and one complex of
exchange-traded funds (the Exchange-Traded Complex;
each such complex a BlackRock Fund Complex).
The Trust is included in the Closed-End Complex. The Trustees
also oversee as Board members the operations of the other
closed-end registered investment companies included in the
Closed-End Complex.
Biographical
Information
Certain biographical and other information relating to the
Trustees is set forth below, including their address and year of
birth, their principal occupations for at least the last five
years, the length of time served, the total number of investment
companies and portfolios overseen in the BlackRock-Advised Funds
and any public directorships held during the past five years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BlackRock-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Registered
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment
|
|
Other Public
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Companies
|
|
Company or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(RICs)
|
|
Investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consisting of
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal
|
|
Investment
|
|
Directorships
|
|
|
Position(s)
|
|
Length of
|
|
Occupation(s)
|
|
Portfolios
|
|
Held During
|
Name, Address
|
|
Held with
|
|
Time
|
|
During Past
|
|
(Portfolios)
|
|
Past Five
|
and Year of Birth
|
|
Trust
|
|
Served
|
|
Five Years
|
|
Overseen*
|
|
Years**
|
Non-Interested Trustees
|
Richard E. Cavanagh
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
1946
|
|
Trustee and Chairman of the Board
|
|
Since inception
|
|
Trustee, Aircraft Finance Trust from 1999 to 2009; Director, The
Guardian Life Insurance Company of America since 1998; Trustee,
Educational Testing Service from 1997 to 2009 and Chairman
thereof from 2005 to 2009; Senior Advisor, The Fremont Group
since 2008 and Director thereof since 1996; Adjunct Lecturer,
Harvard University since 2007; President and Chief Executive
Officer, The Conference Board, Inc. (global business research
organization) from 1995 to 2007.
|
|
97 RICs consisting of 97 Portfolios
|
|
Arch Chemical (chemical and allied products)
|
Michael J. Castellano
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
1946
|
|
Trustee and Member of the Audit
|
|
Since Inception
|
|
Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of Lazard Group
LLC from 2001 to 2011; Chief Financial Officer of Lazard Ltd
from 2004 to 2011; Director, Support Our Aging Religions
(non-profit) since 2009; Director, National Advisory Board of
Church Management at Villanova University since 2010.
|
|
97 RICs consisting of 97 Portfolios
|
|
None
|
Frank J. Fabozzi
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1948
|
|
Trustee and Member of the Audit Committee
|
|
Since inception
|
|
Editor of and Consultant for The Journal of Portfolio Management
since 1986; Professor of Finance, EDHEC Business School since
2011; Professor in the Practice of Finance and Becton Fellow,
Yale University School of Management from 2006 to 2011; Adjunct
Professor of Finance and Becton Fellow, Yale University from
1994 to 2006.
|
|
97 RICs consisting of 97 Portfolios
|
|
None
|
A-19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BlackRock-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Registered
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment
|
|
Other Public
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Companies
|
|
Company or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(RICs)
|
|
Investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consisting of
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal
|
|
Investment
|
|
Directorships
|
|
|
Position(s)
|
|
Length of
|
|
Occupation(s)
|
|
Portfolios
|
|
Held During
|
Name, Address
|
|
Held with
|
|
Time
|
|
During Past
|
|
(Portfolios)
|
|
Past Five
|
and Year of Birth
|
|
Trust
|
|
Served
|
|
Five Years
|
|
Overseen*
|
|
Years**
|
Kathleen F. Feldstein
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1941
|
|
Trustee
|
|
Since inception
|
|
President of Economics Studies, Inc. (private economic
consulting firm) since 1987; Chair, Board of Trustees, McLean
Hospital from 2000 to 2008 and Trustee Emeritus thereof since
2008; Member of the Board of Partners Community Healthcare, Inc.
from 2005 to 2009; Member of the Corporation of Partners
HealthCare since 1995; Trustee, Museum of Fine Arts, Boston
since 1992; Member of the Visiting Committee to the Harvard
University Art Museum since 2003; Director, Catholic Charities
of Boston since 2009.
|
|
97 RICs consisting of 97 Portfolios
|
|
The McClatchy Company (publishing); BellSouth
(telecommunications); Knight Ridder (publishing)
|
James T. Flynn
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1939
|
|
Trustee and Member of the Audit Committee
|
|
Since inception
|
|
Chief Financial Officer of JPMorgan & Co., Inc. from 1990
to 1995.
|
|
97 RICs consisting of 97 Portfolios
|
|
None
|
Jerrold B. Harris
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1942
|
|
Trustee
|
|
Since inception
|
|
Trustee, Ursinus College since 2000; Director, Troemner LLC
(scientific equipment) since 2000; Director of Delta Waterfowl
Foundation since 2001; President and Chief Executive Officer,
VWR Scientific Products Corporation from 1990 to 1999.
|
|
97 RICs consisting of 97 Portfolios
|
|
BlackRock Kelso Capital Corp. (business development company)
|
R. Glenn Hubbard
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1958
|
|
Trustee
|
|
Since inception
|
|
Dean, Columbia Business School since 2004; Columbia faculty
member since 1988; Co-Director, Columbia Business Schools
Entrepreneurship Program from 1997 to 2004; Chairman, U.S.
Council of Economic Advisers under the President of the United
States from 2001 to 2003; Chairman, Economic Policy Committee of
the OECD from 2001 to 2003.
|
|
97 RICs consisting of 97 Portfolios
|
|
ADP (data and information services); KKR Financial Corporation
(finance); Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (insurance)
|
W. Carl Kester
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1951
|
|
Trustee and Member of the Audit Committee
|
|
Since inception
|
|
George Fisher Baker Jr. Professor of Business Administration,
Harvard Business School; Deputy Dean for Academic Affairs, from
2006 to 2010; Chairman of the Finance Department, Harvard
Business School, from 2005 to 2006; Senior Associate Dean and
Chairman of the MBA Program of Harvard Business School, from
1999 to 2005; Member of the faculty of Harvard Business School
since 1981.
|
|
97 RICs consisting of 97 Portfolios
|
|
None
|
A-20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BlackRock-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Registered
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment
|
|
Other Public
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Companies
|
|
Company or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(RICs)
|
|
Investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consisting of
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal
|
|
Investment
|
|
Directorships
|
|
|
Position(s)
|
|
Length of
|
|
Occupation(s)
|
|
Portfolios
|
|
Held During
|
Name, Address
|
|
Held with
|
|
Time
|
|
During Past
|
|
(Portfolios)
|
|
Past Five
|
and Year of Birth
|
|
Trust
|
|
Served
|
|
Five Years
|
|
Overseen*
|
|
Years**
|
Karen P. Robards
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1950
|
|
Trustee, Vice Chair of the Board and Chairperson of the Audit
Committee
|
|
Since inception
|
|
Partner of Robards & Company, LLC (financial advisory firm)
since 1987; Co-founder and Director of the Cooke Center for
Learning and Development (a not-for-profit organization) since
1987; Director of Care Investment Trust, Inc. (health care real
estate investment trust) from 2007 to 2010; Director of Enable
Medical Corp. from 1996 to 2005; Investment Banker at Morgan
Stanley from 1976 to 1987.
|
|
97 RICs consisting of 97 Portfolios
|
|
AtriCure, Inc. (medical devices)
|
Interested Trustees
|
Paul L. Audet
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1953
|
|
Trustee
|
|
Since inception
|
|
Senior Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc., and Head of
BlackRocks Real Estate business from 2008 to 2011; Member
of BlackRocks Global Operating and Corporate Risk
Management Committees and of the BlackRock Alternative Investors
Executive Committee and Investment Committee for the Private
Equity Fund of Funds business since 2008; Head of
BlackRocks Global Cash Management business from 2005 to
2010; Acting Chief Financial Officer of BlackRock from 2007 to
2008; Chief Financial Officer of BlackRock from 1998 to 2005.
|
|
166 RICs consisting of 287 Portfolios
|
|
None
|
Henry Gabbay
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1947
|
|
Trustee
|
|
Since inception
|
|
Consultant, BlackRock, Inc. from 2007 to 2008; Managing
Director, BlackRock, Inc. from 1989 to 2007; Chief
Administrative Officer, BlackRock Advisors, LLC from 1998 to
2007; President of BlackRock Funds and BlackRock Bond Allocation
Target Shares from 2005 to 2007; Treasurer of certain closed-end
funds in the BlackRock fund complex from 1989 to 2006.
|
|
166 RICs consisting of 287 Portfolios
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
For purposes of this chart,
RICs refers to registered investment companies and
Portfolios refers to the investment programs of the
BlackRock-Advised Funds. The Closed-End Complex, including the
Trust, is comprised of 97 RICs.
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
Directorships disclosed under this
column do not include directorships disclosed under the column
Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Messrs. Audet and Gabbay are
interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of
the Trust by virtue of their current or former positions with
the Advisors, each a wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc.,
and their ownership of BlackRock, Inc. and The PNC Financial
Service Group, Inc. securities. Messrs. Audet and Gabbay serve
as interested trustees of three groups of BlackRock-advised
funds - the Closed-End Complex and two complexes of
open-end funds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms. Feldstein and
Messrs. Hubbard and Castellano are currently
interested persons (as defined in the Investment
Company Act) of the Trust as a result of their ownership of
securities of one or more of the Trusts underwriters.
Ms. Feldstein and Messrs. Hubbard and Castellano will
cease to be interested persons once such
underwriters are no longer principal underwriters of the Trust.
|
A-21
Experience,
Qualifications and Skills
The Independent Trustees have adopted a statement of policy that
describes the experience, qualifications, skills and attributes
that are necessary and desirable for potential Independent
Trustee candidates (the Statement of Policy). The
Board believes that each Independent Trustee satisfied, at the
time he or she was initially elected or appointed a Trustee, and
continues to satisfy, the standards contemplated by the
Statement of Policy. Furthermore, in determining that a
particular Trustee was and continues to be qualified to serve as
a Trustee, the Board has considered a variety of criteria, none
of which, in isolation, was controlling. The Board believes
that, collectively, the Trustees have balanced and diverse
experience, skills, attributes and qualifications, which allow
the Board to operate effectively in governing the Trust and
protecting the interests of stockholders. Among the attributes
common to all Trustees is their ability to review critically,
evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to
interact effectively with the Trusts investment adviser,
sub-adviser,
other service providers, counsel and independent auditors, and
to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of
their duties as Trustees. Each Trustees ability to perform
his or her duties effectively is evidenced by his or her
educational background or professional training; business,
consulting, public service or academic positions; experience
from service as a board member of the Trust or the other funds
in the BlackRock fund complexes (and any predecessor funds),
other investment funds, public companies, or non-profit entities
or other organizations; ongoing commitment and participation in
Board and committee meetings, as well as their leadership of
standing and ad hoc committees throughout the years; or other
relevant life experiences. The table below discusses some of the
experiences, qualifications and skills of each of our Trustees
that support the conclusion that they should serve (or continue
to serve) on the Board.
|
|
|
Trustee
|
|
Experiences, Qualifications and Skills
|
|
Richard E. Cavanagh
|
|
Mr. Cavanagh brings to the Board a wealth of practical
business knowledge and leadership as an experienced
director/trustee of various public and private companies. In
particular, because Mr. Cavanagh served for over a decade
as President and Chief Executive Officer of The Conference
Board, Inc., a global business research organization, he is able
to provide the Board with expertise about business and economic
trends and governance practices. Mr. Cavanagh created the
blue ribbon Commission on Public Trust and Private
Enterprise in 2002, which recommended corporate governance
enhancements. Mr. Cavanaghs service as a director of
The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America and as a senior
advisor and director of The Fremont Group provides added insight
into investment trends and conditions. Mr. Cavanaghs
long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex
also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust,
its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing
the Trust. Mr. Cavanaghs independence from the Trust
and the Trusts investment adviser enhances his service as
Chair of the Board, Chair of the Executive Committee and as a
member of the Governance and Nominating Committee, Compliance
Committee and Performance Oversight Committee.
|
Michael J. Castellano
|
|
Mr. Castellano is a Director and member of the Trusts
Performance Oversight Committee. The Board benefits from
Mr. Castellanos over forty year career in accounting.
Mr. Castellano has served as Chief Financial Officer of
Lazard Ltd. and as a Managing Director and Chief Financial
Officer of Lazard Group. Prior to joining Lazard,
Mr. Castellano held various senior management positions at
Merrill Lynch & Co., including Senior Vice
President Chief Control Officer for Merrill
Lynchs capital markets businesses, Chairman of Merrill
Lynch International Bank and Senior Vice President
Corporate Controller. Prior to joining Merrill Lynch &
Co., Mr. Castellano was a partner with Deloitte &
Touche where he served a number of investment banking clients
over the course of his 24 years with the firm.
|
A-22
|
|
|
Trustee
|
|
Experiences, Qualifications and Skills
|
|
Frank J. Fabozzi
|
|
Dr. Fabozzi holds the designations of Chartered Financial
Analyst and Certified Public Accountant. Dr. Fabozzi was
inducted into the Fixed Income Analysts Societys Hall of
Fame and is the 2007 recipient of the C. Stewart Sheppard Award
given by the CFA Institute. The Board benefits from
Dr. Fabozzis experiences as a professor and author in
the field of finance. Dr. Fabozzis experience as a
Professor in the Practice of Finance and Becton Fellow at the
Yale University School of Management and as editor of the
Journal of Portfolio Management demonstrate his wealth of
expertise in the investment management and structured finance
areas. Dr. Fabozzi has authored and edited numerous books
and research papers on topics in investment management and
financial econometrics, and his writings have focused on fixed
income securities and portfolio management, many of which are
considered standard references in the investment management
industry. Dr. Fabozzis long-standing service on the
boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a
specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the
business and regulatory issues facing the Trust. Moreover,
Dr. Fabozzis knowledge of financial and accounting
matters qualifies him to serve as a member of the Trusts
Audit Committee. Dr. Fabozzis independence from the
Trust and the Trusts investment adviser enhances his
service as Chair of the Performance Oversight Committee.
|
Kathleen F. Feldstein
|
|
Dr. Feldstein, who served as President of Economics
Studies, Inc., an economic consulting firm, benefits the Board
by providing business leadership and experience and knowledge of
economics. The Board benefits from Dr. Feldsteins
experience as a director/trustee of publicly traded and private
companies, including financial services, technology and
telecommunications companies. Dr. Feldsteins
long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex
also provides her with a specific understanding of the Trust,
its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing
the Trust.
|
James T. Flynn
|
|
Mr. Flynn brings to the Board a broad and diverse knowledge
of business and capital markets as a result of his many years of
experience in the banking and financial industry.
Mr. Flynns five years as the Chief Financial Officer
of JP Morgan & Co. provide the Board with experience
on financial reporting obligations and oversight of investments.
Mr. Flynns long-standing service on the boards of the
Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific
understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and
regulatory issues facing the Trust. Mr. Flynns
knowledge of financial and accounting matters qualifies him to
serve as a member of the Trusts Audit Committee.
Mr. Flynns independence from the Trust and the
Trusts investment adviser enhances his service as a member
of the Performance Oversight Committee.
|
Jerrold B. Harris
|
|
Mr. Harriss time as President and Chief Executive
Officer of VWR Scientific Products Corporation brings to the
Board business leadership and experience and knowledge of the
chemicals industry and national and international product
distribution. Mr. Harriss position as a director of
BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation brings to the Board the
benefit of his experience as a director of a business
development company governed by the Investment Company Act and
allows him to provide the Board with added insight into the
management practices of other financial companies.
Mr. Harriss long-standing service on the boards of
the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific
understanding of the Trust, its operations and the business and
regulatory issues facing the Trust. Mr. Harriss
independence from the Trust and the Trusts investment
adviser fosters his role as Chair of the Compliance Committee
and as a member of the Governance and Nominating Committee and
Performance Oversight Committee.
|
A-23
|
|
|
Trustee
|
|
Experiences, Qualifications and Skills
|
|
R. Glenn Hubbard
|
|
Dr. Hubbard has served in numerous roles in the field of
economics, including as the Chairman of the U.S. Council of
Economic Advisers of the President of the United States.
Dr. Hubbard serves as the Dean of Columbia Business School,
has served as a member of the Columbia Faculty and as a Visiting
Professor at the John F. Kennedy School of Government at Harvard
University, the Harvard Business School and the University of
Chicago. Dr. Hubbards experience as an adviser to the
President of the United States adds a dimension of balance to
the Trusts governance and provides perspective on economic
issues. Dr. Hubbards service on the boards of KKR
Financial Corporation, ADP and Metropolitan Life Insurance
Company provides the Board with the benefit of his experience
with the management practices of other financial companies.
Dr. Hubbards long-standing service on the boards of
the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific
understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and
regulatory issues facing the Trust.
|
W. Carl Kester
|
|
The Board benefits from Dr. Kesters experiences as a
professor and author in finance, and his experience as the
George Fisher Baker Jr. Professor of Business Administration at
Harvard Business School and as Deputy Dean of Academic Affairs
at Harvard Business School adds to the Board a wealth of
expertise in corporate finance and corporate governance.
Dr. Kester has authored and edited numerous books and
research papers on both subject matters, including co-editing a
leading volume of finance case studies used worldwide.
Dr. Kesters long-standing service on the boards of
the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific
understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and
regulatory issues facing the Trust. Dr. Kesters
knowledge of financial and accounting matters qualifies him to
serve as a member of the Trusts Audit Committee. In
addition, Dr. Kesters independence from the Trust and
the Trusts investment adviser enhances his service as a
member of the Performance Oversight Committee.
|
Karen P. Robards
|
|
The Board benefits from Ms. Robardss many years of
experience in investment banking and the financial advisory
industry where she obtained extensive knowledge of the capital
markets and advised clients on corporate finance transactions,
including mergers and acquisitions and the issuance of debt and
equity securities. Ms. Robardss prior position as an
investment banker at Morgan Stanley provides useful oversight of
the Trusts investment decisions and investment valuation
processes. Additionally, Ms. Robardss experience
derived from serving as a director of Care Investment Trust,
Inc., a health care real estate investment trust, provides the
Board with the benefit of her experience with the management
practices of other financial companies. Ms. Robardss
long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex
also provides her with a specific understanding of the Trust,
its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing
the Trust. Ms. Robardss knowledge of financial and
accounting matters qualifies her to serve as Vice Chair of the
Board and as the Chair of the Trusts Audit Committee.
Ms. Robardss independence from the Trust and the
Trusts investment adviser enhances her service as a member
of the Performance Oversight Committee and Executive Committee.
|
Paul L. Audet
|
|
Mr. Audet has a wealth of experience in the investment
management industry, including more than 13 years with
BlackRock and over 20 years in finance and asset
management. He also has expertise in finance, as demonstrated by
his positions as Chief Financial Officer of BlackRock and head
of BlackRocks Global Cash Management business.
Mr. Audet currently is a member of BlackRocks Global
Operating and Corporate Risk Management Committees, the
BlackRock Alternative Investors Executive Committee and the
Investment Committee for the Private Equity Fund of Funds. Prior
to joining BlackRock, Mr. Audet was the Senior Vice
President of Finance at PNC Bank Corp. and Chief Financial
Officer of the investment management and mutual fund processing
businesses and head of PNCs Mergers &
Acquisitions unit. Mr. Audet is a member of the Executive
Committee.
|
A-24
|
|
|
Trustee
|
|
Experiences, Qualifications and Skills
|
|
Henry Gabbay
|
|
The Board benefits from Dr. Gabbays many years of
experience in administration, finance and financial services
operations. Dr. Gabbays experience as a Managing
Director of BlackRock, Inc., Chief Administrative Officer of
BlackRock Advisors, LLC and President of BlackRock Funds
provides the Board with insight into investment company
operational, financial and investment matters.
Dr. Gabbays former positions as Chief Administrative
Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and as Treasurer of certain
closed-end funds in the Closed-End Complex provide the Board
with direct knowledge of the operations of the Trust and its
investment advisers. Dr. Gabbays long-standing
service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides
him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations,
and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust.
|
Board
Leadership Structure and Oversight
The Board has overall responsibility for the oversight of the
Trust. The Chair of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer
are two different people. Not only is the Chair of the Board an
Independent Trustee, but also the Chair of each Board committee
(each, a Committee) is an Independent Trustee. The
Board has five standing Committees: an Audit Committee, a
Governance and Nominating Committee, a Compliance Committee, a
Performance Oversight Committee and an Executive Committee. The
role of the Chair of the Board is to preside at all meetings of
the Board and to act as a liaison with service providers,
officers, attorneys, and other Trustees between meetings. The
Chair of each Committee performs a similar role with respect to
such Committee. The Chair of the Board or Committees may also
perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board or
the Committees from time to time. The Independent Trustees meet
regularly outside the presence of the Trusts management,
in executive session or with other service providers to the
Trust. The Board has regular meetings five times a year,
including a meeting to consider the approval of the Trusts
advisory agreements, and may hold special meetings if required
before their next regular meeting. Each Committee meets
regularly to conduct the oversight functions delegated to that
Committee by the Board and reports its findings to the Board.
The Board and each standing Committee conduct annual assessments
of their oversight function and structure. The Board has
determined that the Boards leadership structure is
appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise independent
judgment over management and to allocate areas of responsibility
among Committees and the Board to enhance effective oversight.
The Board decided to separate the roles of Chair and Chief
Executive Officer because it believes that an independent Chair:
|
|
|
|
|
Increases the independent oversight of the Trust and enhances
the Boards objective evaluation of the Chief Executive
Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allows the Chief Executive Officer to focus on the Trusts
operations instead of Board administration
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provides greater opportunities for direct and independent
communication between shareholders and the Board
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provides an independent spokesman for the Trust
|
The Board has engaged the Advisors to manage the Trust on a
day-to day basis. The Board is responsible for overseeing the
Advisors, other service providers, the operations of the Trust
and associated risks in accordance with the provisions of the
1940 Act, state law, other applicable laws, the Trusts
charter, and the Trusts investment objective(s) and
strategies. The Board reviews, on an ongoing basis, the
Trusts performance, operations, and investment strategies
and techniques. The Board also conducts reviews of the Advisors
and its role in running the operations of the Trust.
Day-to-day
risk management with respect to the Trust is the responsibility
of the Advisors or other service providers (depending on the
nature of the risk), subject to the supervision of the Advisors.
The Trust is subject to a number of risks, including investment,
compliance, operational and valuation risks, among others. While
there are a number of risk management functions performed by the
Advisors or other service providers, as applicable, it is not
A-25
possible to eliminate all of the risks applicable to the Trust.
Risk oversight is part of the Boards general oversight of
the Trust and is addressed as part of various Board and
Committee activities. The Board, directly or through Committees,
also review reports from, among others, management, the
independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust, the
Advisors, and internal auditors for the Advisors or its
affiliates, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Trust
and managements or the service providers risk
functions. The Committee system facilitates the timely and
efficient consideration of matters by the Trustees and
facilitates effective oversight of compliance with legal and
regulatory requirements and of the Trusts activities and
associated risks. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance
Officer, who oversees the implementation and testing of the
Trusts compliance program and reports regularly to the
Board regarding compliance matters for the Trust and its service
providers. The Independent Trustees have engaged independent
legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight
responsibilities.
Audit Committee.
The Board has a standing
Audit Committee composed of Karen P. Robards (Chair), Michael J.
Castellano, Frank J. Fabozzi, James T. Flynn and W. Carl Kester,
all of whom are Independent Trustees. The Board intends to
appoint Michael J. Castellano to the Audit Committee once
he ceases to be an interested person of the Trust.
The principal responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to
assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities
relating to the accounting and financial reporting polices and
practices of the Trust. The Audit Committees
responsibilities include, without limitation: (i) approving
the selection, retention, termination and compensation of the
Trusts independent registered public accounting firm (the
independent auditors) and evaluating the
independence and objectivity of the independent auditors;
(ii) approving all audit engagement terms and fees for the
Trust; (iii) reviewing the conduct and results of each
audit; (iv) reviewing any issues raised by the independent
auditor or management regarding the accounting or financial
reporting policies and practices of the Trust, its internal
controls, and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain
service providers and managements response to any such
issues; (v) reviewing and discussing the Trusts
audited and unaudited financial statements and disclosure in the
Trusts shareholder reports relating to the Trusts
performance; (vi) assisting the Board in considering the
performance of the Trusts internal audit function provided
by its investment adviser, administrator, pricing agent or other
service provider; and (vii) resolving any disagreements
between Trust management and the independent auditors regarding
financial reporting. A copy of the Audit Committee Charter for
the Trust can be found in the Corporate Governance
section of the BlackRock Closed-End Fund website at
www.blackrock.com.
Governance and Nominating Committee.
The
Board has a standing Governance and Nominating Committee
composed of Richard E. Cavanagh, Frank G. Fabozzi,
James T. Flynn, Jerrold B. Harris, W. Carl Kester and
Karen P. Robards, all of whom are Independent Trustees. The
Board intends to appoint Michael J. Castellano,
R. Glenn Hubbard and Kathleen F. Feldstein to the
Governance and Nominating Committee once they cease to be
interested persons of the Trust. The principal
responsibilities of the Governance and Nominating Committee are:
(i) identifying individuals qualified to serve as
Independent Trustees and recommending Independent Trustee
nominees for election by shareholders or appointment by the
Board; (ii) advising the Board with respect to Board
composition, procedures and committees (other than the Audit
Committee); (iii) overseeing periodic self-assessments of
the Board and committees of the Board (other than the Audit
Committee); (iv) reviewing and making recommendations in
respect of Independent Trustee compensation; (v) monitoring
corporate governance matters and making recommendations in
respect thereof to the Board; and (vi) acting as the
administrative committee with respect to Board policies and
procedures, committee policies and procedures (other than the
Audit Committee) and codes of ethics as they relate to the
Independent Trustees.
The Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board seeks to
identify individuals to serve on the Board who have a diverse
range of viewpoints, qualifications, experiences, backgrounds
and skill sets so that the Board will be better suited to
fulfill its responsibility of overseeing the Trusts
activities. In so doing, the Governance and Nominating Committee
reviews the size of the Board, the ages of the current Trustees
and their tenure on the Board, and the skills, background and
experiences of the Trustees in light of the issues facing the
Trust in determining whether one or more new trustees should be
added to the Board. The Board as a group strives to achieve
diversity in terms of gender, race and geographic location. The
Governance and Nominating Committee believes that the Trustees
as a group possess the array of skills, experiences and
backgrounds necessary to guide the Trust. The Trustees
biographies included above highlight the diversity and breadth
of skills, qualifications and expertise that the Trustees bring
to the Trust.
A-26
The Governance and Nominating Committee may consider nominations
for Trustees made by the Trusts shareholders as it deems
appropriate. Under the Trusts By-laws, shareholders must
follow certain procedures to nominate a person for election as a
trustee at a shareholder meeting, or to introduce an item of
business at a shareholder meeting. The Trust does not intend to
hold regular annual shareholders meetings. Under these
advance notice procedures, shareholders must submit the proposed
nominee or item of business by delivering a notice to the
Secretary of the Trust at its principal executive offices. Each
Trust must receive notice of a shareholders intention to
introduce a nomination or proposed item of business for a
shareholder meeting called for the purpose of electing trustees
not later than the close of business on the fifth day following
the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was
mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting
was made, whichever first occurs.
The Trusts By-laws provide that notice of a proposed
nomination must include certain information about the
shareholder and the nominee, as well as a written consent of the
proposed nominee to serve if elected. A notice of a proposed
item of business must include a description of and the reasons
for bringing the proposed business to the meeting, any material
interest of the shareholder in the business, and certain other
information about the shareholder.
Further, the Trust has adopted Trustee qualification
requirements which can be found in the Trusts By-laws and
are applicable to all Trustees that may be nominated, elected,
appointed, qualified or seated to serve as Trustees. Reference
is made to the Trusts By-laws for more details.
A copy of the Governance and Nominating Committee Charter for
the Trust can be found in the Corporate Governance
section of the BlackRock Closed-End Fund website at
www.blackrock.com.
Compliance Committee.
The Trust has a
Compliance Committee composed of Jerrold B. Harris (Chair) and
Richard E. Cavanagh, each of whom are Independent Trustees. The
Board intends to appoint Kathleen F. Feldstein and R. Glenn
Hubbard to the Compliance Committee once they cease to be
interested persons of the Trust. The Compliance
Committees purpose is to assist the Board in fulfilling
its responsibility with respect to the oversight of regulatory
and fiduciary compliance matters involving the Trust, the
trust-related activities of BlackRock, and any
sub-advisors
and the Trusts other third party service providers. The
Compliance Committees responsibilities include, without
limitation: (i) overseeing the compliance policies and
procedures of the Trust and its service providers;
(ii) reviewing information on and, where appropriate,
recommending policies concerning the Trusts compliance
with applicable law; (iii) reviewing information on any
significant correspondence with or other actions by regulators
or governmental agencies with respect to the Trust and any
employee complaints or published reports that raise concerns
regarding compliance matters; and (iv) reviewing reports
from and making certain recommendations in respect of the
Trusts Chief Compliance Officer, including, without
limitation, determining the amount and structure of the Chief
Compliance Officers compensation. The Board has adopted a
written charter for the Compliance Committee.
Performance Oversight Committee.
The Trust
has a Performance Oversight Committee composed of Frank J.
Fabozzi (Chair), Richard E. Cavanagh, James T. Flynn, Jerrold B.
Harris, W. Carl Kester and Karen P. Robards, all of whom are
Independent Trustees. The Board intends to appoint Michael J.
Castellano, Kathleen F. Feldstein and R. Glenn Hubbard to the
Performance Oversight Committee once they cease to be
interested persons of the Trust. The Performance
Oversight Committees purpose is to assist the Board in
fulfilling its responsibility to oversee the Trusts
investment performance relative to the Trusts investment
objectives, policies and practices. The Performance Oversight
Committees responsibilities include, without limitation:
(i) reviewing the Trusts investment objectives,
policies and practices; (ii) recommending to the Board any
required action in respect of changes in fundamental and
non-fundamental investment restrictions; (iii) reviewing
information on appropriate benchmarks and competitive universes;
(iv) reviewing the Trusts investment performance
relative to such benchmarks; (v) reviewing information on
unusual or exceptional investment matters; (vi) reviewing
whether the Trust has complied with its investment polices and
restrictions; and (vii) overseeing policies, procedures and
controls regarding valuation of the Trusts investments.
The Board has adopted a written charter for the Performance
Oversight Committee.
Executive Committee.
The Trust has an
Executive Committee composed of Richard E. Cavanagh and Karen P.
Robards, both of whom are Independent Trustees, and Paul L.
Audet, who serves as an interested Trustee. The principal
responsibilities of the Executive Committee include, without
limitation: (i) acting on routine matters
A-27
between meetings of the Board; (ii) acting on such matters
as may require urgent action between meetings of the Board; and
(iii) exercising such other authority as may from time to
time be delegated to the Executive Committee by the Board. The
Board has adopted a written charter for the Executive Committee.
As the Trust is a closed-end investment company with no prior
investment operations, no meetings of the above committees have
been held in the fiscal year, except that the Audit Committee
met in connection with the organization of the Trust to select
the Trusts independent registered public accounting firm.
Additionally, the Nominating and Governance Committee met in
connection with the organization of the Trust to approve certain
administrative matters.
Share
Ownership
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities Overseen by Trustees in
|
|
|
|
Dollar Range of Equity
|
|
|
the Family of Registered
|
|
Name of Trustee
|
|
Securities in the Trust(*)
|
|
|
Investment Companies
|
|
Independent Trustees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J. Castellano
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
over $100,000
|
|
Richard E. Cavanagh
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
over $100,000
|
|
Frank J. Fabozzi
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
over $100,000
|
|
Kathleen F. Feldstein
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
over $100,000
|
|
James T. Flynn
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
over $100,000
|
|
Jerrold B. Harris
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
over $100,000
|
|
R. Glenn Hubbard
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
over $100,000
|
|
W. Carl Kester
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
over $100,000
|
|
Karen P. Robards
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
over $100,000
|
|
Interested Trustees
|
Paul L. Audet
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
Henry Gabbay
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
over $100,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
As of December 31, 2010. The Trustees could not own shares
in the Trust as of this date because the Trust had not yet begun
investment operations. The term Family of Registered
Investment Companies refers to all registered investment
companies advised by the Advisors or an affiliate thereof.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms. Feldstein and Messrs. Hubbard and Castellano are
currently interested persons (as defined in the
Investment Company Act) of the Trust as a result of their
ownership of securities of one or more of the Trusts
underwriters. Ms. Feldstein and Messrs. Hubbard and
Castellano will cease to be interested persons once
such underwriters are no longer principal underwriters of the
Trust.
|
Compensation
of Trustees
Each Trustee (other than those who are employees or officers of
the Advisors) is paid an annual retainer of $250,000 per year
for his or her services as a Trustee of all BlackRock-advised
closed-end funds (the Closed-End Complex) that are
overseen by the respective director/trustee and each Trustee may
also receive a $10,000 board meeting fee for special unscheduled
meetings or meetings in excess of six Board meetings held in a
calendar year, together with
out-of-pocket
expenses in accordance with a Board policy on travel and other
business expenses relating to attendance at meetings. In
addition, the Chair and Vice-Chair of the Board are paid an
additional annual retainer of $120,000 and $40,000,
respectively. The Chairs of the Audit Committee, Compliance
Committee, Governance and Nominating Committee, and Performance
Oversight Committee are paid an additional annual retainer of
$35,000, $20,000, $10,000, and $20,000, respectively. Each Audit
Committee member is paid an additional annual retainer of
$25,000. The Trust pays a pro rata portion quarterly (based on
relative net assets) of the foregoing Trustee fees paid by the
funds in the Closed-End Complex.
Dr. Gabbay is an interested person of the Trust and serves
as an interested Trustee of three groups of BlackRock-advised
funds the Closed-End Complex and two complexes of
open-end funds (the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the
Equity-Bond Complex; each such complex, a
BlackRock Fund Complex). Dr. Gabbay
receives for his services as a Trustee of such BlackRock
Fund Complexes (i) an annual retainer of $487,500
allocated to the funds in these three BlackRock
Fund Complexes, including the Trust, based on their
A-28
relative net assets and (ii) with respect to each of the
two open-end BlackRock Fund Complexes, a Board meeting fee
of $3,750 (with respect to meetings of the Equity-Liquidity
Complex) and $18,750 (with respect to meetings of the
Equity-Bond Complex) to be paid for attendance at each Board
meeting up to five Board meetings held in a calendar year by
each such complex (compensation for meetings in excess of this
number to be determined on a
case-by-case
basis). Dr. Gabbay is also reimbursed for
out-of-pocket
expenses in accordance with a Board policy on travel and other
business expenses relating to attendance at meetings.
Dr. Gabbays compensation for serving on the boards of
the funds in these BlackRock Fund Complexes (including the
Trust) is equal to 75% of each retainer and, as applicable, of
each meeting fee (without regard to additional fees paid to
Board and Committee chairs) received by the Independent Trustees
serving on such boards. The Board of the Trust or of any other
fund in a BlackRock Fund Complex may modify the
Trustees compensation from time to time depending on
market conditions and Dr. Gabbays compensation would
be impacted by those modifications.
The Independent Trustees have agreed that a maximum of 50% of
each Independent Trustees total compensation paid by funds
in the Closed-End Complex may be deferred pursuant to the
Closed-End Complexs deferred compensation plan. Under the
deferred compensation plan, deferred amounts earn a return for
the Independent Trustees as though equivalent dollar amounts had
been invested in common shares of certain funds in the
Closed-End Complex selected by the Independent Trustees. This
has approximately the same economic effect for the Independent
Trustees as if they had invested the deferred amounts in such
funds in the Closed-End Complex. The deferred compensation plan
is not funded and obligations thereunder represent general
unsecured claims against the general assets of a fund and are
recorded as a liability for accounting purposes. A fund may,
however, elect to invest in common shares of those funds in the
Closed-End Complex selected by the Independent Trustees in order
to match its deferred compensation obligation.
The following table sets forth the estimated compensation that
each of the Trustees would have earned from the Trust for the
fiscal year ended October 31, 2010 and the aggregate
compensation paid to them by all funds in the Closed-End Complex
for the calendar year ended December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation from
|
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
the Trust and
|
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Closed-End
|
|
Name
|
|
from the Trust
|
|
|
Complex(1)
|
|
Independent Trustees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J. Castellano
|
|
$
|
2,367
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
(3)
|
Richard E. Cavanagh
|
|
$
|
3,185
|
|
|
$
|
395,000
|
(2)
|
Frank J. Fabozzi
|
|
$
|
2,540
|
|
|
$
|
320,000
|
(4)
|
Kathleen F. Feldstein
|
|
$
|
2,152
|
|
|
$
|
270,000
|
(5)
|
James T. Flynn
|
|
$
|
2,367
|
|
|
$
|
275,000
|
(6)
|
Jerrold B. Harris
|
|
$
|
2,324
|
|
|
$
|
275,000
|
(7)
|
R. Glenn Hubbard
|
|
$
|
2,238
|
|
|
$
|
260,000
|
(8)
|
W. Carl Kester
|
|
$
|
2,367
|
|
|
$
|
300,000
|
(9)
|
Karen P. Robards
|
|
$
|
3,013
|
|
|
$
|
400,000
|
(10)
|
Interested Trustees
|
Paul L. Audet
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
(11)
|
Henry Gabbay
|
|
$
|
1,829
|
|
|
$
|
212,500
|
(12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms. Feldstein and Messrs. Hubbard and Castellano are
currently interested persons (as defined in the
Investment Company Act) of the Trust as a result of their
ownership of securities of one or more of the Trusts
underwriters. Ms. Feldstein and Messrs. Hubbard and
Castellano will cease to be interested persons once
such underwriters are no longer principal underwriters of the
Trust.
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents the aggregate compensation earned by such persons
from the Closed-End Complex during the calendar year ended
December 31, 2010. Of this amount, Mr. Cavanagh,
Dr. Fabozzi, Dr. Feldstein, Mr. Flynn,
|
A-29
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Harris, Dr. Kester and Ms. Robards deferred
$37,000, $14,750, $81,000, $137,500, $125,000, $75,000 and
$35,000, respectively, pursuant to the Closed-End Complexs
deferred compensation plan. In addition, during the calendar
year ended December 31, 2010, Mr. Cavanagh,
Dr. Fabozzi, Dr. Feldstein and Dr. Hubbard
received $24,857, $7,591, $3,478 and $18,883, respectively, due
to deferred compensation payments in connection with fund
liquidations.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End
Complex to Trustee is $452,570 as of December 31, 2010.
Also a member of the AMPS Committee for certain funds in the
Closed-End Complex and, as such, was paid a retainer of $25,000
for the year ended December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Mr. Castellano was appointed to the Boards of
Directors/Trustees of the funds in the Closed-End Complex on
April 14, 2011. Therefore, for the purposes of this table,
he received no compensation from the Closed-End Complex during
the calendar year ended December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End
Complex to Trustee is $422,019 as of December 31, 2010.
Also a member of the AMPS Committee for certain funds in the
Closed-End Complex and, as such, was paid a retainer of $25,000
for the year ended December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End
Complex to Trustee is $410,327 as of December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End
Complex to Trustee is $547,940 as of December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
(7)
|
|
Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End
Complex to Trustee is $498,128 as of December 31, 2010.
Received a retainer of $25,000 for the year ended
December 31, 2010 as a member of the Joint Product Pricing
Committee, which is an ad hoc committee of the Boards of
Directors/Trustees of the other funds in the BlackRock
Fund Complexes.
|
|
|
|
(8)
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, Dr. Hubbard did not
participate in the deferred compensation plan. Dr. Hubbard
previously participated in the deferred compensation plan and is
owed $705,827 by the Closed-End Complex as of December 31,
2010 pursuant to such plan.
|
|
|
|
(9)
|
|
Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End
Complex to Trustee is $298,877 as of December 31, 2010.
Also a member of the AMPS Committee for certain funds in the
Closed-End Complex and, as such, was paid a retainer of $25,000
for the year ended December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
(10)
|
|
Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End
Complex to Trustee is $286,081 as of December 31, 2010.
Also a member of the AMPS Committee for certain funds in the
Closed-End Complex and, as such, was paid a retainer of $25,000
for the year ended December 31, 2010. Received a retainer
of $25,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 as a member
of the Joint Product Pricing Committee, which is an ad hoc
committee of the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the other funds
in the BlackRock Fund Complexes.
|
|
|
|
(11)
|
|
Mr. Audet serves without compensation from the Trust
because of his affiliation with BlackRock, Inc. and the Advisors.
|
|
|
|
(12)
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, Mr. Gabbay did not
participate in the deferred compensation plan. Also a member of
the AMPS Committee for certain funds in the Closed-End Complex
and, as such, was paid a retainer of $25,000 for the year ended
December 31, 2010.
|
Independent
Trustee Ownership of Securities
As of September 30, 2011, the Independent Trustees (and
their respective immediate family members) did not beneficially
own securities of the Advisors, or an entity controlling,
controlled by or under common control with the Advisors (not
including registered investment companies).
As of September 30, 2011, as a group, Trustees and officers
owned less than 1% of the outstanding common shares in the Trust
because the Trust is commencing its offering coincident with the
date of the prospectus. Prior to this offering, all of the
outstanding shares of the Trust were owned by an affiliate of
the Advisors.
A-30
Information
Pertaining to the Officers
The officers of the Trust, their year of birth and their
principal occupations during the past five years (their titles
may have varied during that period) are shown in the tables
below. The address of each officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park
Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10055.
Each officer is an interested person of the Trust
(as defined in the Investment Company Act) by virtue of that
individuals position with BlackRock or its affiliates
described in the table below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name, Address
|
|
Position(s)
|
|
Length of
|
|
Principal Occupations(s)
|
and Year of Birth
|
|
Held with Trust
|
|
Time Served
|
|
During Past 5 Years
|
John Perlowski
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1964
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
Since 2011
|
|
Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2009; Global Head of
BlackRock Fund Administration since 2009; Managing Director
and Chief Operating Officer of the Global Product Group at
Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. from 2003 to 2009;
Treasurer of Goldman Sachs Mutual Funds from 2003 to 2009 and
Senior Vice President thereof from 2007 to 2009; Director of
Goldman Sachs Offshore Funds from 2002 to 2009; Director of
Family Resource Network (charitable foundation) since 2009.
|
Anne F. Ackerley
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1962
|
|
Vice President
|
|
Since 2011
|
|
Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2000; President and
Chief Executive Officer of the BlackRock-advised funds from 2009
to 2011; Vice President of the BlackRock-advised funds from 2007
to 2009; Chief Operating Officer of BlackRocks Global
Client Group since 2009; Chief Operating Officer of
BlackRocks U.S. Retail Group from 2006 to 2009; Head of
BlackRocks Mutual Fund Group from 2000 to 2006.
|
Brendan Kyne
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1977
|
|
Vice President
|
|
Since 2011
|
|
Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2010; Director of
BlackRock, Inc. from 2008 to 2009; Head of Product Development
and Management for BlackRocks U.S. Retail Group since 2009
and Co-head thereof from 2007 to 2009; Vice President of
BlackRock, Inc. from 2005 to 2008.
|
Neal J. Andrews
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1966
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
Since 2011
|
|
Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2006; Senior Vice
President and Line of Business Head of Fund Accounting and
Administration at PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.
from 1992 to 2006.
|
Jay M. Fife
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1970
|
|
Treasurer
|
|
Since 2011
|
|
Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2007; Director of
BlackRock, Inc. in 2006; Assistant Treasurer of the MLIM and
Fund Asset Management, L.P. advised funds from 2005 to
2006; Director of MLIM Fund Services Group from 2001 to
2006.
|
Brian P. Kindelan
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1959
|
|
Chief Compliance Officer
|
|
Since 2011
|
|
Chief Compliance Officer of the BlackRock-advised funds since
2007; Managing Director and Senior Counsel of BlackRock, Inc.
since 2005.
|
Ira P. Shapiro
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
1963
|
|
Secretary
|
|
Since 2011
|
|
Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2009; Managing
Director and Associate General Counsel of Barclays Global
Investors from 2008 to 2009 and Principal thereof from 2004 to
2008.
|
With the exception of the Chief Compliance Officer, officers
receive no compensation from the Trust. The Trust compensates
the Chief Compliance Officer for his services as its Chief
Compliance Officer.
Principal
Owners of Common Shares
Prior to the public offering of the Common Shares, an affiliate
of the Advisors purchased Common Shares from the Trust in an
amount satisfying the net worth requirements of
Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act, which requires the Trust to
have a net worth of at least $100,000 prior to making a public
offering. As of the date of this Prospectus, this affiliate of
the Advisors owned 100% of the Trusts outstanding Common
Shares and therefore may be deemed
A-31
to control the Trust until such time as it owns less than 25%
of the Trusts outstanding Common Shares, which is expected
to occur upon the closing of this offering.
Trust Management
Portfolio Manager Assets Under Management.
The
following table sets forth information about funds and accounts
other than the Trust for which the portfolio managers are
primarily responsible for the
day-to-day
portfolio management as of September 30, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Other Accounts Assets for
|
|
|
Number of Other Accounts Managed
|
|
Which Advisory Fee is
|
|
|
and Assets by Account Type
|
|
Performance-Based
|
|
|
Other
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
Registered
|
|
Pooled
|
|
|
|
Registered
|
|
Pooled
|
|
|
Name of
|
|
Investment
|
|
Investment
|
|
Other
|
|
Investment
|
|
Investment
|
|
Other
|
Portfolio Manager
|
|
Companies
|
|
Vehicles
|
|
Accounts
|
|
Companies
|
|
Vehicles
|
|
Accounts
|
|
Kathleen M. Anderson
|
|
13
$17.51 billion
|
|
2
$120.97 million
|
|
3
$90.07 million
|
|
0
$0
|
|
0
$0
|
|
0
$0
|
Robert M. Shearer
|
|
15
$18.66 billion
|
|
2
$120.97 million
|
|
3
$90.07 million
|
|
0
$0
|
|
0
$0
|
|
0
$0
|
Kyle G. McClements
|
|
15
$6.34 billion
|
|
2
$142.75 million
|
|
1
$12.24 million
|
|
0
$0
|
|
0
$0
|
|
0
$0
|
Dan Neumann
|
|
2
$1.38 billion
|
|
0
$0
|
|
0
$0
|
|
0
$0
|
|
0
$0
|
|
0
$0
|
Christopher Accettella
|
|
1
$694.33 million
|
|
0
$0
|
|
0
$0
|
|
0
$0
|
|
0
$0
|
|
0
$0
|
Portfolio Manager Compensation
Overview.
BlackRocks financial arrangements
with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and
its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior
management places on key resources. Compensation may include a
variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a
number of factors. The principal components of compensation
include a base salary, a performance-based discretionary bonus,
participation in various benefits programs and one or more of
the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock,
such as its Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan.
Base Compensation
.
Generally, portfolio
managers receive base compensation based on their seniority
and/or
their
position with the firm. Senior portfolio managers who perform
additional management functions within the portfolio management
group or within BlackRock may receive additional compensation
for serving in these other capacities.
Discretionary Incentive
Compensation
.
Discretionary incentive
compensation for Kathleen Anderson, Robert Shearer and Dan
Neumann is based on a formulaic compensation program.
BlackRocks formulaic portfolio manager compensation
program is based on team revenue and pre-tax investment
performance relative to appropriate competitors or benchmarks
over 1-, 3- and
5-year
performance periods. A smaller element of discretionary
compensation for these portfolio managers may include
consideration of: financial results, expense control, profit
margins, strategic planning and implementation, quality of
client service, market share, corporate reputation, capital
allocation, compliance and risk control, leadership, technology
and innovation. These factors are considered collectively by
BlackRock management and the applicable chief investment
officers.
Discretionary incentive compensation for Kyle McClements and
Christopher Accettella is a function of several components: the
performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the portfolio
managers group within BlackRock, the investment
performance, including risk-adjusted returns, of the firms
assets under management or supervision by that portfolio manager
relative to predetermined benchmarks, and the individuals
performance and contribution to the overall performance of the
funds and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and
BlackRock.
A-32
In terms of benchmarks for each of the Trusts named
portfolio managers, in most cases, the benchmarks are the same
as the benchmark(s) against which the performance of the funds
or other accounts managed by the portfolio managers are
measured. BlackRocks chief investment officers determine
the benchmarks or rankings against which the performance of
funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager or
portfolio management team is compared and the period of time
over which performance is evaluated. With respect to each of the
named portfolio managers, such benchmarks include the following:
|
|
|
Portfolio Manager
|
|
Applicable Benchmarks
|
|
Kathleen M. Anderson
|
|
Lipper Equity Income Funds, Lipper Natural Resources Funds and
Lipper Utility Funds classifications.
|
Robert M. Shearer
|
|
Lipper Equity Income Funds, Lipper Natural Resources Funds and
Lipper Utility Funds classifications.
|
Kyle G. McClements
|
|
None.
|
Dan Neumann
|
|
A customized benchmark combining Wilshire and MSCI Energy
indices.
|
Chris Accettella
|
|
None.
|
Distribution of Discretionary Incentive
Compensation
.
Discretionary incentive
compensation is distributed to portfolio managers in a
combination of cash and BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units
which vest ratably over a number of years. For some portfolio
managers, discretionary incentive compensation is also
distributed in deferred cash awards that notionally track the
returns of select BlackRock investment products they manage and
that vest ratably over a number of years. The BlackRock, Inc.
restricted stock units, upon vesting, will be settled in
BlackRock, Inc. common stock. Typically, the cash bonus, when
combined with base salary, represents more than 60% of total
compensation for the portfolio managers. Paying a portion of
annual bonuses in stock puts compensation earned by a portfolio
manager for a given year at risk based on
BlackRocks ability to sustain and improve its performance
over future periods. Providing a portion of annual bonuses in
deferred cash awards that notionally track the BlackRock
investment products they manage provides direct alignment with
investment product results.
Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan
(LTIP)
.
From time to time,
long-term incentive equity awards are granted to certain key
employees to aid in retention, align their interests with
long-term shareholder interests and motivate performance. Equity
awards are generally granted in the form of BlackRock restricted
stock units that, once vested, settle in BlackRock, Inc. common
stock. Kathleen Anderson, Robert Shearer, Kyle McClements and
Dan Neumann have each received awards under the LTIP.
Deferred Compensation Program
.
A
portion of the compensation paid to eligible BlackRock employees
may be voluntarily deferred into an account that tracks the
performance of certain of the firms investment products.
Each participant in the deferred compensation program is
permitted to allocate his deferred amounts among the various
investment options. Kathleen Anderson, Robert Shearer, Kyle
McClements, Dan Neumann and Chris Accettella have each
participated in the deferred compensation program.
Other Compensation Benefits
.
In
addition to base compensation and discretionary incentive
compensation, portfolio managers may be eligible to receive or
participate in one or more of the following:
Incentive Savings Plans
.
BlackRock,
Inc. has created a variety of incentive savings plans in which
BlackRock employees are eligible to participate, including a
401(k) plan, the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan
(RSP), and the BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase
Plan (ESPP). The employer contribution components of
the RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 6% of
eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $4,000 per year,
and a company retirement contribution equal to 3-5% of eligible
compensation. The RSP offers a range of investment options,
including registered investment companies managed by the firm.
BlackRock contributions follow the investment direction set by
participants for their own contributions or, absent employee
investment direction, are invested into a balanced portfolio.
The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock common stock at a 5%
discount on the fair market value of the stock on the purchase
date. Annual participation in the ESPP is limited to the
purchase of 1,000 shares or a dollar value of $25,000. Each
portfolio manager is eligible to participate in these plans.
A-33
Securities Ownership of Portfolio
Managers.
The Trust is a newly-organized
investment company. Accordingly, as of the date of this SAI,
none of the portfolio managers beneficially owned any securities
issued by the Trust.
Potential Material Conflicts of
Interest.
Real, potential or apparent conflicts
of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has
day-to-day
portfolio management responsibilities with respect to more than
one fund or account.
BlackRock has built a professional working environment,
firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and
systems designed to protect against potential incentives that
may favor one account over another. BlackRock has adopted
policies and procedures that address the allocation of
investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions,
personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of
interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts
are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, BlackRock
furnishes investment management and advisory services to
numerous clients in addition to the Trust, and BlackRock may,
consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations
to other clients or accounts (including accounts which are hedge
funds or have performance or higher fees paid to BlackRock, or
in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the
receipt of such fees), which may be the same as or different
from those made to the Trust. In addition, BlackRock, its
affiliates and significant shareholders and any officer,
director, stockholder or employee may or may not have an
interest in the securities whose purchase and sale BlackRock
recommends to the Trust. BlackRock, or any of its affiliates or
significant shareholders, or any officer, director, stockholder,
employee or any member of their families may take different
actions than those recommended to the Trust by BlackRock with
respect to the same securities. Moreover, BlackRock may refrain
from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of
companies of which any of BlackRocks (or its
affiliates or significant shareholders) officers,
directors or employees are directors or officers, or companies
as to which BlackRock or any of its affiliates or significant
shareholders or the officers, directors and employees of any of
them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material
non-public information. Each portfolio manager also may manage
accounts whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to
the strategy utilized for a fund. In this connection, it should
be noted that a portfolio manager may currently manage certain
accounts that are subject to performance fees. In addition, a
portfolio manager may assist in managing certain hedge funds and
may be entitled to receive a portion of any incentive fees
earned on such funds and a portion of such incentive fees may be
voluntarily or involuntarily deferred. Additional portfolio
managers may in the future manage other such accounts or funds
and may be entitled to receive incentive fees.
As a fiduciary, BlackRock owes a duty of loyalty to its clients
and must treat each client fairly. When BlackRock purchases or
sells securities for more than one account, the trades must be
allocated in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties.
BlackRock attempts to allocate investments in a fair and
equitable manner among client accounts, with no account
receiving preferential treatment. To this end, BlackRock has
adopted policies that are intended to ensure that investment
opportunities are allocated fairly and equitably among client
accounts over time. These policies also seek to achieve
reasonable efficiency in client transactions and provide
BlackRock with sufficient flexibility to allocate investments in
a manner that is consistent with the particular investment
discipline and client base, as appropriate.
Proxy
Voting Policies
The Board has delegated the voting of proxies for the
Trusts securities to the Advisor pursuant to the
Advisors proxy voting guidelines. Under these guidelines,
the Advisor will vote proxies related to Trust securities in the
best interests of the Trust and its shareholders. From time to
time, a vote may present a conflict between the interests of the
Trusts shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the
Advisor, or any affiliated person of the Trust or the Advisor,
on the other. In such event, provided that the Advisors
Equity Investment Policy Oversight Committee, or a
sub-committee
thereof (the Committee) is aware of the real or
potential conflict, if the matter to be voted on represents a
material, non-routine matter and if the Committee does not
reasonably believe it is able to follow its general voting
guidelines (or if the particular proxy matter is not addressed
in the guidelines) and vote impartially, the Committee may
retain an independent fiduciary to advise the Committee on how
to vote or to cast votes on behalf of the Advisors
clients. If the Advisor determines not to retain an independent
fiduciary, or does not desire to follow the advice of such
independent fiduciary, the Committee shall determine how to vote
the proxy after
A-34
consulting with the Advisors Portfolio Management Group
and/or
the
Advisors Legal and Compliance Department and
concluding that the vote cast is in its clients best
interest notwithstanding the conflict. A copy of the
Trusts Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures is included as
Appendix B to this SAI. Information regarding how the Trust
voted proxies relating to portfolio securities for the
12-month
period ending June 30 will be available (i) without
charge, upon request, by calling
(800) 441-7762;
and (ii) on the Securities and Exchange Commissions
website at
http://www.sec.gov
.
Codes of
Ethics
The Trust and the Advisors have adopted codes of ethics pursuant
to
Rule 17j-1
under the Investment Company Act. These codes permit personnel
subject to the codes to invest in securities, including
securities that may be purchased or held by the Trust. These
codes can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange
Commissions Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C.
Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be
obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at
(202) 551-8090.
These codes of ethics are available on the EDGAR Database on the
Securities and Exchange Commissions website
(http://www.sec.gov),
and copies of these codes may be obtained, after paying a
duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following
e-mail
address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the Securities and
Exchange Commissions Public Reference Section,
Washington, D.C.
20549-0102.
Other
Information
BlackRock is independent in ownership and governance, with no
single majority stockholder and a majority of independent
directors. As of June 30, 2011, PNC Financial Services
Group, Inc. (PNC) owned 21.7% of BlackRock, Barclays
PLC (Barclays) owned 19.7%, and institutional
investors, employees and the public hold economic interests of
58.6%. With regard to voting stock, PNC owned 24.6%, Barclays
owned 2.2%, and institutional investors, employees and the
public own 73.2% of voting shares.
Prior to the June 1, 2011 repurchase of Bank of America
Corporations (Bank of America) ownership
interest in BlackRock, PNC owned 20.2% of BlackRock, Barclays
owned 19.5%, Bank of America, through its subsidiary Merrill
Lynch & Co. Inc., owned 7.1%, and institutional
investors, employees and the public held economic interests of
53.2%. With regard to voting stock, PNC owned 25.1%, Barclays
owned 2.3%, and institutional investors, employees and the
public owned 72.6% of voting shares; Bank of America did not
hold any voting stock.
PORTFOLIO
TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
The Advisor and the
Sub-Advisors
are responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the
Trust, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the
transactions and the negotiation of prices and any brokerage
commissions. The securities in which the Trust invests are
traded principally in the
over-the-counter
market. In the
over-the-counter
market, securities are generally traded on a net
basis with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts
without a stated commission, although the price of such
securities usually includes a
mark-up
to
the dealer. Securities purchased in underwritten offerings
generally include, in the price, a fixed amount of compensation
for the manager(s), underwriter(s) and dealer(s). The Trust may
also purchase certain money market instruments directly from an
issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid.
Purchases and sales of bonds on a stock exchange are effected
through brokers who charge a commission for their services.
The Advisor and the
Sub-Advisors
are responsible for effecting securities transactions of the
Trust and will do so in a manner deemed fair and reasonable to
shareholders of the Trust and not according to any formula. The
Advisors and the
Sub-Advisors
primary considerations in selecting the manner of executing
securities transactions for the Trust will be prompt execution
of orders, the size and breadth of the market for the security,
the reliability, integrity and financial condition and execution
capability of the firm, the difficulty in executing the order,
and the best net price. There are many instances when, in the
judgment of the Advisor or the
Sub-Advisors,
more than one firm can offer comparable execution services. In
selecting among such firms, consideration is given to those
firms which supply research and other services in addition to
execution services. Consideration may also be given to the
A-35
sale of shares of the Trust. However, it is not the policy of
BlackRock, absent special circumstances, to pay higher
commissions to a firm because it has supplied such research or
other services.
The Advisor and the
Sub-Advisors
are able to fulfill their obligation to furnish a continuous
investment program to the Trust without receiving research or
other information from brokers; however, each considers access
to such information to be an important element of financial
management. Although such information is considered useful, its
value is not determinable, as it must be reviewed and
assimilated by the Advisor
and/or
the
Sub-Advisors,
and does not reduce the Advisors
and/or
the
Sub-Advisors
normal research activities in rendering investment advice under
the investment management agreement or the
sub-investment
advisory agreements. It is possible that the Advisors
and/or
the
Sub-Advisors
expenses could be materially increased if it attempted to
purchase this type of information or generate it through its own
staff.
One or more of the other investment companies or accounts which
the Advisor
and/or
the
Sub-Advisors
manage may own from time to time some of the same investments as
the Trust. Investment decisions for the Trust are made
independently from those of such other investment companies or
accounts; however, from time to time, the same investment
decision may be made for more than one company or account. When
two or more companies or accounts seek to purchase or sell the
same securities, the securities actually purchased or sold will
be allocated among the companies and accounts on a good faith
equitable basis by the Advisor
and/or
the
Sub-Advisors
in their discretion in accordance with the accounts
various investment objectives. In some cases, this system may
adversely affect the price or size of the position obtainable
for the Trust. In other cases, however, the ability of the Trust
to participate in volume transactions may produce better
execution for the Trust. It is the opinion of the Trusts
Board that this advantage, when combined with the other benefits
available due to the Advisors or the
Sub-Advisors
organization, outweighs any disadvantages that may be said to
exist from exposure to simultaneous transactions.
The Trust has received an exemptive order from the SEC
permitting it to lend portfolio securities to its affiliates.
Pursuant to that order, the Trust also has retained an
affiliated entity of the Advisor as the securities lending agent
(the lending agent) for a fee, including a fee based
on a share of the returns on investment of cash collateral. In
connection with securities lending activities, the lending agent
may, on behalf of the Trust, invest cash collateral received by
that Trust for such loans, among other things, in a private
investment company managed by the lending agent or in registered
money market funds advised by the Advisor or its affiliates.
Pursuant to the same order, the Trust may invest its uninvested
cash in registered money market funds advised by the Advisor or
its affiliates, or in a private investment company managed by
the lending agent. If the Trust acquires shares in either the
private investment company or an affiliated money market fund,
shareholders would bear both their proportionate share of the
Trusts expenses and, indirectly, the expenses of such
other entities. However, in accordance with the exemptive order,
the investment adviser to the private investment company will
not charge any advisory fees with respect to shares purchased by
the Trust. Such shares also will not be subject to a sales load,
redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee, or in the case
of the shares of an affiliated money market fund, the payment of
any such sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service
fee will be offset by the Advisors waiver of a portion of
its advisory fee.
It is not the Trusts policy to engage in transactions with
the objective of seeking profits from short-term trading.
However, the annual portfolio turnover rate of the trust may be
greater than 100%. Because it is difficult to predict accurately
portfolio turnover rates, actual turnover may be higher or
lower. Higher portfolio turnover results in increased Trust
costs, including brokerage commissions, dealer
mark-ups
and
other transaction costs on the sale of securities and on the
reinvestment in other securities.
CONFLICTS
OF INTEREST
Barclays and PNC each have a significant economic interest in
BlackRock, Inc., the parent of the Advisors. PNC is considered
to be an affiliate of BlackRock, Inc., under the Investment
Company Act. Certain activities of the Advisors, BlackRock, Inc.
and their affiliates (collectively, BlackRock) and
PNC and its affiliates (collectively, PNC and
together with BlackRock, Affiliates), and those of
Barclays and its affiliates (the Barclays Entities),
with respect to the Trust
and/or
other
accounts managed by BlackRock, PNC or Barclays Entities, may
give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest, such as
those described below.
A-36
BlackRock is one of the worlds largest asset management
firms. PNC is a diversified financial services organization
spanning the retail, business and corporate markets. Barclays is
a major global financial services provider engaged in a range of
activities including retail and commercial banking, credit
cards, investment banking, and wealth management. BlackRock and
PNC are affiliates of one another under the Investment Company
Act. BlackRock, PNC, Barclays and their respective affiliates
(including, for these purposes, their directors, partners,
trustees, managing members, officers and employees), including
the entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment
activities and business operations of the Trust, are engaged
worldwide in businesses, including equity, fixed income, cash
management and alternative investments, and have interests other
than that of managing the Trust. These are considerations of
which investors in the Trust should be aware, and which may
cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Trust
and its shareholders. These activities and interests include
potential multiple advisory, transactional, financial and other
interests in securities and other instruments, and companies
that may be purchased or sold by the Trust.
BlackRock and its Affiliates, as well as the Barclays Entities,
have proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with
respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and
other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have
investment objectives similar to those of the Trust
and/or
that
engage in transactions in the same types of securities,
currencies and instruments as the Trust. One or more Affiliates
and Barclays Entities are also major participants in the global
currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case
both on a proprietary basis and for the accounts of customers.
As such, one or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities are or may
be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities,
currencies, and instruments in which the Trust may invest. Such
activities could affect the prices and availability of the
securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Trust
invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Trusts
performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most
proprietary accounts or customer accounts, will be executed
independently of the Trusts transactions and thus at
prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those
obtained by the Trust.
When BlackRock and its Affiliates or the Barclays Entities seek
to purchase or sell the same assets for their managed accounts,
the assets actually purchased or sold may be allocated among the
accounts on a basis determined in their good faith discretion to
be equitable. In some cases, this system may adversely affect
the size or price of the assets purchased or sold for the Trust.
In addition, transactions in investments by one or more other
accounts managed by BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays
Entity may have the effect of diluting or otherwise
disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of
the Trust, particularly, but not limited to, with respect to
small capitalization, emerging market or less liquid strategies.
This may occur when investment decisions regarding the Trust are
based on research or other information that is also used to
support decisions for other accounts. When BlackRock or its
Affiliates or a Barclays Entity implements a portfolio decision
or strategy on behalf of another account ahead of, or
contemporaneously with, similar decisions or strategies for the
Trust, market impact, liquidity constraints, or other factors
could result in the Trust receiving less favorable trading
results and the costs of implementing such decisions or
strategies could be increased or the Trust could otherwise be
disadvantaged. BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity
may, in certain cases, elect to implement internal policies and
procedures designed to limit such consequences, which may cause
the Trust to be unable to engage in certain activities,
including purchasing or disposing of securities, when it might
otherwise be desirable for it to do so.
Conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding
the Trust may benefit other accounts managed by BlackRock or its
Affiliates or a Barclays Entity. For example, the sale of a long
position or establishment of a short position by the Trust may
impair the price of the same security sold short by (and
therefore benefit) one or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities
or their other accounts, and the purchase of a security or
covering of a short position in a security by the Trust may
increase the price of the same security held by (and therefore
benefit) one or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities or their
other accounts.
BlackRock and its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity and their
clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer
in which the Trust has invested, and those activities may have
an adverse effect on the Trust. As a result, prices,
availability, liquidity and terms of the Trusts
investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of
BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity or their
clients, and transactions for the Trust may be impaired or
effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than
would otherwise have been the case.
A-37
The results of the Trusts investment activities may differ
significantly from the results achieved by BlackRock and its
Affiliates or the Barclays Entities for their proprietary
accounts or other accounts (including investment companies or
collective investment vehicles) managed or advised by them. It
is possible that one or more Affiliate- or Barclays
Entity-managed accounts and such other accounts will achieve
investment results that are substantially more or less favorable
than the results achieved by the Trust. Moreover, it is possible
that the Trust will sustain losses during periods in which one
or more Affiliates or Barclays Entity-managed accounts achieve
significant profits on their trading for proprietary or other
accounts. The opposite result is also possible. The investment
activities of one or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities for
their proprietary accounts and accounts under their management
may also limit the investment opportunities for the Trust in
certain emerging and other markets in which limitations are
imposed upon the amount of investment, in the aggregate or in
individual issuers, by affiliated foreign investors.
From time to time, the Trusts activities may also be
restricted because of regulatory restrictions applicable to one
or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities,
and/or
their
internal policies designed to comply with such restrictions. As
a result, there may be periods, for example, when BlackRock,
and/or
one
or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities, will not initiate or
recommend certain types of transactions in certain securities or
instruments with respect to which BlackRock
and/or
one
or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities are performing services
or when position limits have been reached.
In connection with its management of the Trust, BlackRock may
have access to certain fundamental analysis and proprietary
technical models developed by one or more Affiliates or Barclays
Entities. BlackRock will not be under any obligation, however,
to effect transactions on behalf of the Trust in accordance with
such analysis and models. In addition, neither BlackRock nor any
of its Affiliates, nor any Barclays Entity, will have any
obligation to make available any information regarding their
proprietary activities or strategies, or the activities or
strategies used for other accounts managed by them, for the
benefit of the management of the Trust and it is not anticipated
that BlackRock will have access to such information for the
purpose of managing the Trust. The proprietary activities or
portfolio strategies of BlackRock and its Affiliates and the
Barclays Entities, or the activities or strategies used for
accounts managed by them or other customer accounts could
conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by
BlackRock in managing the Trust.
In addition, certain principals and certain employees of
BlackRock are also principals or employees of BlackRock or
another Affiliate. As a result, the performance by these
principals and employees of their obligations to such other
entities may be a consideration of which investors in the Trust
should be aware.
BlackRock may enter into transactions and invest in securities,
instruments and currencies on behalf of the Trust in which
customers of BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity,
or, to the extent permitted by the SEC, BlackRock or another
Affiliate or a Barclays Entity, serves as the counterparty,
principal or issuer. In such cases, such partys interests
in the transaction will be adverse to the interests of the
Trust, and such party may have no incentive to assure that the
Trust obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection
with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and
sale of such investments by the Trust may enhance the
profitability of BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays
Entity. One or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities may also
create, write or issue derivatives for their customers, the
underlying securities, currencies or instruments of which may be
those in which the Trust invests or which may be based on the
performance of the Trust. The Trust may, subject to applicable
law, purchase investments that are the subject of an
underwriting or other distribution by one or more Affiliates or
Barclays Entities and may also enter into transactions with
other clients of an Affiliate or Barclays Entity where such
other clients have interests adverse to those of the Trust.
At times, these activities may cause departments of BlackRock or
its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity to give advice to clients
that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the
interests of the Trust. To the extent affiliated transactions
are permitted, the Trust will deal with BlackRock and its
Affiliates or Barclays Entities on an arms-length basis.
BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity may also have
an ownership interest in certain trading or information systems
used by the Trust. The Trusts use of such trading or
information systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock
and its Affiliates or Barclays Entities.
One or more Affiliates or one of the Barclays Entities may act
as broker, dealer, agent, lender or adviser or in other
commercial capacities for the Trust. It is anticipated that the
commissions,
mark-ups,
mark-downs, financial
A-38
advisory fees, underwriting and placement fees, sales fees,
financing and commitment fees, brokerage fees, other fees,
compensation or profits, rates, terms and conditions charged by
an Affiliate or Barclays Entity will be in its view commercially
reasonable, although each Affiliate or Barclays Entity,
including its sales personnel, will have an interest in
obtaining fees and other amounts that are favorable to the
Affiliate or Barclays Entity and such sales personnel.
Subject to applicable law, the Affiliates and Barclays Entities
(and their personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to
retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection
with their service to the Trust as broker, dealer, agent,
lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities and no
accounting to the Trust or its shareholders will be required,
and no fees or other compensation payable by the Trust or its
shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by an
Affiliate or Barclays Entity of any such fees or other amounts.
When an Affiliate or Barclays Entity acts as broker, dealer,
agent, adviser or in other commercial capacities in relation to
the Trust, the Affiliate or Barclays Entity may take commercial
steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on
the Trust. The Trust will be required to establish business
relationships with its counterparties based on the Trusts
own credit standing. Neither BlackRock nor any of the
Affiliates, nor any Barclays Entity, will have any obligation to
allow their credit to be used in connection with the
Trusts establishment of its business relationships, nor is
it expected that the Trusts counterparties will rely on
the credit of BlackRock or any of the Affiliates or Barclays
Entities in evaluating the Trusts creditworthiness.
Purchases and sales of securities for the Trust may be bunched
or aggregated with orders for other BlackRock client accounts.
BlackRock and its Affiliates and the Barclays Entities, however,
are not required to bunch or aggregate orders if portfolio
management decisions for different accounts are made separately,
or if they determine that bunching or aggregating is not
practicable, required or with cases involving client direction.
Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the
receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of
securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various
prices may be averaged, and the Trust will be charged or
credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the
aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of
the Trust. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Trust
will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent
rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.
BlackRock may select brokers (including, without limitation,
Affiliates or Barclays Entities) that furnish BlackRock, the
Trust, other BlackRock client accounts or other Affiliates or
Barclays Entities or personnel, directly or through
correspondent relationships, with research or other appropriate
services which provide, in BlackRocks view, appropriate
assistance to BlackRock in the investment decision-making
process (including with respect to futures, fixed price
offerings and
over-the-counter
transactions). Such research or other services may include, to
the extent permitted by law, research reports on companies,
industries and securities; economic and financial data;
financial publications; proxy analysis; trade industry seminars;
computer data bases; research-oriented software; and other
services and products.
Research or other services obtained in this manner may be used
in servicing the Trust and other BlackRock client accounts,
including in connection with BlackRock client accounts other
than those that pay commissions to the broker relating to the
research or other service arrangements. Such products and
services may disproportionately benefit other BlackRock client
accounts relative to the Trust based on the amount of brokerage
commissions paid by the Trust and such other BlackRock client
accounts. For example, research or other services that are paid
for through one clients commissions may not be used in
managing that clients account. In addition, other
BlackRock client accounts may receive the benefit, including
disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price
discounts in connection with products and services that may be
provided to the Trust and to such other BlackRock client
accounts. To the extent that BlackRock uses soft dollars, it
will not have to pay for those products and services itself.
BlackRock may receive research that is bundled with the trade
execution, clearing,
and/or
settlement services provided by a particular broker-dealer. To
the extent that BlackRock receives research on this basis, many
of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may
exist. For example, the research effectively will be paid by
client commissions that also will be used to pay for the
execution, clearing, and settlement services provided by the
broker-dealer and will not be paid by BlackRock.
A-39
BlackRock may endeavor to execute trades through brokers who,
pursuant to such arrangements, provide research or other
services in order to ensure the continued receipt of research or
other services BlackRock believes are useful in its investment
decision-making process. BlackRock may from time to time choose
not to engage in the above described arrangements to varying
degrees. BlackRock may also enter into commission sharing
arrangements under which BlackRock may execute transactions
through a broker-dealer, including, where permitted, an
Affiliate or Barclays Entity, and request that the broker-dealer
allocate a portion of the commissions or commission credits to
another firm that provides research to BlackRock. To the extent
that BlackRock engages in commission sharing arrangements, many
of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may
exist.
BlackRock may utilize certain electronic crossing networks
(ECNs) in executing client securities transactions
for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for
their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The
transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or
markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and,
like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be
included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees
may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with
executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the
Trust. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts
that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock.
This would have the effect of reducing the access fees paid by
BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its
obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client
transactions.
BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to
prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting
decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including
the Trust, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in
accordance with BlackRocks fiduciary obligations to its
clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting
policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of
BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other
clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock
and/or
its
Affiliates or a Barclays Entity, provided that BlackRock
believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its
fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these
policies and procedures, see Management of the
Trust Proxy Voting Policies.
It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock or its
Affiliates or a Barclays Entity may, although they are not
required to, purchase and hold shares of the Trust. Increasing
the Trusts assets may enhance investment flexibility and
diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that
tend to reduce the Trusts expense ratio.
It is possible that the Trust may invest in securities of
companies with which an Affiliate or a Barclays Entity has or is
trying to develop investment banking relationships as well as
securities of entities in which BlackRock or its Affiliates or a
Barclays Entity has significant debt or equity investments or in
which an Affiliate or Barclays Entity makes a market. The Trust
also may invest in securities of companies to which an Affiliate
or a Barclays Entity provides or may some day provide research
coverage. Such investments could cause conflicts between the
interests of the Trust and the interests of other clients of
BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity. In making
investment decisions for the Trust, BlackRock is not permitted
to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any
division, department or Affiliate of BlackRock or of a Barclays
Entity in the course of these activities. In addition, from time
to time, the activities of an Affiliate or a Barclays Entity may
limit the Trusts flexibility in purchases and sales of
securities. When an Affiliate is engaged in an underwriting or
other distribution of securities of an entity, BlackRock may be
prohibited from purchasing or recommending the purchase of
certain securities of that entity for the Trust.
BlackRock and its Affiliates and the Barclays Entities, their
personnel and other financial service providers have interests
in promoting sales of the Trust. With respect to BlackRock and
its Affiliates and Barclays Entities and their personnel, the
remuneration and profitability relating to services to and sales
of the Trust or other products may be greater than remuneration
and profitability relating to services to and sales of certain
funds or other products that might be provided or offered.
BlackRock and its Affiliates or Barclays Entities and their
sales personnel may directly or indirectly receive a portion of
the fees and commissions charged to the Trust or its
shareholders. BlackRock and its advisory or other personnel may
also benefit from increased amounts of assets under management.
Fees and commissions may also be higher than for other products
or services, and the remuneration and profitability to BlackRock
or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity and such personnel
resulting from transactions
A-40
on behalf of or management of the Trust may be greater than the
remuneration and profitability resulting from other funds or
products.
BlackRock and its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity and their
personnel may receive greater compensation or greater profit in
connection with an account for which BlackRock serves as an
adviser than with an account advised by an unaffiliated
investment adviser. Differentials in compensation may be related
to the fact that BlackRock may pay a portion of its advisory fee
to its Affiliate or to a Barclays Entity, or relate to
compensation arrangements, including for portfolio management,
brokerage transactions or account servicing. Any differential in
compensation may create a financial incentive on the part of
BlackRock or its Affiliates or Barclays Entities and their
personnel to recommend BlackRock over unaffiliated investment
advisers or to effect transactions differently in one account
over another.
BlackRock and its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity may provide
valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain
securities or other investments and the valuation
recommendations made for their clients accounts may differ
from the valuations for the same securities or investments
assigned by the Trusts pricing vendors, especially if such
valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data
sources unavailable to the Trusts pricing vendors. While
BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information
or determinations to the Trusts pricing vendors
and/or
fund
accountants, there may be instances where the Trusts
pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation
to a security or other investment than the valuation for such
security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trust may invest
all or some of its short term cash investments in any money
market fund or similarly-managed private fund or exchange-traded
fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any
such investments, the Trust, to the extent permitted by the
Investment Company Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money
market fund in which it invests, which may result in the Trust
bearing some additional expenses.
BlackRock and its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity and their
directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities
or other investments for their own accounts, and may have
conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf
of the Trust. As a result of differing trading and investment
strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors,
officers, employees and Affiliates of BlackRock or by Barclays
Entities that are the same, different from or made at different
times than positions taken for the Trust. To lessen the
possibility that the Trust will be adversely affected by this
personal trading, the Trust and BlackRock each have adopted a
Code of Ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the
Investment Company Act that restricts securities trading in the
personal accounts of investment professionals and others who
normally come into possession of information regarding the
Trusts portfolio transactions.
BlackRock and its Affiliates will not purchase securities or
other property from, or sell securities or other property to,
the Trust, except that the Trust may, in accordance with rules
adopted under the Investment Company Act, engage in transactions
with accounts that are affiliated with the Trust as a result of
common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant
to exemptive orders granted to the Trust
and/or
BlackRock by the SEC. These transactions would be affected in
circumstances in which BlackRock determined that it would be
appropriate for the Trust to purchase and another client of
BlackRock to sell, or the Trust, to sell and another client of
BlackRock to purchase, the same security or instrument on the
same day. From time to time, the activities of the Trust may be
restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to
BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity
and/or
BlackRocks internal policies designed to comply with,
limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such
requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be
subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods
when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of
transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit their advice in
certain securities or instruments issued by or related to
companies for which an Affiliate or a Barclays Entity is
performing investment banking, market making or other services
or has proprietary positions. For example, when an Affiliate is
engaged in an underwriting or other distribution of securities
of, or advisory services for, a company, the Trust may be
prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities
of that company. Similar situations could arise if personnel of
BlackRock or its Affiliates or a Barclays Entity serve as
directors of companies the securities of which the Trust wishes
to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law,
the Trust may purchase securities or instruments that are issued
by such companies or are the subject of an
A-41
underwriting, distribution, or advisory assignment by an
Affiliate or a Barclays Entity, or in cases in which personnel
of BlackRock or its Affiliates or of Barclays Entities are
directors or officers of the issuer. The investment activities
of one or more Affiliates or Barclays Entities for their
proprietary accounts and for client accounts may also limit the
investment strategies and rights of the Trust. For example, in
regulated industries, in certain emerging or international
markets, in corporate and regulatory ownership definitions, in
certain futures and derivative transactions, and to comply with
certain provisions of the Investment Company Act that prohibit
affiliated transactions there may be limits on the aggregate
amount of investment by affiliated investors that may not be
exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or
corporate consent or, if exceeded, may cause BlackRock, the
Trust or other client accounts to suffer disadvantages or
business restrictions. These limitations may cause the Trust to
invest in different portfolios than other BlackRock funds, which
may result in the Trust investing on less advantageous terms
that such other funds or in different types of securities, such
as non-voting securities, in order to comply with regulatory
requirements.
If certain aggregate ownership thresholds are reached or certain
transactions undertaken, the ability of BlackRock on behalf of
clients (including the Trust) to purchase or dispose of
investments, or exercise rights or undertake business
transactions, may be restricted by regulation or otherwise
impaired. As a result, BlackRock, on behalf of clients
(including the Trust), may limit purchases, sell existing
investments, or otherwise restrict or limit the exercise of
rights (including voting rights) when BlackRock, in its sole
discretion, deems it appropriate.
BlackRock and its Affiliates and Barclays Entities may maintain
securities indices as part of their product offerings.
Index-based funds seek to track the performance of securities
indices and may use the name of the index in the fund name.
Index providers, including BlackRock and its Affiliates and
Barclays Entities, may be paid licensing fees for use of their
index or index name. BlackRock and its Affiliates and Barclays
Entities will not be obligated to license their indices to
BlackRock, and BlackRock cannot be assured that the terms of any
index licensing agreement with BlackRock and its Affiliates and
Barclays Entities will be as favorable as those terms offered to
other index licensees.
BlackRock and its Affiliates and Barclays Entities may serve as
Authorized Participants in the creation and redemption of
exchange traded funds, including funds advised by affiliates of
BlackRock. BlackRock and its Affiliates and Barclays Entities
may therefore be deemed to be participants in a distribution of
such exchange traded funds, which could render them statutory
underwriters.
Custody arrangements may lead to potential conflicts of interest
with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees
and/or
reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses
of the Trust. This is because the custody arrangements with the
Custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the
Trust leaves cash balances uninvested. When the Trusts
actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction
in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers
and/or
reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the Trust.
This could be viewed as having the potential to provide
BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for a
Trust with an expense cap in order to offset fund custody fees
that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse. However,
BlackRocks portfolio managers do not intentionally keep
uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions
that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance.
Present and future activities of BlackRock and its Affiliates
and Barclays Entities, including BlackRock Advisors, LLC, in
addition to those described in this section, may give rise to
additional conflicts of interest.
DESCRIPTION
OF SHARES
Common
Shares
The Trust intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so
long as the common shares are listed on a national securities
exchange and such meetings are required as a condition to such
listing.
A-42
Preferred
Shares
The terms of preferred shares, if any, issued by the Trust,
including their dividend rate, voting rights, liquidation
preference and redemption provisions, would be determined by the
Board (subject to applicable law and the Trusts Agreement
and Declaration of Trust) if and when it authorizes a preferred
shares offering.
If the Board determines to proceed with an offering of preferred
shares, the terms of the preferred shares may be the same as, or
different from, the terms described below, subject to applicable
law and the Trusts Agreement and Declaration of Trust. The
Board, without the approval of the holders of common shares, may
authorize an offering of preferred shares or may determine not
to authorize such an offering, and may fix the terms of the
preferred shares to be offered.
Liquidation Preference.
In the event of any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up
of the Trust, the holders of any preferred shares then
outstanding would be entitled to receive a preferential
liquidating distribution, which is expected to equal the
original purchase price per preferred share plus accrued and
unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, before any
distribution of assets is made to holders of common shares.
After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution
to which they are entitled, the holders of preferred shares
would not be entitled to any further participation in any
distribution of assets by the Trust.
Voting Rights.
The Investment Company Act
requires that the holders of any preferred shares, voting
separately as a single class, have the right to elect at least
two trustees at all times. The remaining trustees will be
elected by holders of common shares and preferred shares, voting
together as a single class. In addition, subject to the prior
rights, if any, of the holders of any other class of senior
securities outstanding, the holders of any preferred shares have
the right to elect a majority of the trustees of the Trust at
any time two years dividends on any preferred shares are
unpaid. The Investment Company Act also requires that, in
addition to any approval by shareholders that might otherwise be
required, the approval of the holders of a majority of any
outstanding preferred shares, voting separately as a class,
would be required to (1) adopt any plan of reorganization
that would adversely affect the preferred shares, and
(2) take any action requiring a vote of security holders
under Section 13(a) of the Investment Company Act,
including, among other things, changes in the Trusts
subclassification as a closed-end investment company or changes
in its fundamental investment restrictions. See Certain
Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust in
the Trusts prospectus. As a result of these voting rights,
the Trusts ability to take any such actions may be impeded
to the extent that there are any preferred shares outstanding.
The Board anticipates that, except as otherwise indicated in the
prospectus and except as otherwise required by applicable law,
holders of preferred shares will have equal voting rights with
holders of common shares (one vote per share, unless otherwise
required by the Investment Company Act) and will vote together
with holders of common shares as a single class.
The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding preferred shares, voting as a separate class, will
be required to amend, alter or repeal any of the preferences,
rights or powers of holders of preferred shares so as to affect
materially and adversely such preferences, rights or powers, or
to increase or decrease the authorized number of preferred
shares. The class vote of holders of preferred shares described
above will in each case be in addition to any other vote
required to authorize the action in question.
Redemption, Purchase and Sale of Preferred Shares by the
Trust.
The terms of any preferred shares that may
be offered are expected to provide that (1) they are
redeemable by the Trust in whole or in part at the original
purchase price per share plus accrued dividends per share,
(2) the Trust may tender for or purchase preferred shares
and (3) the Trust may subsequently resell any shares so
tendered for or purchased. Any redemption or purchase of
preferred shares by the Trust will reduce the leverage
applicable to the common shares, while any resale of shares by
the Trust will increase that leverage.
Other
Shares
The Board (subject to applicable law and the Trusts
Agreement and Declaration of Trust) may authorize an offering,
without the approval of the holders of common shares and,
depending on their terms, any Preferred Shares outstanding at
that time, of other classes of shares, or other classes or
series of shares, as they determine to be necessary, desirable
or appropriate, having such terms, rights, preferences,
privileges, limitations and restrictions as
A-43
the Board sees fit. The Trust currently does not expect to issue
any other classes of shares, or series of shares, except for the
common shares.
REPURCHASE
OF COMMON SHARES
The Trust is a closed-end management investment company and as
such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Trust
to redeem their shares. Instead, the Trusts common shares
will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function
of several factors, including dividend levels (which are in turn
affected by expenses), net asset value, call protection,
dividend stability, relative demand for and supply of such
shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and
other factors. Because shares of a closed-end investment company
may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value, the
Board may consider action that might be taken to reduce or
eliminate any material discount from net asset value in respect
of common shares, which may include the repurchase of such
shares in the open market or in private transactions, the making
of a tender offer for such shares, or the conversion of the
Trust to an open-end investment company. The Board may decide
not to take any of these actions. In addition, there can be no
assurance that share repurchases or tender offers, if
undertaken, will reduce market discount.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time when the Trust has
Preferred Shares outstanding, the Trust may not purchase, redeem
or otherwise acquire any of its common shares unless
(1) all accrued Preferred Shares dividends have been paid
and (2) at the time of such purchase, redemption or
acquisition, the net asset value of the Trusts portfolio
(determined after deducting the acquisition price of the common
shares) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of any
outstanding Preferred Shares (expected to equal the original
purchase price per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends
thereon). Any service fees incurred in connection with any
tender offer made by the Trust will be borne by the Trust and
will not reduce the stated consideration to be paid to tendering
shareholders.
Subject to its investment restrictions, the Trust may borrow to
finance the repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer.
Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase
transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Trust in
anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the
Trusts net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or
borrowing that might be approved by the Board would have to
comply with the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act and the
rules and regulations thereunder.
Although the decision to take action in response to a discount
from net asset value will be made by the Board at the time it
considers such issue, it is the Boards present policy,
which may be changed by the Board, not to authorize repurchases
of common shares or a tender offer for such shares if:
(1) such transactions, if consummated, would
(a) result in the delisting of the common shares from the
New York Stock Exchange, or (b) impair the Trusts
status as a regulated investment company under the Code (which
would make the Trust a taxable entity, causing the Trusts
income to be taxed at the corporate level in addition to the
taxation of shareholders who receive dividends from the Trust)
or as a registered closed-end investment company under the
Investment Company Act; (2) the Trust would not be able to
liquidate portfolio securities in an orderly manner and
consistent with the Trusts investment objective and
policies in order to repurchase shares; or (3) there is, in
the Boards judgment, any (a) material legal action or
proceeding instituted or threatened challenging such
transactions or otherwise materially adversely affecting the
Trust, (b) general suspension of or limitation on prices
for trading securities on the New York Stock Exchange,
(c) declaration of a banking moratorium by federal or state
authorities or any suspension of payment by United States or New
York banks, (d) material limitation affecting the Trust or
the issuers of its portfolio securities by federal or state
authorities on the extension of credit by lending institutions
or on the exchange of foreign currency, (e) commencement of
war, armed hostilities or other international or national
calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States, or
(f) other event or condition which would have a material
adverse effect (including any adverse tax effect) on the Trust
or its shareholders if shares were repurchased. The Board may in
the future modify these conditions in light of experience.
The repurchase by the Trust of its shares at prices below net
asset value will result in an increase in the net asset value of
those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no
assurance that share repurchases or tender offers at or below
net asset value will result in the Trusts shares trading
at a price equal to their net asset value. Nevertheless, the
fact that the Trusts shares may be the subject of
repurchase or tender offers from time to time, or that the Trust
may be converted to an open-end investment company, may reduce
any spread between market price and net asset value that might
otherwise exist.
A-44
In addition, a purchase by the Trust of its common shares will
decrease the Trusts net assets which would likely have the
effect of increasing the Trusts expense ratio. Any
purchase by the Trust of its common shares at a time when
Preferred Shares are outstanding will increase the leverage
applicable to the outstanding common shares then remaining.
Before deciding whether to take any action if the common shares
trade below net asset value, the Board would likely consider all
relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the
discount, the liquidity of the Trusts portfolio, the
impact of any action that might be taken on the Trust or its
shareholders and market considerations. Based on these
considerations, even if the Trusts shares should trade at
a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the
Trust and its shareholders, no action should be taken.
TAX
MATTERS
The following discussion is a brief summary of certain
U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Trust
and its shareholders. This discussion is based upon current
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
Code), the regulations promulgated thereunder and
judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are
subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or
the Internal Revenue Service (the IRS), possibly
with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS
would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position
different from any of the tax aspects set forth below. This
discussion assumes that the Trusts shareholders hold their
common shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax
purposes (generally, assets held for investment). No attempt is
made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal
income tax concerns affecting the Trust and its shareholders
(including shareholders owning a large position in the Trust),
and the discussions set forth here and in the prospectus do not
constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own
tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and
foreign tax consequences of investing in the Trust.
Taxation
of the Trust
The Trust intends to elect to be, and to qualify for special tax
treatment afforded to, a regulated investment company under
Subchapter M of the Code. As long as it so qualifies, in any
taxable year in which it meets the distribution requirements
described below, the Trust (but not its shareholders) will not
be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent that it
distributes its investment company taxable income and net
recognized capital gains.
In order to qualify to be taxed as a regulated investment
company, the Trust must, among other things: (i) derive in
each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from the
following sources, which are referred herein as Qualifying
Income: (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt
interest), payments with respect to certain securities, loans,
and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock,
securities, or foreign currencies, or other income (including
but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward
contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in
such stock, securities or currencies and (b) net income
derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships
that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items
described in clause (a) above (each a Qualified
Publicly Traded Partnership); and (ii) diversify its
holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable
year (a) at least 50% of the value of the Trusts
total assets is represented by cash and cash items,
U.S. government securities, the securities of other
regulated investment companies and other securities, with such
other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an
amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Trusts
total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting
securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the
value of the Trusts total assets is invested in the
securities of (I) any one issuer (other than
U.S. government securities and the securities of other
regulated investment companies), (II) any two or more
issuers (other than regulated investment companies) that the
Trust controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same
business or similar or related trades or businesses or
(III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded
Partnerships.
Income from the Trusts investments in equity interests of
MLPs that are not Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships (if
any) will be Qualifying Income to the extent it is attributable
to items of income of such MLP that would be Qualifying Income
if earned directly by the Trust.
The Trusts investments in partnerships, including in
Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships, may result in the Trust
being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or
withholding tax liabilities.
A-45
As a regulated investment company, the Trust generally is not
subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that
it distributes each taxable year to its shareholders, provided
that in such taxable year it distributes at least 90% of the sum
of (i) its investment company taxable income (which
includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of
any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss
and other taxable income, other than net capital gain (as
defined below), reduced by deductible expenses) determined
without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions
paid and (ii) its net tax-exempt interest income (the
excess of its gross tax-exempt interest income over certain
disallowed deductions). The Trust intends to distribute annually
all or substantially all of such income and gain. If the Trust
retains any investment company taxable income or net capital
gain (as defined below), it will be subject to U.S. federal
income tax on the retained amount at regular corporate tax
rates. In addition, if the Trust fails to qualify as a regulated
investment company for any taxable year, it will be subject to
U.S. federal income tax on all of its income and gains at
regular corporate tax rates.
The Trust may retain for investment its net capital gain (which
consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over
its net short-term capital loss). However, if the Trust retains
any net capital gain or any investment company taxable income,
it will be subject to a tax on such amount at regular corporate
tax rates. If the Trust retains any net capital gain, it expects
to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains
in a notice to its shareholders, each of whom, if subject to
U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains,
(i) will be required to include in income for
U.S. federal income tax purposes its share of such
undistributed net capital gain, (ii) will be entitled to
credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Trust
against its U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and
to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such
liability and (iii) will increase its tax basis in its
common shares by the excess of the amount described in
clause (i) over the amount described in clause (ii).
Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a
calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a
nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax at the Trust
level. To avoid the excise tax, the Trust must distribute during
each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of
(i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any
capital gains or losses) for the calendar year and
(ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital
losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year
period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year. In
addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any
year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to
reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case
may be, from the previous year. While the Trust intends to
distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary
to minimize imposition of the 4% federal excise tax, there can
be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Trusts
taxable income and capital gains will be distributed to avoid
entirely the imposition of the tax. In that event, the Trust
will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which it does
not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
Dividends and distributions will be treated as paid during the
calendar year if they are paid during the calendar year or
declared by the Trust in October, November or December of the
year, payable to shareholders of record on a date during such a
month and paid by the Trust during January of the following
year. Any such dividend or distribution paid during January of
the following year will be deemed to be received by the
Trusts shareholders on December 31 of the year the
dividend or distribution was declared, rather than when the
dividend or distribution is actually received.
If the Trust were unable to satisfy the 90% distribution
requirement or otherwise were to fail to qualify as a regulated
investment company in any year, it would be taxed on all of its
taxable income in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and
distributions to the Trusts shareholders would not be
deductible by the Trust in computing its taxable income. In such
case, distributions generally would be eligible (i) through
2012, for treatment as qualified dividend income in the case of
individual shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received
deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. To qualify
again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a
subsequent year, the Trust would be required to distribute to
its shareholders its accumulated earnings and profits
attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced
by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits
payable by the Trust as an additional tax. In addition, if the
Trust failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a
period greater than two taxable years, then, in order to qualify
as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the
Trust would be required to elect to recognize and pay tax on any
net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items
of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if
the Trust had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to
taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten
years.
A-46
Gain or loss on the sale of securities by the Trust will
generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the securities
have been held by the Trust for more than one year. Gain or loss
on the sale of securities held for one year or less will be
short-term capital gain or loss.
Certain of the Trusts investment practices are subject to
special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that
may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise
limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions (including
the dividends received deduction), (ii) convert lower taxed
long-term capital gains and qualified dividend income into
higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income,
(iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital
loss (the deductibility of which is more limited),
(iv) cause the Trust to recognize income or gain without a
corresponding receipt of cash (e.g., under the original issue
discount rules), (v) adversely affect the time as to when a
purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur,
(vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain
complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income
that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the 90%
annual gross income requirement described above. The Trust will
monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and
may be required to borrow money or dispose of securities to
mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification
of the Trust as a regulated investment company.
The MLPs in which the Trust intends to invest are expected to be
treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. The cash distributions received by the Trust from an
MLP may not correspond to the amount of income allocated to the
Trust by the MLP in any given taxable year. If the amount of
income allocated by an MLP to the Trust exceeds the amount of
cash received by the Trust from such MLP, the Trust may have
difficulty making distributions to its shareholders in the
amounts necessary to satisfy the requirements for maintaining
its status as a regulated investment company or avoiding
U.S. federal income or excise taxes. Accordingly, the Trust
may have to dispose of securities under disadvantageous
circumstances in order to generate sufficient cash to satisfy
the distribution requirements.
The Trust expects that the income derived by the Trust from the
MLPs in which it invests will be Qualifying Income. If, however,
an MLP in which the Trust invests is not a Qualified Publicly
Traded Partnership, the income derived by the Trust from such
investment may not be Qualifying Income and, therefore, could
adversely affect the Trusts status as a regulated
investment company. The Trust intends to monitor its investments
in MLPs to prevent to disqualification of the Trust as a
regulated investment company.
If the Trust invests in foreign securities, its income from such
securities may be subject to
non-U.S. Taxes.
The Trust will not be eligible to elect to pass
through to shareholders of the Trust the ability to use
the foreign tax deduction or foreign tax credit for foreign
taxes paid with respect to qualifying taxes.
Taxation
of Shareholders
Distributions paid by the Trust from its investment company
taxable income (as defined above) (together referred to
hereinafter as ordinary income dividends), whether
paid in cash or reinvested in Trust shares, are generally
taxable to you as ordinary income to the extent of the
Trusts earnings and profits. Certain properly designated
distributions may, however, qualify (provided that holding
period and other requirements are met by both the Trust and the
shareholder) (i) for the dividends received deduction in
the case of corporate shareholders to the extent that the
Trusts income consists of dividend income from
U.S. corporations or (ii) in the case of individual
shareholders, for taxable years beginning on or before
December 31, 2012, as qualified dividend income eligible to
be taxed at a reduced maximum rate to the extent that the Trust
receives qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income
is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic
corporations and certain foreign corporations. There can be no
assurance as to what portion of the Trusts distributions
will qualify for the dividends received deduction or for
treatment as qualified dividend income or as to whether the
favorable tax treatment for qualified dividend income will be
extended by Congress for taxable years beginning after 2012.
Distributions made from net capital gain, which is the excess of
net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses
(capital gain dividends), including capital gain
dividends credited to a shareholder but retained by the Trust,
are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains if they
have been properly reported by the Trust, regardless of the
length of time the shareholder has owned common shares of the
Trust. Net long-term capital gain of individuals is generally
taxed at a reduced maximum rate. For corporate taxpayers, net
long-term capital gain is taxed at ordinary income rates.
A-47
If, for any calendar year, the Trusts total distributions
exceed both current earnings and profits and accumulated
earnings and profits, the excess will generally be treated as a
tax-free return of capital up to the amount of a
shareholders tax basis in the common shares, reducing that
basis accordingly. Such distributions exceeding the
shareholders basis will be treated as gain from the sale
or exchange of the shares. When you sell your shares in the
Trust, the amount, if any, by which your sales price exceeds
your basis in the Trusts common shares is gain subject to
tax. Because a return of capital reduces your basis in the
shares, it will increase the amount of your gain or decrease the
amount of your loss when you sell the shares, all other things
being equal.
Generally, after the close of its taxable year, the Trust will
provide its shareholders with a written notice designating the
amount of any ordinary income dividends or capital gain
dividends and other distributions.
The sale or other disposition of common shares of the Trust will
generally result in capital gain or loss to shareholders
measured by the difference between the sale price and the
shareholders tax basis in its shares. Generally, a
shareholders gain or loss will be long-term gain or loss
if the shares have been held for more than one year. Any loss
upon the sale or exchange of Trust common shares held for six
months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the
extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts
credited as an undistributed capital gain) by the shareholder.
Any loss a shareholder realizes on a sale or exchange of common
shares of the Trust will be disallowed if the shareholder
acquires other common shares of the Trust (whether through the
automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a
61-day
period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days
after the shareholders sale or exchange of the common
shares. In such case, the basis of the common shares acquired
will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Present law
taxes both long-term and short-term capital gains of
corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income.
Shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain
distributions with capital losses. There are several statutory
provisions affecting when capital losses may be offset against
capital gain, and limiting the use of losses from certain
investments and activities. Accordingly, shareholders with
capital losses are urged to consult their tax advisers.
An investor should be aware that if Trust common shares are
purchased shortly before the record date for any taxable
distribution (including a capital gain dividend), the purchase
price likely will reflect the value of the distribution and the
investor then would receive a taxable distribution likely to
reduce the trading value of such Trust common shares, in effect
resulting in a taxable return of some of the purchase price.
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you
even though they are reinvested in additional shares of the
Trust. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Trust are
generally treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as
received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is
made. If, however, the Trust pays you a dividend in January that
was declared in the previous October, November or December and
you were the shareholder of record on a specified date in one of
such months, then such dividend will be treated for
U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Trust
and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the
dividend was declared. In addition, certain other distributions
made after the close of the Trusts taxable year may be
spilled back and treated as paid by the Trust
(except for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax) during
such taxable year. In such case, you will be treated as having
received such dividends in the taxable year in which the
distributions were actually made.
A shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual or a
foreign corporation (a foreign investor) generally
will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate
of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax
treaty) on ordinary income dividends (except as discussed
below). Actual or deemed distributions of the Trusts net
capital gain to a foreign investor, and gains recognized by a
foreign investor upon the sale of the Trusts common stock,
will generally not be subject to U.S. federal withholding
or income tax. Different tax consequences may result if the
foreign investor is engaged in a trade or business in the United
States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the
United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year
and certain other conditions are met. Foreign investors should
consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of
investing in the Trusts common shares.
In addition, withholding at a rate of 30% will be required after
December 31, 2013 on dividends in respect of, and after
December 31, 2014, on gross proceeds from the sale of, our
common stock held by or through certain
A-48
foreign financial institutions (including investment funds),
unless such institution enters into an agreement with the
Secretary of the Treasury to report, on an annual basis,
information with respect to shares in, and accounts maintained
by, the institution to the extent such shares or accounts are
held by certain United States persons or by certain
non-U.S. entities
that are wholly or partially owned by United States persons.
Accordingly, the entity or entities through which our common
stock is held will affect the determination of whether such
withholding is required. Similarly, withholding at a rate of 30%
will be required after December 31, 2013 on dividends in
respect of, and after December 31, 2014 on the gross
proceeds from the sale of, our common stock held by an investor
that is a non-financial
non-U.S. entity,
unless such entity either (i) certifies to us that such
entity does not have any substantial United States
owners or (ii) provides certain information regarding
the entitys substantial United States
owners, which we will in turn provide to the Secretary of
the Treasury. Foreign investors are encouraged to consult with
their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of the
legislation on their investment in our common stock.
For taxable years of the Trust beginning before January 1,
2012, properly designated dividends are generally exempt from
U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid
in respect of the Trusts qualified net interest
income (generally, the Trusts
U.S.-source
interest income, other than certain contingent interest and
interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in
which the Trust is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by
expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are
paid in respect of the Trusts qualified short-term
capital gains (generally, the excess of the Trusts
net short-term capital gain over the Trusts long-term
capital loss for such taxable year). Depending on its
circumstances, however, the Trust may designate all, some or
none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net
interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains,
and/or
treat
such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this
exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this
exemption from withholding, a foreign investor will need to
comply with applicable certification requirements relating to
its
non-U.S. status
(including, in general, furnishing an IRS
Form W-8BEN
or substitute Form). In the case of common shares held through
an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Trust
designates the payment as qualified net interest income or
qualified short-term capital gain. Foreign investors should
contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of
these rules to their accounts. There can be no assurance as to
what portion of the Trusts distributions will qualify for
favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or
qualified short-term capital gains.
Backup
Withholding
The Trust is required in certain circumstances to withhold, for
U.S. federal backup withholding purposes, on taxable
dividends or distributions and certain other payments paid to
non-exempt holders of the Trusts common shares who do not
furnish the Trust with their correct taxpayer identification
number (in the case of individuals, their social security
number) and certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject
to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional
tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to a shareholder
may be refunded or credited against such shareholders
U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that
the required information is furnished to the IRS.
The foregoing is a general summary of the provisions of the
Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly
govern the taxation of the Trust and its shareholders. These
provisions are subject to change by legislative, judicial or
administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive.
Ordinary income and capital gain dividends may also be subject
to state, local and foreign taxes. Shareholders are urged to
consult their tax advisors regarding U.S. federal, state,
local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the Trust.
A-49
INDEPENDENT
AUDITORS REPORT
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING
FIRM
To the Shareholder and Board of Trustees of
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust:
We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and
liabilities of BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the
Trust) as of October 12, 2011, and the related
statements of operations and changes in net assets for the
period from August 25, 2011 (date of inception) to
October 12, 2011. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Trusts management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. The Trust is not required to
have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal
control over financial reporting. Our audit included
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a
basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Trusts internal control over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An
audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust as of
October 12, 2011, and the results of its operations and
changes in its net assets for the period from August 25,
2011 (date of inception) to October 12, 2011, in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America.
/s/ Deloitte &
Touche
LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
October 24, 2011
F-1
BlackRock
Utility and Infrastructure Trust
Statement of Assets and Liabilities
October 12, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
133,012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
Payable for organization costs
|
|
|
33,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Assets:
|
|
$
|
100,012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Assets Consist of:
|
|
|
|
|
Paid-in capital (Note 1)
|
|
$
|
133,012
|
|
Accumulated net investment loss
|
|
|
(33,000
|
)
|
Net Assets, October 12, 2011
|
|
$
|
100,012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net asset value per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to 6,964 shares of common stock issued and
outstanding, par $0.001, unlimited shares authorized
|
|
$
|
14.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Notes to Financial Statements.
F-2
BlackRock
Utility and Infrastructure Trust
Statement of Operations
For the period August 25, 2011 (date of inception) to
October 12, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
Investment Income:
|
|
$
|
|
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
Organization expenses
|
|
|
33,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net investment loss
|
|
$
|
(33,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Notes to Financial Statements.
F-3
BlackRock
Utility and Infrastructure Trust
Statement of Changes in Net Assets
For the period August 25, 2011 (date of inception) to
October 12, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
Net investment loss
|
|
$
|
(33,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations
|
|
|
(33,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital Share Transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
Net proceeds from the issuance of common shares
|
|
|
133,012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Total increase in net assets
|
|
|
100,012
|
|
Beginning of period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of period (including accumulated net investment loss of
$33,000)
|
|
$
|
100,012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Notes to Financial Statements.
F-4
NOTES TO
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
Note 1.
|
Organization
and Significant Accounting Policies:
|
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the
Trust) was organized as a Delaware statutory trust
on August 25, 2011, and is registered as a non-diversified,
closed-end management investment company under the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Trust had no operations
other than a sale to BlackRock HoldCo 2, Inc. of
6,964 shares of common stock for $133,012 ($19.10 per
share).
The Trusts financial statements are prepared in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America (US GAAP), which may require
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts and disclosure in the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Valuation:
US GAAP defines fair value as the
price the Trust would receive to sell an asset or pay to
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date. The Trust fair values its
financial instruments at market value using independent dealers
or pricing services under policies approved by the Board of
Trustees (the Board). Equity investments traded on a
recognized securities exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market
System (NASDAQ) are valued at the last reported sale
price that day or the NASDAQ official closing price, if
applicable. For equity investments traded on more than one
exchange, the last reported sale price on the exchange where the
stock is primarily traded is used. Equity investments traded on
a recognized exchange for which there were no sales on that day
are valued at the last available bid (long positions) or ask
(short positions) price. If no bid or ask price is available,
the prior days price will be used, unless it is determined
that such prior days price no longer reflects the fair
value of the security. Investments in open-end registered
investment companies are valued at net asset value each business
day. Short-term securities with remaining maturities of
60 days or less may be valued at amortized cost, which
approximates fair value.
The Fund values its bond investments on the basis of last
available bid prices or current market quotations provided by
dealers or pricing services. Floating rate loan interests are
valued at the mean of the bid prices from one or more brokers or
dealers as obtained from a pricing service. In determining the
value of a particular investment, pricing services may use
certain information with respect to transactions in such
investments, quotations from dealers, pricing matrixes, market
transactions in comparable investments, various relationships
observed in the market between investments and calculated yield
measures. Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities are valued
by independent pricing services using models that consider
estimated cash flows of each tranche of the security, establish
a benchmark yield and develop an estimated tranche specific
spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of
the tranche.
Securities and other assets and liabilities denominated in
foreign currencies are translated into US dollars using exchange
rates determined as of the close of business on the New York
Stock Exchange (NYSE). Foreign currency exchange
contracts are valued at the mean between the bid and ask prices
and are determined as of the close of business on the NYSE.
Interpolated values are derived when the settlement date of the
contract is an interim date for which quotations are not
available.
Exchange-traded options are valued at the mean between the last
bid and ask prices at the close of the options market in which
the options trade. An exchange-traded option for which there is
no mean price is valued at the last bid (long positions) or ask
(short positions) price. If no bid or ask price is available,
the prior days price will be used, unless it is determined
that the prior days price no longer reflects the fair
value of the option.
Over-the-counter
(OTC) options are valued by an independent pricing
service using a mathematical model which incorporates a number
of market data factors, such as the trades and prices of the
underlying instruments.
In the event that application of these methods of valuation
results in a price for an investment which is deemed not to be
representative of the market value of such investment or if a
price is not available, the investment will be valued in
accordance with a policy approved by the Board as reflecting
fair value (Fair Value Assets). When determining the
price for Fair Value Assets, the investment advisor
and/or
the
sub-advisor
seeks to determine the price that the Trust might reasonably
expect to receive from the current sale of that asset in an
arms-length transaction. Fair value determinations shall
be based upon all available factors that the investment advisor
and/or
sub-advisor
deems relevant. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is
subsequently reported to the Board or a committee thereof.
F-5
Generally, trading in foreign instruments is substantially
completed each day at various times prior to the close of
business on the NYSE. Occasionally, events affecting the values
of such instruments may occur between the foreign market close
and the close of business on the NYSE that may not be reflected
in the computation of the Trusts net assets. If events
(for example, a company announcement, market volatility or a
natural disaster) occur during such periods that are expected to
materially affect the value of such instruments, those
instruments may be Fair Value Assets and be valued at their fair
value, as determined in good faith by the investment advisor
using a pricing service
and/or
policies approved by the Board. Each business day, the Trust
uses a pricing service to assist with the valuation of certain
foreign exchange-traded equity securities and foreign
exchange-traded and OTC options (the Systematic Fair Value
Price). Using current market factors, the Systematic Fair
Value Price is designed to value such foreign securities and
foreign options at fair value as of the close of business on the
NYSE, which follows the close of the local markets.
Income Taxes:
It is the Trusts policy to
comply with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, applicable to regulated investment companies
and to distribute substantially all of its taxable income to its
shareholders. Therefore, no federal income tax provision is
required.
Recent Accounting Standard:
In May 2011, the
Financial Accounting Standards Board issued amended guidance to
improve disclosure about fair value measurements which will
require the following disclosures for fair value measurements
categorized as Level 3: quantitative information about the
unobservable inputs and assumptions used in the fair value
measurement, a description of the valuation policies and
procedures and a narrative description of the sensitivity of the
fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs and the
interrelationships between those unobservable inputs. In
addition, the amounts and reasons for all transfers in and out
of Level 1 and Level 2 will be required to be
disclosed. The amended guidance is effective for financial
statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2011, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Management
is evaluating the impact of this guidance on the Trusts
financial statements and disclosures.
|
|
Note 2.
|
Investment
Advisory Arrangements:
|
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (PNC) and
Barclays Bank PLC (Barclays) are the largest
stockholders of BlackRock, Inc. (BlackRock). Due to
the ownership structure, PNC is an affiliate for 1940 Act
purposes, but Barclays is not.
The Trust entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement with
BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the Manager), the
Trusts investment advisor, an indirect, wholly owned
subsidiary of BlackRock, to provide investment advisory and
administration services. The Manager is responsible for the
management of the Trusts portfolio and provides the
necessary personnel, facilities, equipment and certain other
services necessary to the operations of the Trust. For such
services, the Trust pays the Manager an annual fee, payable
monthly, in a maximum amount equal to 1.00% of the average daily
value of the net assets of the Trust.
The Manager entered into a
sub-advisory
agreement with BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
(BFM) and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC
(BIM), affiliates of the Manager. The Manager pays
BFM and BIM for services they provide, a monthly fee that is a
percentage of the investment advisory fees paid by the Trust to
the Manager.
|
|
Note 3.
|
Organization
Expenses and Offering Costs:
|
Organization expenses of $33,000 incurred by the Trust have been
expensed. Offering costs, estimated to be approximately
$1,790,650, limited to $.04 per share, will be charged to
paid-in capital at the time common shares are sold.
|
|
Note 4.
|
Subsequent
Events:
|
Management has evaluated the impact of all subsequent events on
the Trust through the date the financial statements were issued
and has determined that there were no subsequent events
requiring adjustment or additional disclosure in the financial
statements.
F-6
APPENDIX A
Ratings of Investments
Standard & Poors Corporation
A brief description of the applicable
Standard & Poors Corporation
(S&P) rating symbols and their meanings (as
published by S&P) follows:
A Standard & Poors issue credit rating is a
forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor
with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific
class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program
(including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial
paper programs). It takes into consideration the
creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of
credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the
currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion
reflects S&Ps view of the obligors capacity and
willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due,
and may assess terms, such as collateral security and
subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event
of default.
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term.
Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations
considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for
example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no
more than 365 days including commercial paper.
Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on
long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the
short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the
usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term
ratings.
Long-Term
Issue Credit Ratings
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on
S&Ps analysis of the following considerations:
|
|
|
|
|
Likelihood of payment capacity and willingness of
the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in
accordance with the terms of the obligation;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation
in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement
under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting
creditors rights.
|
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may
incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate
recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are
typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the
lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such
differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and
subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or
operating company and holding company obligations.)
AAA An obligation rated AAA has the highest
rating assigned by S&P. The obligors capacity to meet
its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA An obligation rated AA differs from the
highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The
obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation is very strong.
A An obligation rated A is somewhat more
susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances
and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated
categories. However, the obligors capacity to meet its
financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate
protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or
changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened
capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation.
Obligations rated BB, B,
CCC, CC, and C are regarded
as having significant speculative characteristics.
BB indicates the least degree of speculation and
C the highest. While such obligations will likely
have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be
outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse
conditions.
A-1
BB An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to
nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces
major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business,
financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the
obligors inadequate capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation.
B An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to
nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the
obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or
economic conditions will likely impair the obligors
capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation.
CCC An obligation rated CCC is currently
vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable
business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to
meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of
adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor
is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation.
CC An obligation rated CC is currently highly
vulnerable to nonpayment.
C A C rating is assigned to obligations that
are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that
have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents,
or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy
petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment
default. Among others, the C rating may be assigned
to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on
which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the
instruments terms or when preferred stock is the subject
of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue
is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other
instruments having a total value that is less than par.
D An obligation rated D is in payment default.
The D rating category is used when payments on an
obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not
made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not
expired, unless Standard & Poors believes that
such payments will be made during such grace period. The
D rating also will be used upon the filing of a
bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments
on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligations rating is
lowered to D upon completion of a distressed
exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either
repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other
instruments having a total value that is less than par.
NR This indicates that no rating has been requested, that
there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or
that S&P does not rate a particular obligation as a matter
of policy.
The ratings from AA to CCC may be
modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show
relative standing within the major rating categories.
Short-Term
Issue Credit Ratings
A-1 A
short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the
highest category by S&P. The obligors capacity to
meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong.
Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a
plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligors capacity
to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is
extremely strong.
A-2 A
short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more
susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances
and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating
categories. However, the obligors capacity to meet its
financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3 A
short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate
protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or
changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened
capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation.
B A short-term obligation rated B is regarded
as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of
B-1, B-2, and B-3 may be
assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the B
category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its
financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major
ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligors
inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation.
A-2
B-1 A short-term obligation rated B-1 is
regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but
the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its
financial commitments over the short-term compared to other
speculative-grade obligors.
B-2 A short-term obligation rated B-2 is
regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and
the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet
its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other
speculative-grade obligors.
B-3 A short-term obligation rated B-3 is
regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and
the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its
financial commitments over the short-term compared to other
speculative-grade obligors.
C A short-term obligation rated C is currently
vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable
business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to
meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
D A short-term obligation rated D is in payment
default. The D rating category is used when payments
on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are
not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has
not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be
made during such grace period. The D rating also
will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the
taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are
jeopardized.
Active
Qualifiers (Currently applied
and/or
outstanding)
i This subscript is used for issues in which the credit
factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of
receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit
factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt
of principal on the obligation. The i subscript
indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the
obligation only. The i subscript will always be used
in conjunction with the p subscript, which addresses
likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated
obligation could be assigned ratings of AAAp NRi
indicating that the principal portion is rated AAA
and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.
L Ratings qualified with L apply only to
amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.
p This subscript is used for issues in which the credit
factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of
receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit
factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt
of interest on the obligation. The p subscript
indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the
obligation only. The p subscript will always be used
in conjunction with the i subscript, which addresses
likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated
obligation could be assigned ratings of AAAp NRi
indicating that the principal portion is rated AAA
and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.
pi Ratings with a pi subscript are based on an
analysis of an issuers published financial information, as
well as additional information in the public domain. They do
not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuers
management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive
information than ratings without a pi subscript.
Ratings with a pi subscript are reviewed annually
based on a new years financial statements, but may be
reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may
affect the issuers credit quality.
prelim Preliminary ratings, with the prelim
qualifier, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including
financial programs, in the circumstances described below.
Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by
S&P of appropriate documentation. S&P reserves the
right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating
is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.
|
|
|
|
|
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most
commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt
of final documentation and legal opinions.
|
A-3
|
|
|
|
|
Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf
Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are
offered from the master registration, a final rating may be
assigned to them in accordance with Standard &
Poors policies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will
likely be issued upon the obligors emergence from
bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage
reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the
obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the
obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit
quality of the reorganized or postbankruptcy issuer as well as
attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being
formed or that are in the process of being independently
established when, in S&Ps opinion, documentation is
close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to
these entities obligations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated
entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring,
recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative
event, generally at the point that investor or lender
commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned
to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These
preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit
quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated
obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the
transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur,
S&P would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation
that has a preliminary issue credit rating.
|
t This symbol indicates termination structures that are
designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should
certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their
contracts before their final maturity date.
uns(...) Unsolicited ratings are those credit ratings
assigned at the initiative of S&P and not at the request of
the issuer or its agents.
Municipal
Short-Term Note Ratings Definitions
A Standard & Poors U.S. municipal note
rating reflects S&Ps opinion about the liquidity
factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due
in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes
with an original maturity of more than three years will most
likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which
type of rating, if any, to assign, S&Ps analysis will
review the following considerations:
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization schedule the larger the final maturity
relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated
as a note; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Source of payment the more dependent the issue is on
the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be
treated as a note.
|
Note rating symbols are as follows:
SP-1 Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An
issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt
service is given a plus (+) designation.
SP-2 Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest,
with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic
changes over the term of the notes.
SP-3 Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
A-4
Moodys Investors Service, Inc.
A
brief description of the applicable Moodys Investors
Service, Inc. (Moodys) rating symbols and
their meanings (as published by Moodys) follows:
Long-Term
Obligation Ratings
Moodys long-term ratings are opinions of the relative
credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity
of one year or more. They address the possibility that a
financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such
ratings use Moodys Global Scale and reflect both the
likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the
event of default.
Aaa Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest
quality, with minimal credit risk.
Aa Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality
and are subject to very low credit risk.
A Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and
are subject to low credit risk.
Baa Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit
risk. They are considered medium grade and as such may possess
certain speculative characteristics.
Ba Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative
elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are
subject to high credit risk.
Caa Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing
and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are
likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery
of principal and interest.
C Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds
and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery
of principal or interest.
Note: Moodys appends numerical modifiers 1, 2,
and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa.
The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher
end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a
mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the
lower end of that generic rating category.
Short-Term
Obligation Ratings
Moodys short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of
issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may
be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual
short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an
original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless
explicitly noted. Moodys employs the following
designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated
issuers:
P-1 Issuers
(or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior
ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2 Issuers
(or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability
to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3 Issuers
(or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable
ability to repay short-term obligations.
NP Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do
not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
US
Municipal Short-Term Obligation Ratings
There are three rating categories for short-term municipal
obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings
are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are
divided into three levels MIG 1 through MIG 3. In
addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative
quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings
expire at the maturity of the obligation.
A-5
MIG1 This designation denotes superior credit quality.
Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows,
highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based
access to the market for refinancing.
MIG2 This designation denotes strong credit quality.
Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the
preceding group.
MIG3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality.
Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market
access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit
quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient
margins of protection.
Other
Ratings Symbols
e
Expected ratings.
To address
market demand for timely information on particular types of
credit ratings, Moodys has licensed to certain third
parties the right to generate Expected Ratings.
Expected Ratings are designated by an e after the
rating code, and are intended to anticipate Moodys
forthcoming rating assignments based on reliable information
from third-party sources (such as the issuer or underwriter
associated with the particular securities) or established
Moodys rating practices (i.e., medium term notes are
typically, but not always, assigned the same rating as the
notes program rating). Expected Ratings will exist only
until Moodys confirms the Expected Rating, or issues a
different rating for the relevant instrument. Moodys
encourages market participants to contact Moodys Ratings
Desk or visit www.moodys.com if they have questions regarding
Expected Ratings, or wish Moodys to confirm an Expected
Rating.
(P)
Provisional Ratings.
As a
service to the market and at the request of an issuer,
Moodys will often assign a provisional rating when the
assignment of a final rating is subject to the fulfillment of
contingencies but it is highly likely that the rating will
become definitive after all documents are received or an
obligation is issued into the market. A provisional rating is
denoted by placing a (P) in front of the rating. Such
ratings are typically assigned to shelf registrations under SEC
rule 415 or transaction-based structures that require
investor education. When a transaction uses a well-established
structure and the transactions structure and terms are not
expected to change prior to sale in a manner that would affect
the rating, a definitive rating may be assigned directly.
#
Refundeds.
Issues that are
secured by escrowed funds held in trust, reinvested in direct,
non-callable US government obligations or non-callable
obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the US Government or
Resolution Funding Corporation are identified with a # (hatch
mark) symbol,
e.g.
, #Aaa.
WR
Withdrawn.
When Moodys no
longer rates an obligation on which it previously maintained a
rating, the symbol WR is employed. Please see Moodys
Guidelines for the Withdrawal of Ratings, available on
www.moodys.com.
NR
Not Rated.
NR is assigned to an
unrated issuer, obligation and/or program.
NAV
Not Available.
An issue that
Moodys has not yet rated is denoted by the NAV symbol.
TWR
Terminated Without Rating.
The
symbol TWR applies primarily to issues that mature or are
redeemed without having been rated.
Fitch IBCA, Inc.
A brief
description of the applicable Fitch IBCA, Inc.
(Fitch) ratings symbols and meanings (as published
by Fitch) follows:
Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and
non-financial corporations, sovereigns and insurance companies,
are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs opine
on an entitys relative vulnerability to default on
financial obligations. The threshold default risk
addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial
obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured
failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative
vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or
similar concepts, although the agency recognizes that issuers
may also make pre-emptive and therefore voluntary use of such
mechanisms.
A-6
In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based
on the agencys view of their relative vulnerability to
default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage
likelihood of default. For historical information on the default
experience of Fitch-rated issuers, please consult the transition
and default performance studies available from the Fitch Ratings
website.
Long-Term
Credit Ratings Scales
AAA
Highest Credit
Quality.
AAA ratings denote the
lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in
cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial
commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely
affected by foreseeable events.
AA
Very High Credit
Quality.
AA ratings denote
expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong
capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is
not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A
High Credit Quality.
A
ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity
for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This
capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse
business or economic conditions than is the case for higher
ratings.
BBB
Good Credit
Quality.
BBB ratings indicate
that expectations of default risk are currently low. The
capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered
adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more
likely to impair this capacity.
BB
Speculative.
BB ratings
indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly
in the event of adverse changes in business or economic
conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility
exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.
B
Highly speculative.
B
ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a
limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are
currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is
vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic
environment.
CCC
Substantial credit risk.
Default is
a real possibility.
CC
Very high levels of credit
risk.
Default of some kind appears probable.
C
Exceptionally high levels of credit
risk.
Default is imminent or inevitable, or
the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a
C category rating for an issuer include:
a. the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period
following non-payment of a material financial obligation;
b. the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated
waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a
material financial obligation; or
c. Fitch Ratings otherwise believes a condition of
RD or D to be imminent or inevitable,
including through the formal announcement of a coercive debt
exchange.
RD
Restricted default.
RD
ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings opinion
has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or
other material financial obligation but which has not entered
into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership,
liquidation or other formal
winding-up
procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased business. This
would include:
a. the selective payment default on a specific class or
currency of debt;
b. the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure
period or default forbearance period following a payment default
on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material
financial obligation;
c. the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods
upon a payment default on one or more material financial
obligations, either in series or in parallel; or
A-7
d. execution of a coercive debt exchange on one or more
material financial obligations.
D
Default.
D ratings
indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings opinion has
entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership,
liquidation or other formal
winding-up
procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.
Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or
their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an
instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will
generally not be considered a default until after the expiration
of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise
driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a
coercive debt exchange.
Imminent default typically refers to the occasion
where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is
all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer
has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace
period during which it may cure the payment default. Another
alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a
coercive debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies
several days or weeks in the immediate future.
In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the
agencys opinion as to the most appropriate rating category
consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may
differ from the definition of default under the terms of an
issuers financial obligations or local commercial practice.
Note: The modifiers + or - may be
appended to a rating to denote relative status within major
rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the
AAA Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR
categories below B.
Specific limitations relevant to the structured, project and
public finance obligation rating scale include:
|
|
|
|
|
The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default
likelihood over any given time period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ratings do not opine on the market value of any
issuers securities or stock, or the likelihood that this
value may change.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuers
securities or stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an
obligation should an obligation default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ratings do not opine on any quality related to a
transactions profile other than the agencys opinion
on the relative vulnerability to default of each rated tranche
or security.
|
Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on
discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not
exhaustive, and is provided for the readers convenience.
Short-Term
Ratings Assigned to Obligations in Corporate, Public and
Structured Finance
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases
on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity
or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial
obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the
relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to
obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as
short-term based on market convention. Typically,
this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and
structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations
in U.S. public finance markets.
F1
Highest short-term credit
quality.
Indicates the strongest intrinsic
capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have
an added + to denote any exceptionally strong credit
feature.
F2
Good short-term credit
quality.
Good intrinsic capacity for timely
payment of financial commitments.
F3
Fair short-term credit
quality.
The intrinsic capacity for timely
payment of financial commitments is adequate.
B
Speculative short-term credit
quality.
Minimal capacity for timely payment
of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near
term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
A-8
C
High short-term default
risk.
Default is a real possibility.
RD
Restricted default.
Indicates
an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial
commitments, although it continues to meet other financial
obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.
D
Default.
Indicates a broad-based
default event for an entity, or the default of a specific
short-term obligation.
Specific limitations relevant to the Short-Term Ratings scale
include:
|
|
|
|
|
The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default
likelihood over any given time period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ratings do not opine on the market value of any
issuers securities or stock, or the likelihood that this
value may change.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuers
securities or stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an
obligation should an obligation default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer or
transactions profile other than the agencys opinion
on the relative vulnerability to default of the rated issuer or
obligation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on
discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not
exhaustive, and is provided for the readers convenience.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on
discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not
exhaustive, and is provided for the readers convenience.
|
A-9
I.
Introduction
The Trustees/Directors (Directors) of the
BlackRock-Advised Funds (the Funds) have the
responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio
securities of the Funds, and have determined that it is in the
best interests of the Funds and their shareholders to delegate
that responsibility to BlackRock Advisors, LLC and its
affiliated U.S. Registered investment advisers
(BlackRock), the investment adviser to the Funds, as
part of BlackRocks authority to manage, acquire and
dispose of account assets. The Directors hereby direct BlackRock
to vote such proxies in accordance with this Policy, and any
proxy voting guidelines that the Advisor determines are
appropriate and in the best interests of the Funds
shareholders and which are consistent with the principles
outlined in this Policy. The Directors have authorized BlackRock
to utilize an unaffiliated third-party as its agent to vote
portfolio proxies in accordance with this Policy and to maintain
records of such portfolio proxy voting.
Rule 206(4)-6
under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 requires, among other
things, that an investment adviser that exercises voting
authority over clients proxy voting adopt policies and
procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes
proxies in the best interests of clients, discloses to its
clients information about those policies and procedures and also
discloses to clients how they may obtain information on how the
adviser has voted their proxies.
BlackRock has adopted separate but substantially similar
guidelines and procedures that are consistent with the
principles of this Policy. BlackRocks Corporate Governance
Committee (the Committee), addresses proxy voting
issues on behalf of BlackRock and its clients, including the
Funds. The Committee is comprised of senior members of
BlackRocks Portfolio Management and Administration Groups
and is advised by BlackRocks Legal and Compliance
Department.
BlackRock votes (or refrains from voting) proxies for each Fund
in a manner that BlackRock, in the exercise of its independent
business judgment, concludes are in the best economic interests
of such Fund. In some cases, BlackRock may determine that it is
in the best economic interests of a Fund to refrain from
exercising the Funds proxy voting rights (such as, for
example, proxies on certain
non-U.S. Securities
that might impose costly or time-consuming in-person voting
requirements). With regard to the relationship between
securities lending and proxy voting, BlackRocks approach
is also driven by our clients economic interests. The
evaluation of the economic desirability of recalling loans
involves balancing the revenue producing value of loans against
the likely economic value of casting votes. Based on our
evaluation of this relationship, BlackRock believes that the
likely economic value of casting a vote generally is less than
the securities lending income, either because the votes will not
have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of
the vote would not be affected by BlackRock recalling loaned
securities in order to ensure they are voted. Periodically,
BlackRock analyzes the process and benefits of voting proxies
for securities on loan, and will consider whether any
modification of its proxy voting policies or procedures are
necessary in light of any regulatory changes.
BlackRock will normally vote on specific proxy issues in
accordance with BlackRocks proxy voting guidelines.
BlackRocks proxy voting guidelines provide detailed
guidance as to how to vote proxies on certain important or
commonly raised issues. BlackRock may, in the exercise of its
business judgment, conclude that the proxy voting guidelines do
not cover the specific matter upon which a proxy vote is
requested, or that an exception to the proxy voting guidelines
would be in the best economic interests of a Fund. BlackRock
votes (or refrains from voting) proxies without regard to the
relationship of the issuer of the proxy (or any shareholder of
such issuer) to the Fund, the Funds affiliates (if any),
BlackRock or BlackRocks affiliates. When voting proxies,
BlackRock attempts to encourage companies to follow practices
that enhance shareholder value and increase transparency and
allow the market to place a proper value on their assets.
II. Proxy
Voting Policies
The Funds generally support the boards nominees in the
election of directors and generally supports proposals that
strengthen the independence of boards of directors. As a general
matter, the Funds believe that a companys board of
directors (rather than shareholders) is most likely to have
access to important, nonpublic information
B-2
regarding a companys business and prospects, and is
therefore best-positioned to set corporate policy and oversee
management. The Funds therefore believe that the foundation of
good corporate governance is the election of responsible,
qualified, independent corporate directors who are likely to
diligently represent the interests of shareholders and oversee
management of the corporation in a manner that will seek to
maximize shareholder value over time. In individual cases,
consideration may be given to a director nominees history
of representing shareholder interests as a director of the
company issuing the proxy or other companies, or other factors
to the extent deemed relevant by the Committee.
These proposals concern those issues submitted to shareholders
related to the selection of auditors. As a general matter, the
Funds believe that corporate auditors have a responsibility to
represent the interests of shareholders and provide an
independent view on the propriety of financial reporting
decisions of corporate management. While the Funds anticipate
that BlackRock will generally defer to a corporations
choice of auditor, in individual cases, consideration may be
given to an auditors history of representing shareholder
interests as auditor of the company issuing the proxy or other
companies, to the extent deemed relevant.
|
|
C.
|
Compensation
and Benefits
|
These proposals concern those issues submitted to shareholders
related to management compensation and employee benefits. As a
general matter, the Funds favor disclosure of a companys
compensation and benefit policies and oppose excessive
compensation, but believe that compensation matters are normally
best determined by a corporations board of directors,
rather than shareholders. Proposals to micro-manage
a companys compensation practices or to set arbitrary
restrictions on compensation or benefits should therefore
generally not be supported.
These proposals relate to various requests, principally from
management, for approval of amendments that would alter the
capital structure of a company, such as an increase in
authorized shares. As a general matter, the Funds expect that
BlackRock will support requests that it believes enhance the
rights of common shareholders and oppose requests that appear to
be unreasonably dilutive.
|
|
E.
|
Corporate
Charter and By-Laws
|
These proposals relate to various requests for approval of
amendments to a corporations charter or by-laws. As a
general matter, the Funds generally vote against anti-takeover
proposals and proposals that would create additional barriers or
costs to corporate transactions that are likely to deliver a
premium to shareholders.
|
|
F.
|
Environmental
and Social Issues
|
These are shareholder proposals addressing either corporate
social and environmental policies or requesting specific
reporting on these issues. The Funds generally do not support
proposals on social issues that lack a demonstrable economic
benefit to the issuer and the Fund investing in such issuer.
BlackRock seeks to make proxy voting decisions in the manner
most likely to protect and promote the long-term economic value
of the securities held in client accounts. We intend to support
economically advantageous corporate practices while leaving
direct oversight of company management and strategy to boards of
directors. We seek to avoid micromanagement of companies, as we
believe that a companys board of directors is best
positioned to represent shareholders and oversee management on
shareholders behalf. Issues of corporate social and
environmental responsibility are evaluated on a
case-by-case
basis within this framework.
B-3
III.
Conflicts Management
BlackRock maintains policies and procedures that are designed to
prevent any relationship between the issuer of the proxy (or any
shareholder of the issuer) and a Fund, a Funds affiliates
(if any), BlackRock or BlackRocks affiliates, from having
undue influence on BlackRocks proxy voting activity. In
certain instances, BlackRock may determine to engage an
independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard
against potential conflicts of interest or as otherwise required
by applicable law. The independent fiduciary may either vote
such proxies or provide BlackRock with instructions as to how to
vote such proxies. In the latter case, BlackRock votes the proxy
in accordance with the independent fiduciarys
determination.
IV.
Reports To the Board
BlackRock will report to the Directors on proxy votes it has
made on behalf of the Funds at least annually.
B-4
APPENDIX C
General
Characteristics and Risks
of
Strategic Transactions
In order to manage the risk of its securities portfolio, or to
enhance income or gain as described in the prospectus, the Trust
may engage in Strategic Transactions. The Trust may engage in
such activities in the Advisors or
Sub-Advisors
discretion, and may not necessarily be engaging in such
activities when movements in interest rates that could affect
the value of the assets of the Trust occur. The Trusts
ability to pursue certain of these strategies may be limited by
applicable regulations of the CFTC. Certain Strategic
Transactions may give rise to taxable income.
Put and
Call Options on Securities and Indices
The Trust may purchase and sell put and call options on
securities and indices. A put option gives the purchaser of the
option the right to sell and the writer the obligation to buy
the underlying security at the exercise price during the option
period. The Trust may also purchase and sell options on bond
indices (index options). Index options are similar
to options on securities except that, rather than taking or
making delivery of securities underlying the option at a
specified price upon exercise, an index option gives the holder
the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the
level of the bond index upon which the option is based is
greater, in the case of a call, or less, in the case of a put,
than the exercise price of the option. The purchase of a put
option on a debt security could protect the Trusts
holdings in a security or a number of securities against a
substantial decline in the market value. A call option gives the
purchaser of the option the right to buy and the seller the
obligation to sell the underlying security or index at the
exercise price during the option period or for a specified
period prior to a fixed date. The purchase of a call option on a
security could protect the Trust against an increase in the
price of a security that it intended to purchase in the future.
In the case of either put or call options that it has purchased,
if the option expires without being sold or exercised, the Trust
will experience a loss in the amount of the option premium plus
any related commissions. When the Trust sells put and call
options, it receives a premium as the seller of the option. The
premium that the Trust receives for selling the option will
serve as a partial hedge, in the amount of the option premium,
against changes in the value of the securities in its portfolio.
During the term of the option, however, a covered call seller
has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the
opportunity for capital appreciation above the exercise price of
the option if the value of the underlying security increases,
but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the
underlying security decline. Conversely, a secured put seller
retains the risk of loss should the market value of the
underlying security decline be low the exercise price of the
option, less the premium received on the sale of the option. The
Trust is authorized to purchase and sell exchange-listed options
and
over-the-counter
options (OTC Options) which are privately negotiated
with the counterparty. Listed options are issued by the Options
Clearing Corporation (OCC) which guarantees the
performance of the obligations of the parties to such options.
The Trusts ability to close out its position as a
purchaser or seller of an exchange-listed put or call option is
dependent upon the existence of a liquid secondary market on
option exchanges. Among the possible reasons for the absence of
a liquid secondary market on an exchange are:
(i) insufficient trading interest in certain options;
(ii) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange;
(iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions
imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options
or underlying securities; (iv) interruption of the normal
operations on an exchange; (v) inadequacy of the facilities
of an exchange or OCC to handle current trading volume; or
(vi) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the
trading of options (or a particular class or series of options),
in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that
class or series of options) would cease to exist, although
outstanding options on that exchange that had been listed by the
OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would generally
continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. OTC
Options are purchased from or sold to dealers, financial
institutions or other counterparties which have entered into
direct agreements with the Trust. With OTC Options, such
variables as expiration date, exercise price and premium will be
agreed upon between the Trust and the counterparty, without the
intermediation of a third party such as the OCC. If the
counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the securities
underlying an option it has written, or otherwise settle the
transaction in accordance with the terms of that option as
written, the Trust would lose the premium paid for the option as
well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. As the Trust
must rely on the credit quality of the
C-1
counterparty rather than the guarantee of the OCC, it will only
enter into OTC Options with counterparties with the highest
long-term credit ratings, and with primary United States
government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York.
The hours of trading for options on debt securities may not
conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are
traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the
markets for the underlying securities, significant price and
rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that
cannot be reflected in the option markets.
Futures
Contracts and Related Options
Characteristics.
The Trust may sell financial
futures contracts or purchase put and call options on such
futures as a hedge against anticipated interest rate changes or
other market movements. The sale of a futures contract creates
an obligation by the Trust, as seller, to deliver the specific
type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a
specified future time for a specified price. Options on futures
contracts are similar to options on securities except that an
option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right in
return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures
contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short
position if the option is a put).
Margin Requirements.
At the time a futures
contract is purchased or sold, the Trust must allocate cash or
securities as a deposit payment (initial margin). It
is expected that the initial margin that the Trust will pay may
range from approximately 1% to approximately 5% of the value of
the securities or commodities underlying the contract. In
certain circumstances, however, such as periods of high
volatility, the Trust may be required by an exchange to increase
the level of its initial margin payment. Additionally, initial
margin requirements may be increased generally in the future by
regulatory action. An outstanding futures contract is valued
daily and the payment in case of variation margin
may be required, a process known as marking to the
market. Transactions in listed options and futures are
usually settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, and
are subject to the risk that the position may not be able to be
closed if no offsetting transaction can be arranged.
Limitations on Use of Futures and Options on
Futures.
The Trusts use of futures and
options on futures will in all cases be consistent with
applicable regulatory requirements and in particular the rules
and regulations of the CFTC. Under such regulations the Trust
currently may enter into such transactions without limit for
bona fide hedging purposes, including risk management and
duration management and other portfolio strategies. The Trust
may also engage in transactions in futures contracts or related
options for non-hedging purposes to enhance income or gain
provided that the Trust will not enter into a futures contract
or related option (except for closing transactions) for purposes
other than bona fide hedging, or risk management including
duration management if, immediately thereafter, the sum of the
amount of its initial deposits and premiums on open contracts
and options would exceed 5% of the Trusts liquidation
value, i.e., net assets (taken at current value); provided,
however, that in the case of an option that is
in-the-money
at the time of the purchase, the
in-the-money
amount may be excluded in calculating the 5% limitation. The
above policies are non-fundamental and may be changed by the
Trusts board of trustees at any time. Also, when required,
an account of cash equivalents designated on the books and
records will be maintained and marked to market on a daily basis
in an amount equal to the market value of the contract. The
Trust reserves the right to comply with such different standard
as may be established from time to time by CFTC rules and
regulations with respect to the purchase or sale of futures
contracts or options thereon.
Segregation and Cover Requirements.
Futures
contracts, interest rate swaps, caps, floors and collars, short
sales, reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, and
listed or OTC options on securities, indices and futures
contracts sold by the Trust are generally subject to earmarking
and coverage requirements of either the CFTC or the SEC, with
the result that, if the Trust does not hold the security or
futures contract underlying the instrument, the Trust will be
required to designate on its books and records an ongoing basis,
cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid high
grade debt obligations in an amount at least equal to the
Trusts obligations with respect to such instruments. Such
amounts fluctuate as the obligations increase or decrease. The
earmarking requirement can result in the Trust maintaining
securities positions it would otherwise liquidate, segregating
assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so or
otherwise restrict portfolio management.
C-2
Strategic Transactions Present Certain
Risks.
With respect to hedging and risk
management, the variable degree of correlation between price
movements of hedging instruments and price movements in the
position being hedged create the possibility that losses on the
hedge may be greater than gains in the value of the Trusts
position. The same is true for such instruments entered into for
income or gain. In addition, certain instruments and markets may
not be liquid in all circumstances. As a result, in volatile
markets, the Trust may not be able to close out a transaction
without incurring losses substantially greater than the initial
deposit. Although the contemplated use of these instruments
predominantly for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of
loss due to a decline in the value of the position, at the same
time they tend to limit any potential gain which might result
from an increase in the value of such position. The ability of
the Trust to successfully utilize Strategic Transactions will
depend on the Advisors and the
Sub-Advisors
ability to predict pertinent market movements and sufficient
correlations, which cannot be assured. Finally, the daily
deposit requirements in futures contracts that the Trust has
sold create an on going greater potential financial risk than do
options transactions, where the exposure is limited to the cost
of the initial premium. Losses due to the use of Strategic
Transactions will reduce net asset value.
Regulatory Considerations.
The Trust has
claimed an exclusion from the term commodity pool
operator under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore,
is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool
operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.
C-3
PART C
Other
Information
|
|
Item 25.
|
Financial
Statements And Exhibits
|
(1) Financial Statements
Part A None
Part B Audited Financial Statements Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(2) Exhibits
The agreements included or incorporated by reference as exhibits
to this registration statement contain representations and
warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement.
These representations and warranties were made solely for the
benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and
(i) were not intended to be treated as categorical
statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk
to one of the parties if those statements prove to be
inaccurate; (ii) may have been qualified in such agreement
by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection
with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (iii) may
apply contract standards of materiality that are
different from materiality under the applicable
securities laws; and (iv) were made only as of the date of
the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be
specified in the agreement.
The Trust acknowledges that, notwithstanding the inclusion of
the foregoing cautionary statements, it is responsible for
considering whether additional specific disclosures of material
information regarding material contractual provisions are
required to make the statements in this registration statement
not misleading.
(a) Agreement and Declaration of Trust(*)
(b) By-Laws(*)
(c) Inapplicable
(d) Inapplicable
(e) Dividend Reinvestment Plan(*)
(f) Inapplicable
(g) (1) Form of Investment Management Agreement(+)
(g) (2) Form of
Sub-Investment
Advisory Agreement with BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.(+)
(g) (3) Form of
Sub-Investment
Advisory Agreement with BlackRock Investment Management, LLC(+)
(h) (1) Form of Underwriting Agreement(+)
(h) (2) Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters(+)
(h) (3) Form of Master Selected Dealer Agreement(+)
(h) (4) Form of Structuring Fee Agreement(+)
(h) (5) Form of Syndication Fee Agreement(+)
(i) Form of the BlackRock Closed-End Funds Amended and
Restated Deferred Compensation Plan(*)
(j) Form of Custodian Agreement(+)
(k) Form of Transfer Agency Agreement(+)
(l) Opinion and Consent of Counsel to the Trust(+)
(m) Inapplicable
(n) Consent of Independent Public Accountants(*)
C-1
(o) Inapplicable
(p) Initial Subscription Agreement(*)
(q) Inapplicable
(r) (1) Code of Ethics of Trust(*)
(r) (2) Code of Ethics of Advisor and
Sub-Advisors(*)
(s) Powers of Attorney(*)
|
|
|
(+)
|
|
To be filed by amendment.
|
|
|
Item 26.
|
Marketing
Arrangements
|
Reference is made to the Form of Underwriting Agreement for the
Registrants shares of beneficial interest to be filed by
amendment to this registration statement.
|
|
Item 27.
|
Other
Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution
|
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be
incurred in connection with the offering described in this
registration statement:
|
|
|
|
|
Registration fee
|
|
$
|
|
|
NYSE listing fee
|
|
$
|
|
|
Printing (other than certificates)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Engraving and printing certificates
|
|
$
|
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
FINRA fee
|
|
$
|
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
Item 28.
|
Persons
Controlled By Or Under Common Control With The
Registrant
|
None.
|
|
Item 29.
|
Number
Of Holders Of Shares
|
As
of ,
2011:
|
|
|
Title of Class
|
|
Number of Record
Holders
|
|
Shares of Beneficial Interest
|
|
|
[TO BE COMPLETED BY AMENDMENT]
Article V of the Registrants Agreement and
Declaration of Trust provides as follows:
5.1
No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees,
etc.
No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject
in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any
Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts,
obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the
same limitation of personal liability as is
C-2
extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit
incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. No
Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such
capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person,
save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising
from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or
reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to
the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to
the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature
arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any
Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made
a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability,
subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account
thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or
modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect
any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust
existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect
to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or
modification.
5.2
Mandatory
Indemnification.
(a) The Trust hereby agrees
to indemnify each person who at any time serves as a Trustee or
officer of the Trust (each such person being an
indemnitee) against any liabilities and expenses,
including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in
compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel
fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with
the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other
proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or
administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may
have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may
be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set
forth in this Article V by reason of his having acted in
any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which
he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief
that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the
case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had
reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful,
provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified
hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of
such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful
misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence,
or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the
conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such
clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to
herein as disabling conduct). Notwithstanding the
foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding
voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff,
indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of
such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee
(1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or
(2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her
rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the
indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The
rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall
continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or
officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or
her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No
amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of
its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits
provided to any person who at any time is or was a Trustee or
officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification
hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior
to such amendment, restatement or repeal.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall
be made hereunder unless there has been a determination
(i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other
body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of
entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such
indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or,
(ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (1) a
majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are neither
interested persons of the Trust (as defined in
Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the
proceeding (Disinterested Non-Party Trustees), that
the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or
(2) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable,
if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a
written opinion concludes that the indemnitee should be entitled
to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance
payments in connection with the expense of defending any
proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the
immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.
(c) The Trust shall make advance payments in connection
with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which
indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives
a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitees
good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for
indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to
reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that
the indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a
majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards
of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been
met. In addition, at least one of the
C-3
following conditions must be met: (i) the indemnitee shall
provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the
Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any
lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the
Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such
quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written
opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available
facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is
substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately
will be found entitled to indemnification.
(d) The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these
provisions shall not exclude any other right which any person
may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the
By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of
stockholders or Trustees who are disinterested
persons (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940
Act) or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully
entitled.
(e) Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and
this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority
to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to
employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the
Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to
the full extent corporations organized under the Delaware
General Corporation Law may indemnify or provide for the advance
payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such
indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.
5.3
No Bond Required of Trustees.
No
Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other
security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder
5.4
No Duty of Investigation; Notice in
Trust Instruments, etc.
No purchaser,
lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees
or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be
bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any
transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said
officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of
money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order
of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every
obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate,
Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing
whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be
conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the
executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this
Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or
agents of the Trust. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the
protection of the Trust Property, the Shareholders,
Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the
Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability,
and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment
shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.
5.5
Reliance on Experts, etc.
Each
Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the
performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and
protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting
from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other
records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon
reports made to the Trust by any of the Trusts officers or
employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager,
distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other
expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the
Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of
whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.
Registrant has also entered into an agreement with Trustees and
officers of the Registrant entitled to indemnification under the
Agreement and Declaration of Trust pursuant to which the
Registrant has agreed to advance expenses and costs incurred by
the indemnitee in connection with any matter in respect of which
indemnification might be sought pursuant to the Agreement and
Declaration of Trust to the maximum extent permitted by law.
Reference is also made to:
Sections 10 and 11 of the Registrants Investment
Management Agreement, a form of which is filed herewith as
Exhibit (g)(1) to this Registration Statement
Sections 10 and 11 of each of the Registrants
Sub-Investment
Advisory Agreements, forms of which are filed herewith as
Exhibits (g)(2) and (g)(3) to this Registration Statement
C-4
Section 8 of the Underwriting Agreement, to be filed as
Exhibit (h) to this Registration Statement by further
amendment.
Additionally, the Registrant and the other funds in the
BlackRock Closed-End Fund Complex jointly maintain, at
their own expense, E&O/D&O insurance policies for the
benefit of its Trustees, officers and certain affiliated
persons. The Registrant pays a pro rata portion of the premium
on such insurance policies.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be terminated to
Trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Trust,
pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the Trust has
been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a Trustee, officer or
controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense
of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Trustee,
officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of
its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the
question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed
by the final adjudication of such issue.
|
|
Item 31.
|
Business
And Other Connections Of Investment Advisor
|
BlackRock Advisors, LLC, a limited liability company organized
under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment adviser to the
Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this
Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of
BlackRock Advisors, LLC, together with information as to any
other business, profession, vocation or employment of a
substantial nature engaged in by BlackRock Advisors, LLC or
those officers and directors during the past two years, by
incorporating by reference the information contained in the
Form ADV of BlackRock Advisors, LLC filed with the
commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940
(Commission File
No. 801-47710).
BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., a corporation organized
under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment
sub-adviser
to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement
of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and
directors of BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., together with
information as to any other business, profession, vocation or
employment of a substantial nature engaged in by BlackRock
Financial Management, Inc. or those officers and directors
during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the
information contained in the Form ADV of BlackRock
Financial Management, Inc. filed with the commission pursuant to
the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File
No. 801-48433).
BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, a limited liability
company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment
sub-adviser
to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement
of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and
directors of BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, together with
information as to any other business, profession, vocation or
employment of a substantial nature engaged in by BlackRock
Investment Management, LLC or those officers and directors
during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the
information contained in the Form ADV of BlackRock
Investment Management, LLC filed with the commission pursuant to
the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File
No. 801-56972).
|
|
Item 32.
|
Location
Of Accounts And Records
|
The Registrants accounts, books and other documents are
currently located at the offices of the Registrant,
c/o BlackRock
Advisors, LLC, 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809
and at the offices of the Bank of New York Mellon, the
Registrants Custodian and Transfer Agent.
|
|
Item 33.
|
Management
Services
|
Not Applicable
(1) The Registrant hereby undertakes to suspend the
offering of its units until it amends its prospectus if
(a) subsequent to the effective date of its registration
statement, the net asset value declines more than
10 percent
C-5
from its net asset value as of the effective date of the
Registration Statement or (b) the net asset value increases
to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the
prospectus.
(2) Not applicable
(3) Not applicable
(4) Not applicable
(5) (a) For the purposes of determining any liability
under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from
the form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement
in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497(h) under
the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of the
Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that
contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall
be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(6) The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail
or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery within
two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any
SAI constituting Part B of this Registration Statement.
C-6
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and
the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Trust has duly caused
this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York,
and State of New York, on the
26
th
day
of October, 2011.
John Perlowski
President, Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities and on the
26
th
day
of October, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
John
Perlowski
John
Perlowski
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/
Neal
J. Andrews
Neal
J. Andrews
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
|
*
Paul
L. Audet
|
|
Trustee
|
|
|
|
*
Michael
J. Castellano
|
|
Trustee
|
|
|
|
*
Richard
E. Cavanagh
|
|
Trustee
|
|
|
|
*
Frank
J. Fabozzi
|
|
Trustee
|
|
|
|
*
Kathleen
F. Feldstein
|
|
Trustee
|
|
|
|
*
James
T. Flynn
|
|
Trustee
|
|
|
|
*
Henry
Gabbay
|
|
Trustee
|
|
|
|
*
R.
Glenn Hubbard
|
|
Trustee
|
|
|
|
*
W.
Carl Kester
|
|
Trustee
|
|
|
|
*
Karen
P. Robards
|
|
Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
|
* By:
|
|
/s/
John
Perlowski
John
Perlowski
as Attorney-in-Fact
|
|
|
EXHIBIT
INDEX
(a) Agreement and Declaration of Trust
(b) By-Laws
(e) Dividend Reinvestment Plan
(i) Form of the BlackRock
Closed-End Funds Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan
(n) Consent of Independent Public
Accountants
(p) Initial Subscription Agreement
|
|
|
|
(r)(1)
|
Code of Ethics of Trust
|
|
|
|
|
(r)(2)
|
Code of Ethics of Advisor and Sub-Advisors
|
Exhibit (b)
BLACKROCK UTILITY AND INFRASTRUCTURE TRUST
BYLAWS
Effective as of August 25, 2011
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
ARTICLE I
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.
|
|
Chair
|
|
|
2
|
|
Section 2.
|
|
Annual Meetings of Shareholders
|
|
|
3
|
|
Section 3.
|
|
Special Meetings of Shareholders
|
|
|
3
|
|
Section 4.
|
|
Place of Meetings
|
|
|
4
|
|
Section 5.
|
|
Notice of Meetings
|
|
|
4
|
|
Section 6.
|
|
Nature of Business at Annual Meetings of Shareholders
|
|
|
4
|
|
Section 7.
|
|
Nomination of Directors
|
|
|
6
|
|
Section 8.
|
|
Conduct of Meetings
|
|
|
9
|
|
Section 9.
|
|
Postponements; Adjournments
|
|
|
10
|
|
Section 10.
|
|
Record Date
|
|
|
10
|
|
Section 11.
|
|
Voting
|
|
|
11
|
|
Section 12.
|
|
Quorum
|
|
|
11
|
|
Section 13.
|
|
Proxies
|
|
|
11
|
|
Section 14.
|
|
Inspectors of Election
|
|
|
12
|
|
Section 15.
|
|
Shareholder Action by Written Consent
|
|
|
12
|
|
Section 16.
|
|
Records at Shareholder Meetings
|
|
|
13
|
|
Section 17.
|
|
Share Ledger
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DIRECTORS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.
|
|
Number and Qualification
|
|
|
13
|
|
Section 2.
|
|
Term of Office
|
|
|
16
|
|
Section 3.
|
|
Resignation and Removal
|
|
|
16
|
|
Section 4.
|
|
Vacancies
|
|
|
16
|
|
Section 5.
|
|
Meetings
|
|
|
17
|
|
Section 6.
|
|
Quorum
|
|
|
17
|
|
Section 7.
|
|
Required Vote
|
|
|
17
|
|
Section 8.
|
|
Committees
|
|
|
17
|
|
Section 9.
|
|
Director Action by Written Consent
|
|
|
18
|
|
Section 10.
|
|
Chair; Records
|
|
|
18
|
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
Section 11.
|
|
Delegation
|
|
|
18
|
|
Section 12.
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
19
|
|
Section 13.
|
|
Governance
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OFFICERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.
|
|
Officers of the Fund
|
|
|
19
|
|
Section 2.
|
|
Election and Tenure
|
|
|
19
|
|
Section 3.
|
|
Removal and Resignation of Officers
|
|
|
19
|
|
Section 4.
|
|
Chair of the Board of Directors
|
|
|
19
|
|
Section 5.
|
|
Vice Chair of the Board of Directors
|
|
|
19
|
|
Section 6.
|
|
President
|
|
|
19
|
|
Section 7.
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
19
|
|
Section 8.
|
|
Treasurer and/or Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
20
|
|
Section 9.
|
|
Other Officers and Duties
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.
|
|
No Personal Liability of Directors or Officers
|
|
|
20
|
|
Section 2.
|
|
Mandatory Indemnification
|
|
|
21
|
|
Section 3.
|
|
Good Faith Defined; Reliance on Experts
|
|
|
21
|
|
Section 4.
|
|
Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses
|
|
|
22
|
|
Section 5.
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
22
|
|
Section 6.
|
|
Subrogation
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.
|
|
Shares of Stock
|
|
|
22
|
|
Section 2.
|
|
Transfer Agents, Registrars and the Like
|
|
|
22
|
|
Section 3.
|
|
Transfer of Shares
|
|
|
22
|
|
Section 4.
|
|
Registered Shareholders
|
|
|
22
|
|
Section 5.
|
|
Register of Shares
|
|
|
23
|
|
Section 6.
|
|
Disclosure of Holdings
|
|
|
23
|
|
Section 7.
|
|
Signatures
|
|
|
23
|
|
Section 8.
|
|
Lost Certificates
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MISCELLANEOUS
|
Section 1.
|
|
Filing
|
|
|
23
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
Section 2.
|
|
Governing Law
|
|
|
23
|
|
Section 3.
|
|
Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulation
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.
|
|
Amendment and Repeal of Bylaws
|
|
|
24
|
|
iii
BLACKROCK UTILITY AND INFRASTRUCTURE TRUST
BYLAWS
These Bylaws are made and adopted pursuant to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated as
of August 25, 2011, as from time to time amended (hereinafter called the
Charter
), of
BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust (the
Fund
).
Definitions. As used in these Bylaws, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
12(d) Holder
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Article II.
1940 Act
shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder.
5% Holder
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Article II.
Bylaws
shall mean these Bylaws of the Fund as amended or restated from time to time
by the Directors.
Code
shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations
promulgated thereunder.
Directors
and
Board of Directors
shall mean the persons duly elected or
appointed to the Board of Trustees or Board of Directors, as the case may be, of the Fund from time
to time, so long as they shall continue in office, and all other persons who at the time in
question have been duly elected or appointed and have qualified as directors or trustees in
accordance with the provisions hereof and are then in office.
Disabling Conduct
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of Article IV.
Exchange Act
shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
immediate family member
shall mean any parent, child, spouse, spouse of a
parent, spouse of a child, brother or sister (including step and adoptive relationships).
Indemnitee
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of Article IV.
Independent Director
shall mean a Director that is not an interested person as
defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.
Independent Non-Party Directors
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) of
Article IV.
investment company
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Article II.
Management Director
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Article II.
nominated or seated
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Article II.
Non-Management Director
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Article II.
1
Person
shall mean and include natural persons, corporations, partnerships, trusts,
limited liability companies, associations, joint ventures and other entities, whether or not legal
entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.
Prohibited Conduct
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Article II.
Proposed Nominee
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7 of Article I.
Proposed Nominee Associated Person
of any Proposed Nominee shall mean (A) any Person
acting in concert with such Proposed Nominee, (B) any direct or indirect beneficial owner of Shares
owned of record or beneficially by such Proposed Nominee or Person acting in concert with the
Proposed Nominee and (C) any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such
Proposed Nominee or a Proposed Nominee Associated Person.
proxy access rules
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7 of Article I.
SEC
shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Shareholder Associated Person
of any beneficial or record shareholder shall mean (A)
any Person acting in concert with such shareholder, (B) any direct or indirect beneficial owner of
Shares owned of record or beneficially by such shareholder or any Person acting in concert with
such shareholder, (C) any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such
shareholder or a Shareholder Associated Person and (D) any member of the immediate family of such
shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person.
Shares
shall mean (i) if the Fund is organized as a trust, the units of beneficial
interest into which the beneficial interests in the Fund shall be divided from time to time, (ii)
if the Fund is organized as a corporation, the shares of stock of the Fund and (iii) if the Fund is
organized as a limited liability company, the limited liability company interests of the Fund, and
in each case includes fractions of Shares as well as whole Shares. In addition, Shares also means
any preferred units of beneficial interest, preferred stock or preferred limited liability company
interests which may be issued from time to time, as described herein. All references to Shares
shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all series or classes as the context may require.
special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting
shall mean a special meeting called by
Directors for the purpose of electing Directors in the event that an annual meeting is not held on
or before such date as may be required by the NYSE Amex, New York Stock Exchange or such other
exchange or trading system on which shares are principally traded, if applicable.
Special Counsel
shall mean an independent legal counsel as defined in Reg.
§270.0-1(a)(6) promulgated under the 1940 Act, and such counsel shall be (i) selected by a majority
of the Independent Non-Party Directors, (ii) if fewer than 50% of the Independent Directors are
Independent Non-Party Directors, the regular independent counsel to the Independent Directors, or
(iii) if such counsel is not able to act in a capacity contemplated in these Bylaws for ethical or
other reasons, counsel selected by such regular independent counsel to the Independent Directors.
Special Meeting Request
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(i) of
Article I.
ARTICLE I
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
Section 1.
Chair
. The Chair, if any, shall act as chair at all meetings of the
shareholders. In the Chairs absence, the Vice Chair, if any, shall act as chair at the meeting. In
the absence of the Chair and the Vice Chair, the Director or Directors present at each meeting may
elect a temporary chair for the meeting, who may be one of themselves.
2
Section 2.
Annual Meetings of Shareholders
. The annual meeting of shareholders for the
election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time and at such place as shall be
designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. In the event that such a meeting is not
held on or before such date as may be required by the NYSE Amex, New York Stock Exchange or such
other exchange or trading system on which shares are principally traded, if applicable, a
subsequent special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting may be called by the Directors. Any other
proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting of shareholders. Directors may only be
elected at an annual meeting of shareholders or a special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting of
shareholders.
Section 3.
Special Meetings of Shareholders
.
(a) Unless otherwise required by binding law or by the Charter, special
meetings of shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, except for the election of
Directors, may be called by the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized
committee) or the President and shall be called by the Secretary at the request in
writing by the shareholders of record of not less than fifty-one percent (51%) of
the outstanding Shares of the Fund or class or series of Shares having voting
rights on the matter. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting as
shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).
(b) (i) Any shareholder of record seeking to request a special meeting
shall send written notice to the Secretary (the
Special Meeting
Request
) by registered mail, return receipt requested, requesting the
Secretary to call a special meeting. Proof of the requesting shareholders
ownership of Shares at the time of giving the Special Meeting Request must
accompany the requesting shareholders Special Meeting Request. The Special
Meeting Request shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters
proposed to be acted on at the meeting, shall be signed by one or more
shareholders of record (or their duly authorized agents), shall bear the date
of signature of each requesting shareholder (or its duly authorized agent)
signing the Special Meeting Request and shall set forth all information that
each such shareholder of record and, with respect to the beneficial owners of
Shares on whose behalf such request is being made, each such beneficial owner
of Shares would be required to disclose in a proxy statement or other filings
required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies with respect
to the proposed business to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section
14 of the Exchange Act, as well as additional information required by Article
I Section 6(d) of these Bylaws. Upon receiving the Special Meeting Request,
the Directors may in their discretion fix a special meeting date, which need
not be the same date as that requested in the Special Meeting Request.
(ii) A shareholder of record providing notice of business proposed to be
brought before a special meeting shall further update and supplement such
notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be
provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 3(b) shall be true and
correct as of the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to
receive notice of the special meeting and such update and supplement shall be
delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal
executive offices of the Fund not later than five (5) business days after the
record date for determining the shareholders entitled to receive notice of
the special meeting.
(iii) The Board of Directors shall determine the validity of any
purported Special Meeting Request received by the Secretary.
(iv) Within ten (10) days of receipt of a valid Special Meeting Request,
the Secretary shall inform the requesting shareholders of the reasonably
estimated cost of preparing and mailing the notice of meeting (including the
Funds proxy materials). The Secretary shall not be required to call a
special meeting upon receipt of a Special Meeting Request and such meeting
shall not be held unless the Secretary receives payment of such reasonably
estimated cost prior to the mailing of any notice of the meeting.
3
Section 4.
Place of Meetings
. Any shareholder meeting, including a special meeting,
shall be held within or without the state in which the Fund was formed at such place, date and time
as the Directors shall designate.
Section 5.
Notice of Meetings
. Written notice of all meetings of shareholders, stating
the place, date and time of the meeting, shall be given by the Secretary by mail to each
shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat at its registered address, mailed at least ten (10)
days and not more than sixty (60) days before the meeting or otherwise in compliance with
applicable binding law. Such notice will also specify the means of remote communications, if any,
by which shareholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such
meeting.
Section 6.
Nature of Business at Annual Meetings of Shareholders
.
(a) Only such business (other than nominations for election to the Board of
Directors, which must comply with the provisions of Section 7 of this Article I)
may be transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders as is either:
(i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given
by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized
committee thereof),
(ii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee
thereof), or
(iii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any
shareholder of record of the Fund:
(A) who is a shareholder of record on the date such shareholder
gives the notice provided for in this Section 6 of this Article I and on
the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice
of and to vote at such annual meeting; and
(B) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this
Section 6 of this Article I.
(b) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be
properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, such shareholder of
record must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the
Secretary of the Fund.
(c) To be timely, a record shareholders notice to the Secretary must be
delivered to or be mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the
Fund not less than one hundred and twenty (120) days nor more than one hundred and
fifty (150) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual
meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual
meeting is called for a date that is not within twenty-five (25) days before or
after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder of record in order to be
timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th)
day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was
mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made,
whichever first occurs. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an
annual meeting, or the public announcement of such an adjournment or postponement,
commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a record
shareholders notice as described above.
(d) To be in proper written form, a record shareholders notice to the
Secretary must set forth the following information:
4
(i) as to each matter such shareholder of record proposes to bring
before the annual meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be
brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such
business at the annual meeting, and
(ii) as to the record shareholder giving notice and the beneficial
owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made,
(A) the name and address of such person and of any Shareholder
Associated Person;
(B) (1) the class or series and number of all Shares which are
owned beneficially or of record by such person and any Shareholder
Associated Person,
(2) the name of each nominee holder of Shares owned
beneficially but not of record by such person or any Shareholder
Associated Person, and the number of such Shares held by each such
nominee holder,
(3) whether and the extent to which any derivative
instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit
interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on
behalf of such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, with
respect to Shares, and
(4) whether and the extent to which any other transaction,
agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short
position or any borrowing or lending of Shares) has been made by
or on behalf of such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person,
the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate
loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for,
such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, or to increase
or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of
such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, with respect to
Shares;
(C) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or
understandings (whether written or oral) between or among such person,
or any Shareholder Associated Person, and any other Person or Persons
(including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business
and any material interest of such person or any Shareholder Associated
Person, in such business, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to
such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person;
(D) a representation that the shareholder of record giving notice
intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring
such business before the meeting; and
(E) information relating to such person or any Shareholder
Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy
statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the
solicitation of proxies by such person with respect to the proposed
business to be brought by such person before the annual meeting pursuant
to Section 14 of the Exchange Act.
(e) A shareholder of record providing notice of business proposed to be
brought before an annual meeting shall further update and supplement such notice,
if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such
notice pursuant to this Section 6 of this Article I shall be true and correct as of
the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to receive notice of the
annual meeting and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed
and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Fund not
later
5
than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the
shareholders entitled to receive notice of the annual meeting.
(f) No business (other than nominations for election to the Board of
Directors, which must comply with the provisions of Section 7 of this Article I)
shall be conducted at the annual meeting of shareholders except business brought
before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Section 6 of this Article I. If the chair of an annual meeting determines that
business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the
foregoing procedures, the chair shall declare to the meeting that the business was
not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.
(g) Nothing contained in this Section 6 of this Article I shall be deemed to
affect any rights of shareholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Funds
proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act (or any successor
provision of law).
Section 7.
Nomination of Directors
.
(a) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures
shall be eligible for election as directors of the Fund. Nominations of persons for
election to the Board of Directors may be made only at any annual meeting of
shareholders, or at any special meeting in lieu of the annual meeting of
shareholders:
(i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly
authorized committee thereof), or
(ii) by any shareholder of record, or group of shareholders of record,
of the Fund:
(A) who is a shareholder or are shareholders of record on the date
such shareholder(s) give the notice provided for in this Section 7 of
this Article I and on the record date for the determination of
shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such annual meeting or
special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting; and
(B) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this
Section 7 of this Article I.
(b) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be
made by a shareholder of record, or group of shareholders of record, such
shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the
Secretary of the Fund.
(c) To be timely, a record shareholders notice to the Secretary must be
delivered to or be mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the
Fund:
(i) in the case of an annual meeting, not less than one hundred and
twenty (120) days nor more than one hundred and fifty (150) days prior to the
anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders;
provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a
date that is not within twenty-five (25) days before or after such
anniversary date, notice by the shareholder of record in order to be timely
must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th)
day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting
was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was
made, whichever first occurs;
(ii) in the case of a special meeting of shareholders in lieu of an
annual meeting, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day
following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was
mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made,
whichever first occurs; and
6
(iii) in no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an annual
meeting or such a special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting, or the public
announcement of such an adjournment or postponement, commence a new time
period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a shareholders notice
as described above.
(d) To be in proper written form, a record shareholders notice to the
Secretary must set forth the following information:
(i) as to each person whom the shareholder of record proposes to
nominate for election as a director (a
Proposed Nominee
) and any
Proposed Nominee Associated Person:
(A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such
Proposed Nominee and of any Proposed Nominee Associated Person;
(B) the principal occupation or employment of such Proposed
Nominee;
(C) (1) the class or series and number of all Shares which are
owned beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, by such
Proposed Nominee and any Proposed Nominee Associated Person, and the
name and address of the record holder(s) of such Shares (if different
than the beneficial owner(s)) as they appear on the records of the Fund,
(2) the name of each nominee holder of Shares owned
beneficially but not of record by such Proposed Nominee or any
Proposed Nominee Associated Person, and the number of such Shares
held by each such nominee holder,
(3) whether and the extent to which any derivative
instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit
interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on
behalf of such Proposed Nominee, or any Proposed Nominee
Associated Person, with respect to Shares,
(4) whether and the extent to which any other transaction,
agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short
position or any borrowing or lending of Shares) has been made by
or on behalf of such Proposed Nominee, or any Proposed Nominee
Associated Person, the effect or intent of any of the foregoing
being to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of share
price changes for, such Proposed Nominee, or any Proposed Nominee
Associated Person, or to increase or decrease the voting power or
pecuniary or economic interest of such Proposed Nominee, or any
Proposed Nominee Associated Person, with respect to the Shares,
(5) a representation as to whether such Proposed Nominee is
an interested person, as defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the
1940 Act and sufficient information about the Proposed Nominee to
permit counsel to the Fund to confirm such representation,
including information with respect to each relationship set forth
in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act which may cause such Proposed
Nominee to be an interested person of the Fund or a representation
that no such relationship exists;
(6) information to establish to the satisfaction of the Board
of Directors that the Proposed Nominee satisfies the director
qualifications as set out in Section 1 of Article II; and
7
(D) any other information relating to such Proposed Nominee or
Proposed Nominee Associated Person that would be required to be
disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in
connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an
election contest pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act (even if an
election contest is not involved); and
(ii) as to the shareholder of record giving the notice, and the
beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made,
(A) the name and record address of such person and of any
Shareholder Associated Person;
(B) (1) the class or series and number of all Shares which are
owned beneficially or of record by such person and any Shareholder
Associated Person,
(2) the name of each nominee holder of Shares of the Fund
owned beneficially but not of record by such person or any
Shareholder Associated Person, and the number of Shares held by
each such nominee holder,
(3) whether and the extent to which any derivative
instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit
interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on
behalf of such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, with
respect to stock of the Fund, and
(4) whether and the extent to which any other transaction,
agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short
position or any borrowing or lending of Shares) has been made by
or on behalf of such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person,
the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate
loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for,
such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, or to increase
or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of
such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, with respect to
Shares;
(C) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or
understandings (whether written or oral) between such person, or any
Shareholder Associated Person, and any proposed nominee or any other
person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the
nomination(s) are being made by such person, and any material interest
of such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, in such
nomination, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such person,
or any Shareholder Associated Person;
(D) a representation that the shareholder, or group of
shareholders, giving notice intends to appear in person or by proxy at
the annual meeting or special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting to
nominate the persons named in its notice;
(E) any other information relating to such person that would be
required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required
to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies for election
of directors in an election contest pursuant to Section 14 of the
Exchange Act (even if an election contest is not involved).
(iii) Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each
Proposed Nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if
elected.
8
(e) A shareholder of record, or group of shareholders of record, providing
notice of any nomination proposed to be made at an annual meeting or special
meeting in lieu of an annual meeting shall further update and supplement such
notice, if necessary, so that:
(i) the information provided or required to be provided in such notice
pursuant to this Section 7 of this Article I shall be true and correct as of
the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to receive notice
of the annual meeting or special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting, and
such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by
the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Fund not later than
five (5) business days after the record date for determining the shareholders
entitled to receive notice of such annual meeting or special meeting in lieu
of an annual meeting; and
(ii) any subsequent information reasonably requested by the Board of
Directors to determine that the Proposed Nominee has met the director
qualifications as set out in Section 1 of Article II is provided, and such
update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the
Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Fund not later than five
(5) business days after the request by the Board of Directors for subsequent
information regarding director qualifications has been delivered to or mailed
and received by such shareholder of record, or group of shareholders of
record, providing notice of any nomination.
(f) No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Fund unless
nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 7 of this
Article I. If the chair of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in
accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chair shall declare to the meeting
that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be
disregarded.
(g) Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 7 of this Article I to the
contrary, a nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be
submitted for inclusion in the Funds proxy materials to the extent required by
rules adopted by the SEC providing for such nominations and inclusion and
interpretations thereof (
proxy access rules
), and, if such nomination is
submitted under the proxy access rules, such submission:
(i) in order to be timely, must be delivered to, or be mailed and
received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Fund no
later than 120 calendar days before the date that the Fund mailed (or
otherwise disseminated) its proxy materials for the prior years annual
meeting (or such other date as may be set forth in the proxy access rules for
companies without advance notice bylaws);
(ii) in all other respects, must be made pursuant to, and in accordance
with, the terms of the proxy access rules, as in effect at the time of the
nomination, or any successor rules or regulations of the SEC then in effect;
and
(iii) must provide the Fund with any other information required by this
Section 7 of this Article I, by applicable binding law, the Charter or a
resolution of the Directors for nominations not made under the proxy access
rules, except to the extent that requiring such information to be furnished
is prohibited by the proxy access rules. The provisions of this paragraph of
this Section 7 of this Article I do not provide shareholders of the Fund with
any rights, nor impose upon the Fund any obligations, other than the rights
and obligations set forth in the proxy access rules.
Section 8.
Conduct of Meetings
. The Board of Directors of the Fund may adopt by
resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the shareholders as it
shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as
adopted by the Board of Directors, the chair of any meeting of the shareholders shall have the
right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such
9
acts as, in the judgment of such chair, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting.
Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by
the chair of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of
an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) the determination of when the polls shall open
and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (c) rules and procedures for
maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (d) limitations on attendance at
and participation in the meeting to shareholders, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or
such other persons as the chair of the meeting shall determine; (e) restrictions on entry to the
meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (f) limitations on the time allotted to
questions or comments by shareholders; and (g) the extent to which, if any, other participants are
permitted to speak.
Section 9.
Postponements; Adjournments
. The Board of Directors may, prior to a meeting
of shareholders being convened, postpone such meeting from time to time to a date not more than 120
days after the original record date. The chair of any meeting of the shareholders may adjourn the
meeting from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be
given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote
communications, if any, by which shareholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in
person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is
taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Fund may transact any business which might have been
transacted at the original meeting. Any adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned one or more
times without further notice not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after the record
date. If after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the
adjourned meeting in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 of this Article I shall be given
to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting and each other shareholder entitled
to notice of the meeting.
Section 10.
Record Date
.
(a) For the purposes of determining the shareholders who are entitled to vote
at or otherwise entitled to notice of any meeting, the Directors may, without
closing the transfer books, fix a date not more than sixty (60) nor less than ten
(10) days prior to the date of such meeting of shareholders as a record date for
the determination of the Persons to be treated as shareholders of record for such
purposes. The record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution
fixing the record date is adopted by the Directors. If no record date is fixed by
the Directors and the stock transfer books are not closed, the record date for
determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the
shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the
day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on
the day immediately preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination
of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the shareholders
of record shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that
the Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
(b) In order that the Fund may determine the shareholders entitled to consent
to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a
record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution
fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date
shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution
fixing the record date is adopted by the Directors. If no record date has been
fixed by the Directors and no prior action by the Directors is required by
applicable binding law or the Charter to take such action, the record date for
determining shareholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without
a meeting shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth
the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Fund by delivery to
its registered office in the state in which the Fund was formed, its resident
agent, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Fund having
custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the shareholders are
recorded. Delivery made to the Funds registered office shall be by hand or by
certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been
fixed by the Directors and prior action by the Directors is required by applicable
binding law or the Charter, the record date for determining shareholders entitled
to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close
of business on the day on which the Directors adopts the resolution taking such
prior action.
10
Section 11.
Voting
.
(a) Shareholders shall have no power to vote on any matter except matters on
which a vote of shareholders is required by applicable binding law, the Charter or
a resolution of the Directors. Except as otherwise provided herein, any matter
required to be submitted to shareholders and affecting one or more classes or
series of Shares shall require approval by the required vote of all the affected
classes and series of Shares voting together as a single class; provided, however,
that as to any matter with respect to which a separate vote of any class or series
of Shares is required by the 1940 Act, such requirement as to a separate vote by
that class or series of Shares shall apply in addition to a vote of all the
affected classes and series voting together as a single class. Shareholders of a
particular class or series of Shares shall not be entitled to vote on any matter
that affects only one or more other classes or series of Shares.
(b) Subject to any provision of applicable binding law, the Charter, these
Bylaws or a resolution of the Directors specifying a greater or a lesser vote
requirement for the transaction of any item of business that properly comes before
any meeting of shareholders (i) with respect to the election of directors, the
affirmative vote of a plurality of the Shares represented in person or by proxy at
any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the shareholders with
respect to such matters, (ii) for all other items of business, the affirmative vote
of a majority of the Shares represented in person or by proxy at any meeting at
which a quorum is present and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the
act of the shareholders with respect to such matter(s), and (iii) where a separate
vote of one or more classes or series of Shares is required on any matter, the
affirmative vote of a plurality of Shares or a majority of the Shares, as required
by the preceding clauses of this paragraph, of such class or series of Shares
represented in person or by proxy, at any meeting at which a quorum is present
shall be the act of the shareholders of such class or series with respect to such
matter.
(c) Only shareholders of record shall be entitled to vote. Each full Share
shall be entitled to one vote and fractional Shares shall be entitled to a vote of
such fraction. When any Share is held jointly by several persons, any one of them
may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Share, but if more
than one of them shall be present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and such
joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to be cast, such
vote shall be cast in accordance with applicable binding law.
(d) There shall be no cumulative voting in the election or removal of
Directors.
Section 12.
Quorum
. The holders of a majority of the Shares entitled to vote on any
matter at a meeting present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at such meeting of the
shareholders for purposes of conducting business on such matter. The absence from any meeting, in
person or by proxy, of a quorum of Shareholders for action upon any given matter shall not prevent
action at such meeting upon any other matter or matters which may properly come before the meeting,
if there shall be present thereat, in person or by proxy, a quorum of Shareholders in respect of
such other matters. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough
votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at
any meeting of the shareholders, the chair of the meeting shall have power to adjourn the meeting
from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 9 of this Article I, until a quorum shall be
present or represented.
Section 13.
Proxies
.
(a) At any meeting of shareholders, any holder of Shares entitled to vote
thereat may vote by properly executed proxy, provided that no proxy shall be voted
at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the Secretary, or with
such other officer or agent of the Fund as the Directors or Secretary may direct,
for verification prior to the time at which such vote shall be taken. Pursuant to a
resolution of a majority of the Directors, proxies may be solicited in the name of
one or more Directors or one or more of the officers or employees of the Fund. No
proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof,
unless otherwise
11
provided in the proxy. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a
shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise,
and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. If the holder of
any such Share is a minor or a person of unsound mind, and subject to guardianship
or to the legal control of any other person as regards the charge or management of
such Share, such person may vote by their guardian or such other person appointed
or having such control, and such vote may be given in person or by proxy.
(b) Without limiting the manner in which a shareholder may authorize another
person or persons to act for such shareholder as proxy, the following shall
constitute a valid means by which a shareholder may grant such authority:
(i) A shareholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or
persons to act for such shareholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished
by the shareholder or such shareholders authorized officer, director,
employee or agent signing such writing or causing such persons signature to
be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not
limited to, by facsimile signature.
(ii) A shareholder may authorize another person or persons to act for
such shareholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of
a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission to the person
who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy
support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who
will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that
any such telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission must
either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be
determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was
authorized by the shareholder. If it is determined that such telegrams,
cablegrams or other electronic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if
there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall
specify the information on which they relied.
(c) Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of
the writing or transmission authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy
for a shareholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or
transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or
transmission could be used; provided, however, that such copy, facsimile
telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the
entire original writing or transmission.
Section 14.
Inspectors of Election
. In advance of any meeting of the shareholders, the
Board of Directors, by resolution, may appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and
make a written report thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, the person acting as
chair of any meeting of shareholders may, and on the request of any shareholder or shareholder
proxy shall, appoint inspectors of election of the meeting. One or more other persons may be
designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or
alternate is able to act at a meeting of the shareholders, the chair of the meeting shall appoint
one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by applicable binding law,
inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Fund. Each inspector, before entering upon
the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the
duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspectors ability.
The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law or assigned by the chair of the meeting and
shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the
result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by applicable binding law.
Section 15.
Shareholder Action by Written Consent
.
(a) Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special
meeting of shareholders of the Fund may be taken without a meeting, without prior
notice and without a vote, if the holders entitled to vote thereon, in the
proportion of Shares required for approval of such action at a meeting of
shareholders, consent to the action in writing and the written
12
consents are filed with the records of the meetings of shareholders. Such
consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of
shareholders.
(b) Any such consent shall be delivered to the Fund by delivery to its
registered office in the state in which the Fund was formed, its resident agent,
its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Fund having custody
of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the shareholders are recorded.
Delivery made to the Funds registered office shall be by hand or by certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested. Every written consent shall bear the
date of signature of each shareholder who signs the consent and no written consent
shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within
sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by
this Article I Section 15 to the Fund, written consents signed in accordance with
Section 15(a) of this Article I by holders to take action are delivered to the Fund
by delivery to its registered office in the state in which the Fund was formed, its
resident agent, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Fund
having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the shareholders are
recorded. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in
writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all
purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy,
facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire
original writing.
Section 16.
Records at Shareholder Meetings
. The officer of the Fund who has charge of
the share ledger of the Fund shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of
the shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders of record entitled to vote at the meeting,
arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each shareholder and the number of
shares registered in the name of each shareholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of
any shareholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a
period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) either at a place within the city where
the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not
so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held or (ii) during ordinary business hours,
at the principal place of business of the Fund. The list shall also be produced and kept at the
time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any
shareholder who is present.
Section 17.
Share Ledger
. The share ledger of the Fund shall be the only evidence as
to who are the shareholders entitled to examine the share ledger, the list required by Section 16
of this Article I or the books of the Fund, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the
shareholders.
ARTICLE II
DIRECTORS
Section 1.
Number and Qualification
. Prior to a public offering of Shares there may be
a sole Director. Thereafter, the number of Directors shall be determined by a written instrument
signed by a majority of the Directors then in office, provided that the number of Directors shall
be no less than the lower limit for Directors as stated in the Charter and no more than fifteen
(15) and the Directors shall satisfy the requirements set forth below in this Section 1 of this
Article II. No reduction in the number of Directors shall have the effect of removing any Director
from office prior to the expiration of the Directors term. Directors need not own Shares and may
succeed themselves in office. Directors who have such present or former associations with the
Funds investment adviser as may cause such person not to be an Independent Director are referred
to as
Management Directors
. Each Director who is not a Management Director is referred to
as a
Non-Management Director
.
(a) After the offering of Shares, only persons satisfying the following
qualification requirements applicable to all Directors may be nominated, elected,
appointed, qualified or seated (
nominated or seated
) to serve as
directors:
(i) An individual nominated or seated as a Director shall be at least
twenty-one (21) years of age and not older than the younger of (A) the
mandatory retirement age determined from time to time by the Directors or a
committee of the Directors and
13
(B)
eighty (80) years of age, in each case at the time the individual is
nominated or seated, and not under legal disability;
(ii) An individual nominated or seated as a Director shall, at the time
the individual is nominated or seated, serve as a Director of no more than 5
companies having securities registered under the Exchange Act (investment
companies having the same investment adviser or investment advisers
affiliated through a control relationship shall all be counted as a single
company for this purpose);
(iii) Except as set forth in Section 1 of this Article II, an individual
nominated or seated as a Director shall not be an employee, officer, partner,
member, director or 5% or greater shareholder in any investment adviser
(other than the Funds investment adviser or any investment adviser
affiliated with the Funds investment adviser), collective investment vehicle
primarily engaged in the business of investing in investment securities (as
defined in the 1940 Act) (an
investment company
) or entity
controlling or controlled by any investment adviser (other than the Funds
investment adviser or any investment adviser affiliated with the Funds
investment adviser) or investment company unless a majority of the Board of
Directors shall have determined by resolution that such relationship will not
present undue conflicts or impede either the ability of the individual to
discharge the duties of a Director or the free flow of information between
the Funds investment adviser and the Board of Directors;
(iv) An individual nominated or seated as a Director shall not have been
charged (unless such charges were dismissed or the individual was otherwise
exonerated) with a criminal offense involving moral turpitude, dishonesty or
breach of trust, or have been convicted or have pled guilty or
nolo
contendere
with respect to a felony under the laws of the United States or
any state thereof;
(v) An individual nominated or seated as a Director shall not be and
shall not have been subject to any censure, order, consent decree (including
consent decrees in which the respondent has neither admitted nor denied the
findings) or adverse final action of any federal, state or foreign
governmental or regulatory authority (including self-regulatory
organizations), barring or suspending such individual from participation in
or association with any investment-related business or restricting such
individuals activities with respect to any investment-related business
(collectively,
Prohibited Conduct
), nor shall an individual
nominated or seated as a Director be the subject of any investigation or
proceeding that could reasonably be expected to result in an individual
nominated or seated as a Director failing to satisfy the requirements of this
paragraph, nor shall any individual nominated or seated as a Director be or
have engaged in any conduct which has resulted in, or could have reasonably
been expected or would reasonably be expected to result in, the SEC
censuring, placing limitations on the activities, functions, or operations
of, suspending, or revoking the registration of any investment adviser under
Section 203(e) or (f) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;
(vi) An individual nominated or seated as a Director shall not be and
shall not have been the subject of any of the ineligibility provisions
contained in Section 9(b) of the 1940 Act that would permit, or could
reasonably have been expected or would reasonably be expected to permit the
SEC by order to prohibit, conditionally or unconditionally, either
permanently or for a period of time, such individual from serving or acting
as an employee, officer, director, member of an advisory board, investment
adviser or depositor of, or principal underwriter for, a registered
investment company or affiliated person (as defined in Section 2(a)(3) of the
1940 Act) of such investment adviser, depositor, or principal underwriter;
and
(vii) An individual nominated or seated as a Director shall not be and
shall not have been the subject of any of the ineligibility provisions
contained in Section 9(a) of the 1940
14
Act that would result in, or could have reasonably been expected or
would reasonably be expected to result in such individual or a company of
which such individual is an affiliated person (as defined in Section 2(a)(3)
of the 1940 Act) being ineligible to serve or act in the capacity of
employee, officer, director, member of an advisory board, investment adviser,
or depositor of any registered investment company, or principal underwriter
for any registered investment company, registered unit investment trust, or
registered face-amount certificate company.
(b) After the offering of Shares, only persons satisfying the following
additional qualification requirements applicable to all Non-Management Directors
shall be nominated or seated as Non-Management Directors:
(i) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director may
not be an interested person of the Fund as defined under Section 2(a)(19)
of the 1940 Act;
(ii) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director may
not directly or indirectly own, control or hold with the power to vote, or be
a member of a group of shareholders party to an agreement, arrangement or
practice for sharing information or decisions concerning shareholder actions
or the acquisition, disposition or voting of Shares, who together directly or
indirectly own, control or hold with the power to vote, 5% or more of the
outstanding shares of any class of Shares of the Fund (each such person and
each member of such a group, a
5% Holder
), may not control or act
in concert with a 5% Holder, and may not be an immediate family member of a
5% Holder or of a person who controls or acts in concert with a 5% Holder;
(iii) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director may
not, and any immediate family member of such nominee may not, be employed or
have been employed within the last year by any 5% Holder or any person who
controls, is controlled by, is under common control with or acts in concert
with a 5% Holder;
(iv) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director may
not, and any immediate family member of such nominee may not, have accepted
directly or indirectly, during the year of the election for which such
individual is nominated or seated or during the immediately preceding
calendar year, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from any
5% Holder or from any person who controls, is controlled by, is under common
control with or acts in concert with any 5% Holder;
(v) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director may
not, and any immediate family member of such nominee may not, be an officer,
director, general partner or managing member (or person performing similar
functions) of any 5% Holder or of any person who controls, is controlled by,
is under common control with or acting in concert with a 5% Holder;
(vi) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director may
not, and any immediate family member of such nominee may not, be employed or
employed within the last year by any investment company or any company or
companies controlled by an investment company which in the aggregate own (A)
more than three percent (3%) of the outstanding voting Shares of the Fund,
(B) securities issued by the Fund having an aggregate value in excess of five
percent (5%) of the total assets of such investment company and any company
or companies controlled by such investment company, (C) securities issued by
the Fund and by all other investment companies having an aggregate value in
excess of ten percent (10%) of the total assets of the investment company
making such investment and any company or companies controlled by the
investment company making such investment, or (D) together with other
investment companies having the same investment adviser and companies
controlled by such investment companies, more than ten percent (10%) of the
total outstanding Shares of the
15
Fund (an investment
company making such investment(s) and any company or companies
controlled by it in the aggregate owning securities in excess of the amounts
set forth in (A), (B), (C) or (D) being referred to as a
12(d)
Holder
), or by any person who controls, is controlled by, under common
control with or acts in concert with a 12(d) Holder;
(vii) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director may
not, and any immediate family member of such nominee may not, have accepted
directly or indirectly, during the year of the election for which such
individual is nominated or seated, or during the immediately preceding
calendar year, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from any
12(d) Holder or from any person who controls, is controlled by, is under
common control with or acts in concert with any 12(d) Holder;
(viii) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director
may not, and any immediate family member of such nominee may not, be an
officer, director, partner or member (or person performing similar functions)
of any 12(d) Holder or of any person who controls, is controlled by, is under
common control with or acting in concert with a 12(d) Holder; and
(ix) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director may
not, and any immediate family member of such nominee may not, control or act
in concert with any 12(d) Holder or any person who controls, is controlled
by, is under common control with or acting in concert with a 12(d) Holder.
Section 2.
Term of Office
. The term of office of a Director shall be as provided in
the Charter. The Directors shall be elected at an annual meeting of the shareholders or special
meeting in lieu of an annual meeting. Each Director elected shall hold office until the next annual
meeting or special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting where his or her successor shall have been
elected and shall have qualified. The term of office of a Director shall terminate and a vacancy
shall occur in the event of the death, resignation, removal, bankruptcy, adjudicated incompetence
or other incapacity to perform the duties of the office of the Director.
Section 3.
Resignation and Removal
. Any of the Directors may resign (without need for
prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing signed by such Director and delivered
or mailed to the Directors, the Chair, if any, the President, or the Secretary and such resignation
shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a later date according to the terms of the instrument.
Any of the Directors may be removed, provided the aggregate number of Directors after such removal
shall not be less than the minimum number set forth in the Charter, only by the proportion of votes
of the shareholders or Directors, as applicable, that are set forth in the Charter as the required
proportion of votes for the removal of a Director, and with or without cause as may be permitted by
the Charter or as required by applicable binding law. Upon the resignation or removal of a
Director, each such resigning or removed Director shall execute and deliver to the Fund such
documents as may be required by applicable binding law or the Charter or as may be requested by the
remaining Directors as being in the best interests of the Fund and the shareholders. Upon the
incapacity or death of any Director, such Directors legal representative shall execute and deliver
to the Fund on such Directors behalf such documents as the remaining Directors shall require as
provided in the preceding sentence.
Section 4.
Vacancies
. Whenever a vacancy in the Board of Directors shall occur, the
remaining Directors may fill such vacancy by appointing an individual having the qualifications
described in this Article by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Directors, whether or
not sufficient to constitute a quorum, then in office or may leave such vacancy unfilled or may
reduce the number of Directors. The aggregate number of Directors after such reduction shall not be
less than the minimum number required by the Charter. If the shareholders of any class or series
are entitled separately to elect one or more Directors, a majority of the remaining Directors
elected by that class or series or the sole remaining Director elected by that class or series may
fill any vacancy among the number of Directors elected by that class or series. If the shareholders
of any class or series are entitled separately to elect one or more Directors and no Director of
such class or series remains, a majority of the remaining Directors (regardless of the class of
shareholders entitled to vote for such Directors) may fill any vacancy. Any vacancy created by an
increase in Directors may be filled by the appointment of an individual having the qualifications
described in this Article II made by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Directors
then in
16
office. Whenever a vacancy in the number of Directors shall occur, until such vacancy is
filled as provided herein, the Directors in office, regardless of their number, shall have all the
powers granted to the Directors and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Directors.
Section 5.
Meetings
.
(a) Meetings of the Directors shall be held from time to time upon the call of
the Chair, if any, the Vice Chair, if any, the President or any two Directors.
Regular meetings of the Directors may be held without call or notice at a time and
place fixed by the Bylaws or by resolution of the Directors. Notice of any other
meeting shall be given by the Secretary and shall be delivered to the Directors
orally or by email not less than 24 hours, or otherwise in writing not less than 72
hours, before the meeting, but may be waived in writing by any Director either
before or after such meeting. Directors shall provide the Secretary with an email
address to which the Secretary may send communications relating to the Fund. The
attendance of a Director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such
meeting, except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of
objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not
been properly called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the
purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be stated in the notice or
waiver of notice of such meeting, and no notice need be given of action proposed to
be taken by written consent. Whenever written notice is required by binding law,
the Charter or these Bylaws to be given to any Director, such notice may be given
by mail, addressed to such Director at such persons address as it appears on the
records of the Fund, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed
to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited with a nationally
recognized overnight delivery service, or by facsimile or email to a location
provided by the Director to the Fund.
(b) The Secretary of the Fund shall act as secretary at each meeting of the
Board of Directors and of each committee thereof. In case the Secretary shall be
absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, an
Assistant Secretary or a person appointed by the chair of the meeting shall act as
secretary of the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the members of each
committee of the Board of Directors may appoint any person to act as secretary of
any meeting of such committee and the Secretary of the Fund may, but need not if
such committee so elects, serve in such capacity.
(c) Unless otherwise provided by applicable binding law, all or any one or
more Directors may participate in a meeting of the Directors or any committee
thereof by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by
means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other;
participation in a meeting pursuant to any such communications system shall
constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 6.
Quorum
. Any time there is more than one Director, a quorum for all meetings
of the Board of Directors shall be one-third, but not less than two, of the Directors. If a quorum
shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the
Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than
announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be
present. With respect to actions of the Directors and any committee of the Directors, Directors who
are not Independent Directors in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum purposes under
this Article II Section 6 and shall be entitled to vote to the extent not prohibited by the 1940
Act.
Section 7.
Required Vote
. Unless otherwise required or permitted in the Charter or by
applicable binding law (including the 1940 Act), any action of the Board of Directors may be taken
at a meeting at which a quorum is present by vote of a majority of the Directors present.
Section 8.
Committees
.
(a) The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees of its
members. Each member of a committee must meet the requirements for membership, if
any, imposed by
17
applicable binding law and the rules and regulations of any securities
exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Fund are listed or
quoted for trading. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Directors as
alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified
member at any meeting of any such committee. Subject to the rules and regulations
of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Fund
are listed or quoted for trading, in the absence or disqualification of a member of
a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an
alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or
members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or
not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another
qualified member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of
any absent or disqualified member. Any Director serving on a committee of the Board
of Directors may be removed from such committee at any time by the Board of
Directors or by any committee to which such authority is delegated.
(b) Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the
resolution or charter establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all
the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the
business and affairs of the Fund, and may authorize the seal of the Fund, if any,
to be affixed to all papers which may require it.
(c) Any committee of the Directors, including an executive committee, if any,
may act with or without a meeting. Any time there is more than one Director on a
committee, unless otherwise required by the committees charter, a quorum for all
meetings of any committee shall be one-third, but not less than two, of the members
thereof. Unless otherwise required by applicable binding law (including the 1940
Act) or provided in the Charter, these Bylaws or the committees charter, any
action of any such committee may be taken at a meeting at which a quorum is present
by vote of a majority of the members present. Each committee shall keep regular
minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article II
Section 8, the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing any committee of
the Board of Directors or the charter of any such committee may establish
requirements or procedures relating to the governance or operation of such
committee that are different from, or in addition to, those set forth in these
Bylaws and, to the extent that there is any inconsistency between these Bylaws and
any such resolution or charter, the terms of such resolution or charter shall be
controlling.
Section 9.
Director Action by Written Consent
. Subject to the provisions of the 1940
Act, any action which may be taken by Directors by vote may be taken without a meeting if that
number of the members of the Board of Directors or of the respective committee, as the case may be,
required for approval of such action at a meeting of the Directors or such committee consent to the
action in writing or electronic transmission and the written consents or electronic transmission
are filed with the records of the meetings of Directors. Such consent shall be treated for all
purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Directors or the committee.
Section 10.
Chair; Records
. The Chair, if any, shall act as chair at all meetings of
the Directors. In absence of the Chair, the Vice Chair, if any, shall act as chair at the meeting.
In the absence of the Chair and the Vice Chair, the Directors present shall elect one of their
number to act as temporary chair. The results of all actions taken at a meeting of the Directors,
or by written consent of the Directors, shall be recorded by the Secretary or, in the absence of
the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or such other person appointed by the Board of Directors as
the meeting secretary.
Section 11.
Delegation
. Unless otherwise provided in the Charter or these Bylaws and
except as provided by applicable binding law, the Directors shall have the power to delegate from
time to time to such of their number or to one or more officers, employees or agents of the Fund
the doing of such things, including any matters set forth in the Charter or these Bylaws, and the
execution of such instruments in the name of the Fund.
18
Section 12.
Compensation
. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of
attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at
each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary for service as director, payable in cash
or securities. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for
service as committee members.
Section 13.
Governance
. The Board of Directors may from time to time require all its
members (including any individual nominated to serve as a Director) to agree in writing as to
matters of corporate governance, business ethics and confidentiality while such persons serve as a
Director, such agreement to be on the terms and in a form determined satisfactory by the Board of
Directors, as amended and supplemented from time to time in the discretion of the Board of
Directors.
ARTICLE III
OFFICERS
Section 1.
Officers of the Fund
. The Directors shall elect a President, a Secretary
and a Treasurer and may elect a Chair and a Vice Chair. Any Chair or Vice Chair shall, and the
President, Secretary and Treasurer may, but need not, be a Director. No other officer of the Fund
need be a Director. Any two or more of the offices may be held by the same Person, except that
after the Funds initial public offering the same person may not be both President and Secretary.
Section 2.
Election and Tenure
. The Chair, if any, and Vice Chair, if any, President,
Secretary, Treasurer and such other officers as the Directors from time to time may elect shall
serve at the pleasure of the Directors or until their successors have been duly elected and
qualified. The Directors may fill a vacancy in office or add any additional officers at any time.
Section 3.
Removal and Resignation of Officers
. Any officer may be removed at any
time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the Directors. This provision shall not
prevent the making of a contract of employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have
no effect upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal in breach of a
contract of employment. Any officer may resign at any time by notice in writing signed by such
officer and delivered or mailed to the Chair, if any, President, or Secretary, and such resignation
shall take effect immediately upon receipt by the Chair, if any, President, or Secretary, or at a
later date according to the terms of such notice in writing.
Section 4.
Chair of the Board of Directors
. The Chair of the Board of Directors, if
there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors. The
Chair of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other
powers as may from time to time be assigned by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors.
Section 5.
Vice Chair of the Board of Directors
. The Vice Chair shall perform the
duties of the Chair when the Chair is not able to fulfill those duties for any reason.
Section 6.
President
. The President shall, subject to the control of the Directors,
have general supervision, direction and control of the business of the Fund and of its employees
and shall exercise such general powers of management as are usually vested in the office of
President of a Fund. The President shall have such further authorities and duties as the Directors
shall from time to time determine. In the absence or disability of the President, the Directors
shall delegate authority to another officer of the Fund to perform all of the duties of the
President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all of the
restrictions upon the President.
Section 7.
Secretary
. The Secretary shall maintain the minutes of all meetings of, and
record all votes of, shareholders, Directors and committees of Directors, if any. The Secretary
shall be custodian of the seal of the Fund, if any, and the Secretary (and any other person so
authorized by the Directors) may affix the seal, or if permitted, facsimile thereof, to any
instrument executed by the Fund which would be sealed by a business corporation in the state in
which the Fund was formed executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest the seal and
the signature or signatures of the officer or officers executing such instrument on behalf of the
Fund. The Secretary shall
19
also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a business corporation in
the state in which the Fund was formed and shall have such other authorities and duties as the
Directors shall from time to time determine, including but not limited to calling special meetings
of shareholders and providing written notice of all meetings of shareholders.
Section 8.
Treasurer and/or Chief Financial Officer
. The Directors can nominate a
Treasurer and/or Chief Financial Officer, and, except as otherwise directed by the Directors, such
officer(s) shall have the general supervision of the monies, funds, securities, notes receivable
and other valuable papers and documents of the Fund, and shall have and exercise under the
supervision of the Directors and of the President all powers and duties normally incident to the
office. Such officer(s) may endorse for deposit or collection all notes, checks and other
instruments payable to the Fund or to its order. Such officer(s) shall deposit all funds of the
Fund in such depositories as the Directors shall designate. Such officer(s) shall be responsible
for such disbursement of the funds of the Fund as may be ordered by the Directors or the President.
Such officer(s) shall keep accurate account of the books of the Funds transactions which shall be
the property of the Fund, and which together with all other property of the Fund in such
officer(s)s possession, shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of the
Directors. Unless the Directors shall otherwise determine, such officer(s) shall be the principal
accounting officer(s) of the Fund and shall also be the principal financial officer(s) of the Fund.
Such officer(s) shall have such other duties and authorities as the Directors shall from time to
time determine. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Directors may
authorize any adviser, administrator, manager or transfer agent to maintain bank accounts and
deposit and disburse funds of any series of the Fund on behalf of such series.
Section 9.
Other Officers and Duties
. The Directors may elect or appoint, or may
authorize the President to appoint, such other officers or agents with such powers as the Directors
may deem to be advisable. Assistant officers shall act generally in the absence of the officer whom
they assist and shall assist that officer in the duties of the office. Each officer, employee and
agent of the Fund shall have such other duties and authority as may be conferred upon such person
by the Directors or delegated to such person by the President. If the Directors elect or appoint,
or authorize the President to appoint, a chief executive officer of the Fund, such chief executive
officer, subject to direction of the Directors, shall have power in the name and on behalf of the
Fund to execute any and all loans, documents, contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages, registration
statements, applications, requests, filings and other instruments in writing, and to employ and
discharge employees and agents of the Fund. Unless otherwise directed by the Directors, the chief
executive officer shall have full authority and power, on behalf of all of the Directors, to attend
and to act and to vote, on behalf of the Fund at any meetings of business organizations in which
the Fund holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other persons, by executing any
proxies duly authorizing such persons. The chief executive officer shall have such further
authorities and duties as the Directors shall from time to time determine. In the absence or
disability of the chief executive officer, the Directors shall delegate authority to another
officer of the Fund to perform all of the duties of the chief executive officer, and when so acting
shall have all the powers of and be subject to all of the restrictions upon the chief executive
officer.
ARTICLE IV
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
Section 1.
No Personal Liability of Directors or Officers
. No Director, advisory board
member or officer of the Fund shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability
whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Fund or its shareholders arising from bad
faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his or her duty to such
Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the assets
of the Fund for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the
Fund. If any Director, advisory board member or officer, as such, of the Fund, is made a party to
any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, such
person shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification
of the Charter or this Article IV Section 1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a
Director, advisory board member or officer of the Fund existing at the time of such repeal or
modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
20
Section 2.
Mandatory Indemnification
.
(a) The Fund hereby agrees to indemnify each person who is or was a Director,
advisory board member or officer of the Fund (each such person being an
Indemnitee
) to the full extent permitted under the Charter. In addition,
the Fund may provide greater but not lesser rights to indemnification pursuant to a
contract approved by at least a majority of Directors between the Fund and any
Indeminitee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Indemnitee shall be indemnified
hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such Indemnitee
arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross
negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the
Indemnitees position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv)
being sometimes referred to herein as
Disabling Conduct
). Furthermore,
with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any
Indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution
of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnitee (A) was authorized by a
majority of the Directors or (B) was instituted by the Indemnitee to enforce his or
her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the Indemnitee is found
to be entitled to such indemnification.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise provided in the Charter or
in any agreement relating to indemnification between an Indemnitee and the Fund, no
indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i)
by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent
jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was
brought that such Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in
the absence of such a decision, by (A) a majority vote of a quorum of those
Directors who are both Independent Directors and not parties to the proceeding
(
Independent Non-Party Directors
), that the Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification hereunder, or (B) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if
obtainable, if such majority so directs, a Special Counsel in a written opinion
concludes that the Indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder.
(c) Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and the Charter, the
Fund shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance
payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to
the Fund or serving in any capacity at the request of the Fund to the full extent
permitted for corporations organized under the corporations laws of the state in
which the Fund was formed, provided that such indemnification has been approved by
a majority of the Directors.
(d) Any repeal or modification of the Charter or Section 2 of this Article IV
shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director, advisory board
member or officer of the Fund existing at the time of such repeal or modification
with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
Section 3.
Good Faith Defined; Reliance on Experts
. For purposes of any determination
under this Article IV, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such
person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Fund, or, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such persons conduct was
unlawful, if such persons action is based on the records or books of account of the Fund, or on
information supplied to such person by the officers of the Fund in the course of their duties, or
on the advice of legal counsel for the Fund or on information or records given or reports made to
the Fund by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert or agent
selected with reasonable care by the Fund. The provisions of this Article IV Section 3 shall not be
deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to
have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Article IV. Each Director and officer
or employee of the Fund shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully and completely
justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in
good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Fund, upon an opinion of counsel
selected by the Board of Directors or a committee of the Directors, or upon reports made to the
Fund by any of the Funds officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager,
distributor, dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or
21
consultant selected with reasonable care by the Board of Directors or a committee of the
Directors, officers or employees of the Fund, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also
be a Director.
Section 4.
Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses
. The
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IV
shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has
ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and
administrators of such a person.
Section 5.
Insurance
. The Directors may maintain insurance for the protection of the
Funds property, the shareholders, Directors, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the
Directors shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the
Directors in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.
Section 6.
Subrogation
. In the event of payment by the Fund to an Indemnitee under the
Charter or these Bylaws, the Fund shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the
rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute such documents and do such acts as the Fund
may reasonably request to secure such rights and to enable the Fund effectively to bring suit to
enforce such rights.
ARTICLE V
STOCK
Section 1.
Shares of Stock
. Except as otherwise provided in a resolution approved by
the Board of Directors, all Shares of the Fund shall be uncertificated Shares.
Section 2.
Transfer Agents, Registrars and the Like
. The Directors shall have
authority to employ and compensate such transfer agents and registrars with respect to the Shares
of the Fund as the Directors shall deem necessary or desirable. The transfer agent or transfer
agents may keep the applicable register and record therein the original issues and transfers, if
any, of the Shares. Any such transfer agents and/or registrars shall perform the duties usually
performed by transfer agents and registrars of certificates of stock in a corporation, as modified
by the Directors. In addition, the Directors shall have power to employ and compensate such
dividend disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the reinvestment of dividends as they
shall deem necessary or desirable. Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is
delegated to any of them by the Directors.
Section 3.
Transfer of Shares
. Shares of the Fund shall be transferable in the manner
prescribed by the Charter, these Bylaws and applicable binding law. Transfers of Shares shall be
made on the books of the Fund, and in the case of certificated Shares, only by the person named in
the certificate or by such persons attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender
of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer
taxes; or, in the case of uncertificated Shares, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from
the registered holder of the Shares or by such persons attorney lawfully constituted in writing,
and upon payment of all necessary transfer taxes and compliance with appropriate procedures for
transferring Shares in uncertificated form; provided, however, that such surrender and endorsement,
compliance or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Fund
shall determine to waive such requirement. If any certificated Shares are issued as provided in
Section 1 of this Article V, they may be transferred only by the person named in the certificate or
by such persons attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate
therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer taxes. With respect
to certificated Shares, every certificate exchanged, returned or surrendered to the Fund shall be
marked
Cancelled
, with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary of the Fund or the
transfer agent thereof. No transfer of Shares shall be valid as against the Fund for any purpose
until it shall have been entered in the Share records of the Fund by an entry showing from and to
whom transferred.
Section 4.
Registered Shareholders
. The Fund may deem and treat the holder of record
of any Shares as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be required to take any
notice of any right or claim of right of any other person.
22
Section 5.
Register of Shares
. A register shall be kept at the offices of the Fund or
any transfer agent duly appointed by the Directors under the direction of the Directors which shall
contain the names and addresses of the shareholders and the number of Shares held by them
respectively and a record of all transfers thereof. Separate registers shall be established and
maintained for each class or series of Shares. Each such register shall be conclusive as to who are
the holders of the Shares of the applicable class or series of Shares and who shall be entitled to
receive dividends or distributions or otherwise to exercise or enjoy the rights of shareholders. No
shareholder shall be entitled to receive payment of any dividend or distribution, nor to have
notice given to such Person as herein provided, until such Person has given their address to a
transfer agent or such other officer or agent of the Directors as shall keep the register for entry
thereon.
Section 6.
Disclosure of Holdings
. The holders of Shares or other securities of the
Fund shall upon demand disclose to the Directors in writing such information with respect to direct
and indirect ownership of Shares or other securities of the Fund as the Directors deem necessary or
appropriate.
Section 7.
Signatures
. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a
facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile
signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent
or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Fund with the same effect
as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
Section 8.
Lost Certificates
. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to
be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Fund alleged to have been lost,
stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the
certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new
certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the
issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owners
legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require
and/or to give the Fund a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may
be made against the Fund on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate
or the issuance of such new certificate.
ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 1.
Filing
. These Bylaws and any amendment or supplement hereto shall be filed
in such places as may be required or as the Directors deem appropriate. Each amendment or
supplement shall be accompanied by a certificate signed and acknowledged by the Secretary stating
that such action was duly taken in a manner provided herein, and shall, upon insertion in the
Funds minute book, be conclusive evidence of all amendments contained therein.
Section 2.
Governing Law
. These Bylaws and the rights of all parties and the validity
and construction of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed according to the laws
of the state in which the Fund was formed, although such law shall not be viewed as limiting the
powers otherwise granted to the Directors hereunder and any ambiguity shall be viewed in favor of
such powers.
Section 3.
Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulation
.
(a) The provisions of these Bylaws are severable, and if the Directors shall
determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of such provisions is in conflict
with the 1940 Act, the regulated investment company provisions of the Code or with
other applicable binding laws and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be
deemed never to have constituted a part of these Bylaws; provided, however, that
such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of these Bylaws
or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such
determination.
(b) If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held invalid or unenforceable in
any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such
provision in such
23
jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other
jurisdiction or any other provision of these Bylaws in any jurisdiction.
ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
Section 1.
Amendment and Repeal of Bylaws
. The Directors shall have the exclusive
power to amend or repeal the Bylaws or adopt new Bylaws at any time. Except as may be required by
applicable binding law or the Charter, action by the Directors with respect to the Bylaws shall be
taken by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors. The Directors shall in no event adopt
Bylaws which are in conflict with the Charter, and any inconsistency shall be construed in favor of
the related provisions in the Charter.
24